8156004E40D6A02C50462025-01-012025-12-318156004E40D6A02C50462025-12-318156004E40D6A02C50462024-12-318156004E40D6A02C50462024-01-012024-12-318156004E40D6A02C50462023-12-318156004E40D6A02C50462023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember8156004E40D6A02C50462023-12-31ext:RiservaLegaleMember8156004E40D6A02C50462023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember8156004E40D6A02C50462023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember8156004E40D6A02C50462023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember8156004E40D6A02C50462023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-01-012024-12-31ext:RiservaLegaleMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-12-31ext:RiservaLegaleMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember8156004E40D6A02C50462024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-01-012025-12-31ext:RiservaLegaleMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-12-31ext:RiservaLegaleMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember8156004E40D6A02C50462025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberiso4217:EURxbrli:sharesiso4217:EUR











                                                       

MOLTIPLY GROUP S.P.A.



ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT 



AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025




Prepared according to IAS/IFRS

(This report has been translated into the English language from the original which was issued in Italian)

  1. TABLE OF CONTENTS


1.     GOVERNING BODIES AND OFFICERS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025

2.     DIRECTORS' REPORT ON OPERATIONS

2.1.     Introduction

2.2.     Group organization

2.3.     Information about the profitability of the Group

2.3.1.     Revenues

2.3.2.     EBITDA

2.3.3.     Operating income (EBIT)

2.3.4.     Net income

2.4.     Information about the financial resources of the Group

2.4.1.     Current and non-current indebtedness

2.4.2.     Cash flow analysis

2.4.3.     Composition and changes in net working capital

2.5.     Table of reconciliation of the consolidated net income and equity with the Issuer's data

2.6.     Research and development

2.7.     Own shares

2.8.     Report on corporate governance

2.9.     Shareholdings of the members of the governing and controlling bodies, general managers and managers with strategic responsibilities

2.10.     Foreseeable evolution

2.10.1.     Mavriq Division

2.10.2.     Moltiply BPO&Tech Division

2.11.     Other information

2.11.1.     Offices

2.11.3.     Risk management

2.11.4.     Information concerning environment and human resources

2.12.     Consolidated Sustainability Statement

2.12.1.     General Information [ESRS 2]

2.12.2.     Environment

2.12.3.     Social

2.12.4.     Governance

2.13.     Net income allocation and dividend distribution proposal

3.     CONSOLIDATED ANNUAL REPORT AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

3.1.     Financial statements

3.1.1.     Consolidated statement of financial position

3.1.2.     Consolidated income statement

3.1.3.     Consolidated comprehensive income statement

3.1.4.     Consolidated statement of cash flows

3.1.5.     Consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity

3.2.     Notes to the consolidated financial statements

4.     ANNUAL REPORT AS OF AND FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

4.1.     Financial statements

4.1.1.     Statement of financial position

4.1.2.     Income statement

4.1.3.     Comprehensive income statement

4.1.4.     Statement of cash flows

4.1.5.     Statement of changes in shareholders' equity

4.2.     Explanatory notes to the financial statements (statutory financial report)

5.     REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND COMPANY STRUCTURE

6.     REPORT OF THE BOARD OF STATUTORY AUDITORS

7.     REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8.     REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON THE SEPARATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.     REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON THE CONSOLIDATED SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

10.     DECLARATION PURSUANT TO ART. 154-BIS PAR. 5 OF LEGISLATIVE DECREE 58/1998


  1. GOVERNING BODIES AND OFFICERS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025


BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Chairman     Marco Pescarmona (1) (3) (5) (7)

Chief Executive Officer     Alessandro Fracassi (2) (3) (5)

Directors     Matteo De Brabant

     Fausto Boni

     Klaus Gummerer (4) 

     Guido Crespi (4)

     Giulia Bianchi Frangipane (4)

     Camilla Cionini Visani (4)

     Maria Chiara Franceschetti (4) (6)

     Stefania Santarelli (4)


BOARD OF STATUTORY AUDITORS

Chairman     Cristian Novello

Active Statutory Auditors     Marcello Del Prete

     Roberta Incorvaia

Substitute Statutory Auditors     Cesare Zanotto

     Libera Patrizia Ciociola


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS     Deloitte & Touche S.p.A.     


COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Audit and Risk Committee     

Chairman     Giulia Bianchi Frangipane

     Camilla Cionini Visani 

     Klaus Gummerer 


Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee

Chairman     Guido Crespi

     Stefania Santarelli 

     Matteo De Brabant

Committee for Transactions with Related Parties

Chairman     Maria Chiara Franceschetti 

     Giulia Bianchi Frangipane 

     Klaus Gummerer




  1. The Chairman is the Company's legal representative.

  2. The Chief Executive Officer legally represents the Company, disjointly from the Chairman, within the limits of the delegated powers.

  3. Executive Director.

  4. Independent non-executive Director.

  5. Holds executive offices in some Group companies.

  6. Lead Independent Director.

  7. Executive Director in charge of overseeing the Internal Control System.


















DIRECTORS' REPORT ON OPERATIONS  



FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025


  1. DIRECTORS' REPORT ON OPERATIONS

    1. Introduction

Moltiply Group S.p.A. (the "Company" or the "Issuer") is the holding company of a group of firms (the "Group") with a relevant position - through the entities of its "Broking Division" (also named "Mavriq") - in the market for the online comparison and intermediation of utility providers' products (energy and telecommunications), insurance products, bank products (mortgages, loans, accounts) and e-commerce offers in Italy (main websites www.mutuionline.it, www.segugio.it, www.trovaprezzi.it), Germany (www.verivox.de), Spain (www.rastreator.com), France (www.lelynx.fr), the Netherlands (www.pricewise.nl) and Mexico (www.rastreator.mx) and - through the companies of its "BPO Division" (also named "Moltiply BPO&Tech") - in the Italian market for the provision of complex business process outsourcing services and IT platforms for the financial, insurance and leasing/rental sector.

  1. In the following sections, we illustrate the main aspects regarding the operations during the past financial year and the current economic and financial structure of the Group.

  1. The structure of the Group and its Divisions is shown schematically in the following diagrams, in which all participations are 100% owned, except those for which a different percentage is indicated.









Mavriq Division (Broking)


Moltiply BPO&Tech Division (BPO)


Compared with the composition of the Group as of December 31, 2024, the following changes occurred:




  1. Mavriq (Broking) Division

  2. The Mavriq Division operates in the online comparison and intermediation of products and services in Italy (main market), Germany, Spain, France, the Netherlands and Mexico.

  3. The activities carried out by Mavriq are organized mainly into the following business lines: 

  1. Mavriq Telco & Energy: online comparison and intermediation of electricity, gas and telco contracts;

  2. Mavriq Insurance: online comparison and intermediation of insurance products, mainly in motor, home and health fields; 

  3. Mavriq Banking: online comparison and intermediation of credit and other banking products, mainly through the online channel;

  4. Mavriq Shopping: comparison shopping (www.trovaprezzi.it website) and consumer review services in Italy;



  1. Moltiply BPO&Tech (BPO) Division

  2. The Moltiply BPO&Tech Division provides outsourcing and IT services mainly to the benefit of financial institutions operating on the Italian market, with a high level of specialization in its reference verticals. The Moltiply BPO&Tech Division also offers a set of proprietary information technology solutions to client companies in its business areas.

  3. The activities carried out by the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division are divided into the following business lines, based on the customer sector served:

  1. Moltiply Banking: provides BPO services and IT solutions for loan origination and servicing (residential mortgages, salary-backed loans, corporate loans), para-notary services, property valuation services, and comprehensive solutions including operational services and IT platforms to investment and asset management firms;

  2. Moltiply Lease: provides BPO services and IT core solutions for leasing and long-term rental operators;

  3. Moltiply Insurance: provides claims management and settlement outsourcing services;

There are also some other activities, not covered by the business lines mentioned above, within the scope of pension, inheritance, and real estate consultancy

  1. In the following paragraph we describe the main factors affecting the results of the operations of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2025. The income statement and the cash flow data for the year ended December 31, 2025 are taken from the consolidated annual report prepared according to the international accounting standards approved by the European Union and are compared with the same data for the year ended December 31, 2024.

  2. The following table shows the consolidated income statements of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, together with the percentage weight of each item on the Group revenues.

  3.   Picture 3  

  1. % of total revenues

Revenues in the year ended December 31, 2025, are Euro 674,116 thousand, 48.6% up than in the previous year. Please refer to paragraph 2.3.1 for the evolution of revenues by Division and business line.


In the financial year ended December 31, 2025, services costs increase by 62.3% compared to the financial year ended December 31, 2024. This trend is due to the enlargement of the consolidation area, mainly due to the acquisition of Verivox, to the greater costs incurred by the Group for marketing expenses within the Mavriq division, and for notary and appraisal services within the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division. 

Personnel costs increase by 37.3% compared to the financial year ended December 31, 2024, mainly due to the increase of the number of human resources employed by the Group, following the enlargement of the consolidation area.

The following table provides information about the average headcount for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Picture 3 

Other operating costs decrease by 3.4%, compared to the financial year ended December 31, 2024.

Depreciation and amortization increase by 49.9% in the financial year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the previous financial year, mainly due to the higher values of the assets recognized following the purchase price allocation related to the acquisitions of Verivox. In particular, the amortization of intangible assets related to purchase price allocations are equal to Euro 46,280 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, compared to Euro 32,654 thousand in the previous year.

Net of this effect, the higher depreciation of intangible and tangible assets is mainly related to the enlargement of the consolidation area.

  1. In the financial year ended December 31, 2025, financial management recorded a negative result equal to Euro 49,928 thousand, mainly due to the cost of financing for Euro 23,606 thousand, to the costs deriving from the recalculation of the estimated liabilities for the put/call options on the residual shares of minority interests for Euro 31,874 thousand, to the write-down of Igloo securities for Euro 2,740 thousand, and to dividends paid to minority shareholders by Agenzia Italia S.p.A. for Euro 465 thousand, partly offset by the dividend received from MONY Group PLC ("MONY") for Euro 6,477 thousand.

The "Income tax expense" item mainly includes the current taxes related to the financial year 2025 for Euro 25,278 thousand, partially offset by the net utilization of deferred tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets for Euro 1,169 thousand.

The table below provides a breakdown of our revenues by Division and business line, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Picture 3   

  1. Percentage of total revenues.

  1. Mavriq (Broking) Division

In the financial year ended December 31, 2025, revenues of the Mavriq Division increase by 83.8%, passing from Euro 221,122 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2024 to Euro 406,418 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2025.

The table below provides a breakdown of Mavriq Division's revenues by geographic area:

Picture 3

Mavriq Energy & Telco

Telco & Energy Comparison revenues go from Euro 33,457 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 161,451 thousand in financial year 2025 (+382.6%).  Such increase increase is attributable both to the contribution of the newly acquired Verivox and to the growth in brokered contracts in Italy.

Mavriq Insurance

Mavriq Insurance revenues grow from Euro 97,241 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 127,562 thousand in financial year 2025 (+31.2%). Such increase is attributable both to the contribution of the newly acquired Verivox and to the increase in revenues recorded in Italy and in Spain.

Mavriq Banking

Mavriq Banking revenues grow from Euro 46,064 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 73,803 thousand in financial year 2025 (+60.2%). Such increase is attributable both to the contribution of the newly acquired Verivox and to the increase in revenues from mortgage brokerage recorded in Italy.

Mavriq Shopping

Mavriq Shopping revenues go from Euro 44,360 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 43,602 thousand in financial year 2025 (-1.7%).

Moltiply BPO&Tech Division (BPO)

Revenues of the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division increase, going from Euro 232,513 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 267,698 thousand in financial year 2025 (+15.1%). 

Moltiply Banking

Moltiply Banking revenues go from Euro 100,898 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 138,089 thousand in financial year 2025 (+36.9%) mainly due to an increase in volumes processed in mortgage sector.

Moltiply Lease

Moltiply Lease revenues go from Euro 65,482 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 72,721 thousand in financial year 2025 (+11.1%).

Moltiply Insurance

Moltiply Insurance revenues go from Euro 55,216 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 45,678 thousand in financial year 2025 (-17.3%), due to a decrease in volumes of claims processed.

Other revenues Moltiply BPO & Tech

The Division's other revenues go from Euro 10,917 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 11,210 thousand in financial year 2025 (+2.7%).

  1. EBITDA is calculated as net income before income tax expense, net financial income/(expenses), and depreciation and amortization.

  2. The following table presents a reconciliation between net income and EBITDA for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

  3. Picture 5   

  4. EBITDA increases in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, passing from Euro 122,812 thousand in 2024 to Euro 177,418 thousand in 2025 (+44.5%). 

The table below provides a breakdown of EBITDA by Division, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Picture 4 

  1. Percentage of total revenues, if appropriate by Division (EBITDA margin).

The EBITDA margin in the financial year ended December 31, 2025 is 26.3% of revenues, compared to 27.1% in the financial year ended December 31, 2024.

  1. Operating income (EBIT) increases from Euro 73,451 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2024 to Euro 103,439 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2025 (+40.8%) as detailed in the following table:

  2. Picture 5   

  1. Percentage of total revenues, if appropriate by Division (operating margin).

The operating income margin in financial year 2025 is 15.3% of revenues, compared to 16.2% of financial year 2024. 

The operating income shown above is significantly affected by the amortization of intangible assets other than goodwill resulting from the purchase price allocation carried out following each acquisition. The table below shows the trend in EBIT, adjusted for this effect:

Picture 6

The table above shows an operating income margin of 22.2% of revenue, compared to 23.4% of financial year 2024.

Net income decreases in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, passing from Euro 42,960 thousand in financial year 2024 to Euro 28,764 thousand in financial year 2025 (-33.4%). This trend is attributable to the amortization of the higher values of intangible assets recognized following the purchase price allocations (in particular in relation to Verivox) for Euro 13,626 thousand, to the one-off costs deriving from the recalculation of the estimated liabilities for the put/call options on the residual shares of minority interests for Euro 31,874 thousand.

  1. The following table presents the net financial position prepared according to ESMA orientation 32-382-1138 of March 4, 2021 and to Consob guidance n. 5/21 of April 29, 2021:

  2.  Picture 2


The net financial position as of December 31, 2025 shows a negative balance of Euro 440,758 thousand, worsening for Euro 120,283 thousand if compared to December 31, 2024. The worsening is attributable to the acquisition of Verivox, which led to a cash absorption equal to Euro 179,553 million (net of cash acquired, equal to Euro 11,800 thousand), as well as the recognition of IFRS 16 financial liabilities for Euro 15,155 thousand, the acquisition of an additional stake in Gruppo Lercari for Euro 54,000 thousand and the minority stake in Euroservizi per i Notai S.r.l. for Euro 8,000 thousand, the recalculation of estimated liabilities for the exercise of put/call options on residual minority interests for Euro 33,676 thousand (of which Euro 31,874 thousand recognized in the income statement), the purchase of MONY Group PLC shares for Euro 17,319 thousand, investments in tangible and intangible assets for Euro 13,134 thousand, and the cost of financing for Euro 23,606 thousand, partially offset by the cash generated by the operating activity equal to Euro 127,429 thousand, and by the sale of own shares (net of  purchases) for Euro 36,421 thousand.

In accordance with the accounting policy, the Group's net financial position includes liabilities relating to put/call options on residual minority interests for Euro 98,393 thousand, recorded among current and non-current financial liabilities, while it does not include non-current liabilities for earn-outs and escrow for Euro 6,673 thousand, recorded among "Other non-current liabilities", as they are related to the potential future economic results of the subsidiaries acquired.


For a description of the evolution of cash flows in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, please refer to the following paragraph 2.4.2.

  1. Current and non-current indebtedness as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 is summarized in the following table.

  2. Picture 3

  3. Long and medium-term bank borrowings

  1. Long and medium-term bank borrowings as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are summarized in the following table:

  2. Picture 4

The increase, compared to December 31, 2024, is mainly due to the signing of a new loan agreement with a pool of banks, which, net of early repayments of certain previous loans, led to an increase in financial liabilities (current and non-current) for Euro 162,461 thousand. The increase is also due to the recognition of IFRS 16 liabilities of the newly acquired Verivox for Euro 15,155 thousand. In particular:

Regarding the pre-existing loans still in force as at December 31, 2025, we remind that: 

  1. Other non-current financial liabilities

  2. Other non-current financial liabilities consist of the financial liabilities for the exercise of the put/call option for the residual 12% stake of Gruppo Lercari S.r.l., for the residual 20% stake of Switcho S.r.l., for the residual 20% stake of Pricewise, for the residual 49% stake of Mia Pensione S.r.l.,  and the leasing liabilities deriving from the adoption of the IFRS 16 standard. 

  3. Other current financial liabilities

  4. Other current financial liabilities consist of the current portion of the leasing liabilities deriving from the adoption of the IFRS 16 standard and the financial liability for the exercise of the put/call option for the residual 15.5% stake of Agenzia Italia S.p.A. and for the residual 8% stake of Feedaty S.r.l..

  1. In this paragraph we present an analysis of the consolidated cash flows of the Group for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

  2. Picture 5

  3. In the financial year ended December 31, 2025 the Group generated liquidity for an amount equal to Euro 2,381 thousand, compared to a cash absorption of Euro 12,607 thousand during the previous financial year. The cash generation for the period is attributable to cash flow arising from financing and operating activities, partially offset by cash flow absorbed by investing activities. 

  4. Cash flow generated by operating activities

  5. Operating activities show a cash generation equal to Euro 127,429 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, up if compared to the cash generated in the financial year ended December 31, 2024, equal to Euro 101,473 thousand. This increase is due to the higher liquidity generated by operating income, also as a result of the acquisition of Verivox.

  6. Cash flow generated by investing activities

Investing activities absorbed cash for Euro 316,657 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, compared to Euro 40,317 thousand of absorbed cash in the financial year ended December 31, 2024. The cash absorbed is mainly attributable to the acquisitions of the period for Euro 241,553 thousand (net of acquired cash), the purchase of monetary ETFs for Euro 51,130 thousand and to investments in tangible and intangible assets for Euro 13,134 thousand.

Cash flow generated by financing activities

  1. Financing activities generated cash for Euro 191,609 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, compared to a cash absorption of Euro 73,763 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2024.

  2. The cash generated during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 is mainly due to the signing of a new loan agreement with a pool of banks which, net of early reimbursements of certain previous loans, brought liquidity for Euro 162,461 thousand and to the sale (net of purchases) of own shares for Euro 36,421 thousand.  

  1. The following table presents the breakdown of the components of net working capital as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

  2. Picture 7 


Net working capital decreases by Euro 16,691 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2025. 

Such trend is mainly related to the increase in trade and other payables an of other current liabilities due to the consolidation of Verivox during the financial year

Picture 11

  1. Among "Other consolidation adjustments" we also include the higher values deriving from the goodwill recognized upon the first consolidation of the acquired participations.

  1. Within the Group, several development teams regularly work with the objective of improving and enhancing the IT systems and the software platforms used to supply services to consumers and financial institutions. 

  2. The capitalized costs related to software development in the financial year ended on December 31, 2025, amount to Euro 21,772 thousand (Euro 15,191 thousand in 2024). The increase compared to the previous year is attributable to the increase in resources dedicated to development activities mainly due to the expansion of the enlargement of the consolidation area.

  3. The proprietary software platforms represent the core of the operations of the companies of the Group in both Divisions and must be continuously expanded and enriched to improve their commercial effectiveness, incorporate legislative changes, manage new kinds of products, simplify processes, increase efficiency, improve consulting ability, increase operators' productivity, adapt to the increasingly sophisticated requirements of our client financial institutions, and ensure data protection and security.

On April 23, 2025, the shareholders' meeting revoked, for the unused portion, the previous authorization for the purchase and sale of own shares dated April 29, 2024 and authorized the purchase of own shares within the limits of retained earnings and distributable reserves from the last approved statutory financial statements of the Issuer and for a period of 18 months, and for a maximum which does not exceed the maximum limit established by the applicable pro tempore regulations, with the following purposes:

  1. for activities in support of market liquidity;

  2. for the possible use of shares as consideration in extraordinary transactions, including exchanges of participations with other subjects, as part of transactions in the Company's interest;

  3. to allot own shares purchased to distribution programs, against payment or free of charge, of stock options or shares to employees, directors and other personnel of the Company or its subsidiaries, as well as to the service of programs for the free allocation of shares to shareholders;

  4. for the execution of the contract signed between the Issuer and the company acting as specialist operator on the stock market;

  5. for an efficient investment of the liquidity of the Group.

During the financial year ended December 31, 2025, the Issuer purchased 283,061 of its own shares, equal to 0.708% of share capital. During the same period, following the exercise of vested stock options held by some employees of the Group, the Issuer sold 192,500 own shares equal to 0.481% of ordinary share capital. Furthermore, on June 25, 2025, the Issuer completed the sale of a total of 1,000,000 treasury shares held in portfolio, corresponding to 2.5% of the Issuer's share capital, placed at a price per share of Euro 44.0, for a total value of Euro 44,000 thousand.

During the first few months of financial year 2026, the Issuer purchased 514,488 of its own shares, equal to 1.286% of share capital.

  1. As of December 31, 2025, the Issuer holds a total of 1,705,552 own shares, equal to 4.264% of ordinary share capital, for a total carrying value of Euro 19,850 thousand. Being the shares without nominal value, the purchase cost is deducted from the share capital for an amount implicitly corresponding to the nominal value, equal to Euro 43 thousand as of December 31, 2025, and from available reserves for an amount equal to the remaining part of the purchase cost.

As of December 31, 2025, there are 38,294,448 outstanding shares, equal to 95.736% of share capital.

For the report on corporate governance and on the adhesion to the codes of conduct, please refer to the report approved by the Board of Directors on March 16, 2026 and attached to this document.

The following table shows the participations in the ordinary share capital of the Issuer held by the members of the governing and controlling bodies, general managers and managers with strategic responsibilities in the year ended December 31, 2025.

Picture 9   

Besides, it is worth pointing out that Marco Pescarmona holds a 50% indirect shareholding in Alma Ventures S.A. through Guderian S.p.A. and Alessandro Fracassi holds a 50% indirect shareholding in Alma Ventures S.A. through Casper S.r.l. and that Alma Venture S.A., as of December 31, 2025 holds 13,448,847 shares of the Issuer, equal to 33.62% of the ordinary share capital.

Overall Mavriq enjoyed double-digit organic revenue growth in 2025 thanks to the contribution of all its business lines, except for Shopping, as better described below. The consolidation of Verivox, effective from the second quarter of 2025, represented a significant jump in size, while increasing the geographic and product diversification of Mavriq, which now sees Italy and Germany as its main geographies and energy and insurance as its main products. 

Due to the changes in the configuration of the Mavriq Division, we now define business lines based on the underlying products and provide comments and outlook accordingly. Therefore, the "International Markets" business line has been divided into various business line grouped by product. As in recent years, the revenue breakdown by business line is provided annually.

The first quarter of 2026 will be characterized by strong year on year growth thanks to the fact that in the same period of 2025 Verivox was not yet part of the consolidation area.  For the remaining nine months of 2026, the combined outlook is of moderate organic growth, with uncertainties and possible downside risks arising from the situation in the Middle East, currently affecting energy markets but potentially also detrimental to consumer confidence in Europe. 

Energy & Telco

Within this business line, electricity and gas are the predominant products, with broadband coming a distant third. 

The Energy & Telco business line increased its size by almost 5x in 2025, mostly due to the acquisition of Verivox in Germany. The performance of Verivox itself gradually improved during 2026 due to improvement in potential savings for German energy customers. 

Our energy business saw solid demand in early 2026, with particular strength in Germany. However, in recent weeks, following hostilities in the Middle East, the situation has deteriorated but residential energy markets in all our geographies are currently still open and functioning, albeit with significantly less attractive deals for consumers. The outlook for the rest of the year is currently uncertain due to the current geopolitical situation.

Insurance

Within insurance intermediation, our main products across all geographies is motor, with household and health representing significant businesses in most countries with the notable exception of Italy.

Mavriq Insurance posted double digit organic growth in 2025, and further benefitted of the acquisition of Verivox. 

The business continued to grow in early 2026, but some of our most established markets are showing weaker growth than in previous years, possibly linked to underlying market dynamics. The outlook for the full year is of moderate growth.

Banking

Within Banking, the main products are mortgages (mainly in Italy) and consumer loans (Germany and Italy), where we act as credit brokers, as well as bank accounts. 

The business posted solid organic growth in 2025 despite a progressive deceleration of mortgage demand in Italy at the end of the year. The rest of the growth came from the consolidation of Verivox.

While weaker year on year mortgage demand (especially remortgages) in Italy is likely to continue affecting the Banking business line in the first part of 2026, the business now benefits from a more diversified offering, with potential for growth in personal loans in both Germany and Italy.

Shopping

This business line is active in Italy in the field of comparison shopping, which represents the predominant business, as well as a provider of online reviews solutions.

The business contracted in 2025 due to the challenge of competing with Google's own comparison service, embedded in the Google Search results page, which is continuing to operate despite the Google Shopping antitrust decision, now fully binding, and the issuance of preliminary findings by the European Commission in relation to violations of article 6.5 (prohibition of self-favouring) under the DMA.

The outlook for 2026 is between stability and a moderate contraction, as the competitive situation remains unchanged. A favourable DMA Decision, expected in 2026, could provide relief and potential upside, to the extent that it is able to effectively prevent prohibited self-favouring.

The 2025 financial year closed with strong results for the Division, which recorded revenue of Euro 267.7 million, up 15.1% compared to Euro 232.5 million in 2024. On an organic basis, net of the contribution of Evolve S.r.l. and Mia Pensione S.r.l. fully consolidated during the year, revenue growth was double-digit. EBITDA reached Euro 60.8 million, an increase of 8.6% compared to Euro 56.0 million in the prior year. The EBITDA margin stood at 22.7%, compared to 24.1% in 2024, reflecting a temporary revenue mix effect linked to the strong acceleration of para-notary services within Moltiply Banking, which carry higher unit revenues but a structurally lower percentage margin, as well as to the normalization of Moltiply Insurance, which had benefited from extraordinary volumes in 2024. 

It is worth noting that in the fourth quarter of 2025 the Division generated revenues of Euro 68.9 million and EBITDA of Euro 18.1 million, surpassing the fourth quarter of 2024, which had been the highest quarterly result ever recorded for the Division, at the time supported by a peak in claims activity. In the fourth quarter of 2025, results were instead driven by a particularly strong contribution from Moltiply Lease, also supported by certain one-off effects.

Starting from the 2025 financial year, the Division's activities are reported under three redefined business lines: Moltiply Banking, Moltiply Insurance, and Moltiply Lease, replacing the previous six-line classification. Moltiply Banking, in particular, aggregates all the past business lines related to mortgages, loans, wealth, and real estate.

For the entire 2026 financial year, management expects the Division to be able to deliver continuing organic growth as in recent years, accompanied by an expansion of the EBITDA margin, assuming the absence of significant disruptions in the interest rate environment or material deterioration in consumer sentiment linked to the international geopolitical situation. The incremental contribution to Division growth is expected to come primarily from Moltiply Banking, Moltiply Insurance, and other revenues, while Moltiply Lease is expected to aim at replicating a similarly strong performance on an organic basis. Technology investments across all service areas will continue to focus on enhancing delivery process efficiency and expanding service capabilities, incorporating leading edge innovations.

Moltiply Banking

Moltiply Banking recorded revenues of Euro 138.1 million, an increase of 36.9% compared to Euro 100.9 million in 2024, establishing itself as the largest revenue contributor within the Division. Growth was broad-based but driven above all by the acceleration of para-notary services, whose volumes benefited from the recovery in mortgage origination supported by the progressive reduction in market interest rates. 

Both new purchase mortgages and refinancing activity contributed to the increase. The application of the fair compensation framework for notaries (equo compenso, Law 49/2023) continued to sustain higher unit revenues per file processed, with a corresponding dilutive effect on percentage margins that is structural to this higher-revenue activity profile. Mortgage-related services overall nearly doubled their revenues compared to the prior year. Wealth management outsourcing services also delivered a positive performance, with revenues growing approximately 18%, driven by the expansion of the client base and of the tech-related offering. Loan processing services were essentially stable year-on-year, confirming the resilience of this activity which is linked to secured consumer lending volumes. Real estate services, by contrast, continued to decline as expected following the definitive phase-out of the Superbonus incentive, with revenues down approximately 21%. Management considers that this business area has now reached its structural post-incentive baseline, and demand for cadastral and appraisal services is expected to stabilize at current levels, supported by the gradual recovery in transaction volumes.

Looking ahead, the growth trajectory of Moltiply Banking is expected to be supported primarily by the expansion of existing client relationships. Refinancing activity is expected to decline as the rate cycle matures, but this is anticipated to be offset by the deepening of commercial relationships and by the continued broadening of the service offering to the existing client base.

Moltiply Lease

Moltiply Lease recorded revenues of Euro 72.7 million, up 11.1% compared to Euro 65.5 million in 2024. On an organic basis, excluding the contribution of Evolve S.r.l. consolidated during the year, growth was approximately 6.7%. Moltiply Lease is the single largest contributor to Division profitability, generating a share of Division EBITDA that is well in excess of its weight in terms of revenue. Agenzia Italia S.p.A. continues to be the key driver of revenue and profitability of the business line, benefiting from the structural expansion of the long-term lease market, which in 2025 surpassed 30% of Italian new vehicle registrations. The increasing complexity introduced by the electric and hybrid vehicle transition, a stream of regulatory and administrative developments, and Moltiply's ability to innovate its offering in meeting client needs, continues to expand the scope of BPO services required for fleet management, including those offered to the end-user companies of the vehicles. As noted above, the fourth quarter was particularly strong, also supported by certain effects that are not expected to recur at the same level.

Looking ahead, Moltiply Lease aims at replicating the strong performance delivered in 2025 on an organic basis. 

Moltiply Insurance

Moltiply Insurance recorded revenues of Euro 45.7 million, a decrease of 17.3% compared to Euro 55.2 million in 2024. The contraction was anticipated and reflects the normalization of activity levels following the extraordinary claims volumes that characterized 2023 and, to a lesser extent, the first half of 2024, particularly in connection with the weather events in Emilia-Romagna. The current run-rate, while lower than the 2024 peak, remains structurally above pre-2023 levels, also thanks to the entry into force of the compulsory natural catastrophe insurance obligation (obbligo assicurativo calamità naturali, effective March 31, 2025 for large enterprises and October 1, 2025 for SMEs), which has permanently expanded the insured base. The roll-out of the new IT platform for loss adjusters continues, with the aim of increasing productivity and enabling the deployment of digital claims management and remote assessment capabilities.

Entering 2026, the structural expansion of the insured base following the natural catastrophe insurance obligation is expected to progressively support higher activity levels, and the ongoing technology investments are expected to deliver productivity gains and expand service capabilities.

The registered offices of the Issuer and most of the Italian subsidiaries are located in via F. Casati, 1/A, Milan, and the Group's administrative headquarter in Italy is in via Desenzano, 2 in Milan. For more details, see the section on the scope of consolidation. 

Related party transactions, including intra-group transactions, are part of the ordinary business operations of the Group, and do not include any unusual or atypical transactions.

Relations with related parties are mainly relations with the companies of the Group.

  1. In particular, the main items refer to receivables of the Issuer from some of its subsidiaries derived from the adhesion to the tax consolidation regime for Euro 13,024 thousand, and receivables of the remaining subsidiaries from the Issuer derived from the adhesion to the tax consolidation regime for a total amount equal to Euro 6.530 thousand.

  2. Concerning the main commercial relationships among companies of the Group, they are mainly represented by services, provided at arm's length. In particular, we highlight:

  1. As of December 31, 2025, in the face of the different commercial relationships among the companies of the Group, there are trade receivables/payables among the different companies of the Group for a total amount of Euro 89,497 thousand.

  2. During the financial year ended December 31, 2025:

Risk management of the Group is based on the principle that operating risk or financial risk is managed by the person in charge of the business process involved.

The main risks are reported and discussed at Group top management level in order to create the conditions for their coverage, assurance and assessment of residual risk.

Exchange and interest rate risk

Currently the financial risk management policies of the companies of the Group provide a balanced split between fixed-rate and variable-rate loans, aimed at optimizing the cost of the loans over time. As of today, the risk of incurring greater interest costs as a result of unfavorable variations of market interest rates, as better analyzed in the following, is mitigated by the subscription of hedging derivatives, which change the rate from floating to fixed, on a portion of the Group's debt.

The following table provides a summary of the exposure to changes in interest rates of the Group's financial debt:

Picture 13

* Contractually fixed rate or variable rate covered by a swap to a fixed rate

  1. A possible unfavorable variation of the Euribor, equal to 1.0%, should produce an additional overall expense for the Group equal to Euro 2,215 thousand in 2026. 

For the remaining loans already described in paragraph 2.4.1, a fixed rate is applied instead.

As regards to the coverage of exchange rate risk, it is worth pointing out that, as of the reference date of this report, there are no significant assets or liabilities denominated in currencies different from the Euro, with the exception of the MONY, amounting to Euro 109,530 thousand as of December 31, 2025, denominated in pounds. With regard to this investment, it should be noted that the management doesn't consider any additional risk elements (e.g. market risk) not already reflected in the related financial reports or in the market value of the stock, which could consequently lead to possible decreases in the value of the investment itself.

Therefore, this risk is considered limited for the Group.

Credit risk

The current assets of the Group, with the exception of cash and cash equivalents, consist mainly of trade receivables for an amount of Euro 186,322 thousand (Euro 137,167 thousand as of December 31, 2024), of which the overdue portion as of December 31, 2025 is equal to Euro 31,167 thousand (Euro 28,879 thousand as of December 31, 2024), of which Euro 6,973 thousand is overdue for over 90 days (Euro 5,445 thousand as of December 31, 2024).

Most of the gross overdue receivables were paid by the clients during the first months of 2026. As of the date of approval of this report, receivables not yet collected, overdue as of December 31, 2025, amount to Euro 7,058 thousand, of which Euro 5,161 thousand are receivables already overdue for over 90 days as of December 31, 2025.

Trade receivables are mainly from banks, financial intermediaries, insurance companies, leasing/rental companies and public sector entities, considered highly reliable but, facing receivables for which we consider a credit risk could arise, we allotted an allowance for doubtful receivables equal to Euro 10,535 thousand.

The Group monitors counterparty risk by analyzing the solvency and standing of customers before entering business relations with them and trying to limit an excessively high concentration of receivables from a few counterparties.

For this purpose, it is worth mentioning that we do not notice any significant concentration of revenues on any client: in 2025 the revenues from the main client of the Group represent less than 5% of total consolidated revenues.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk represents the risk that a company is not able to procure financial resources to support short-term operations.

The total amount of liquidity as of December 31, 2025 is Euro 140,099 thousand; in addition, current financial assets (money market ETFs) amount to Euro 51,830 thousand, against short-term financial liabilities for Euro 92,700 thousand and trade payables for Euro 88,726 thousand.

The following table shows the breakdown of financial liabilities and trade payables by contractual maturity:

Picture 3

Picture 4

The management believes that liquidity risk for the group is limited.

  1. Fair value of financial instruments

  2. All financial instruments are recorded in the Group's financial statements at fair value. The carrying value of the financial liabilities measured at amortized cost is deemed to approximate their fair value at the reporting date. The following table summarizes the Group's net financial position, comparing fair value and carrying value:

  3. Picture 13

It should be noted that MONY shares and ETFs are measured at fair value (Level 1), Igloo securities, DPP receivables, other securities, and the mark-to-market on interest rate hedging instruments are measured at fair value (Level 2) and financial liabilities related to put/call options are measured at fair value (Level 3), where the methodology used to determine the fair value of such liabilities is based on the discounting of future cash flows (income approach).

Current geopolitical situation and impact of trade tariffs 

With regards to the current geopolitical situation, it should be noted preliminary that the Group is not directly exposed to the Russian and Ukrainian economies. The consequences of the invasion of Ukraine by the Russian Federation are not currently such as to give rise to concern for the businesses of Group companies and are not expected to have any impact on their ability to continue operating as going concerns. 

Similarly, the Group doesn't appear to be directly exposed to Iranian, Israeli and United States economies.  However, the Mavriq Division is indirectly exposed to the current situation of hostility in the Middle East through trends in the energy market. In case of significant deterioration in national energy markets, such as to cause significant contractions in supply or demand, some companies within the Mavriq Division could suffer significant declines in results, which, however, are not expected to have any impact on the Group's going concern.

However, any significant fall in consumer confidence and/or disposable income could have a negative impact on the volumes of the various lines of business. 

Finally, with regard to the introduction of trade tariffs in the United States, it should be noted that the related impacts are not considered significant given the nature of the Group companies' businesses.

Operating risk and going concern

The technological component is an essential element for the operating activities of the Group; therefore, there is the risk that the possible malfunctioning of the technological infrastructure may cause an interruption of client services or loss of data. However, the companies of the Group have developed a series of plans, procedures and tools to guarantee business continuity and data security. 

Considering the economic and financial situation, in particular the level of available reserves, and taking into account the trend of the networking capital and of the economic and financial situation, the separated and consolidated financial reports have been prepared considering the assumption of going concern respected.

It should also be considered that the Group, as in previous years, achieved positive economic results, and, despite uncertain macroeconomic scenarios, that future economic forecasts are also positive. Finally, the Group has adequate financial resources to meet its future obligations over a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements, and it can, where necessary, activate additional levers to rapidly liquidate significant investments.

Risks related to technological change

The Group operates in a market characterized by deep and continuous technological changes that require the ability to adapt promptly and successfully to such developments and to the changing needs of its customers. Any inability of the Group to adapt to new technologies could negatively affect operating results.

Risks related to internationalization

The Group, as part of its internationalization strategy, may be exposed to typical risks arising from conducting business on an international basis, including those related to changes in the political, macroeconomic, tax and/or regulatory framework, as well as to fluctuations in exchange rates.

Risks related to the impairment of goodwill

The Group may experience negative effects on the value of its shareholders' equity in the event of any impairment of goodwill recorded in the financial statements as of December 31, 2025, which may become necessary if adequate cash flows are not generated compared to those expected and forecast in the multi-year plans used for impairment testing.

Cyber security risk

The Group is exposed to cyber security risk, related to potential unauthorized access to information systems, loss or unavailability of data, and operational disruptions resulting from cyberattacks.
To mitigate such risks, IT security measures are adopted, including network protection systems, access controls and continuous system updates. Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are also in place.Risk linked to climate change

  1. Please refer to the Consolidated Sustainability Statement, available within this Report.

With regards to the management of human resources and of environmental matters for the financial year ended December 31, 2025, we are not aware of any events that could entail any responsibility for the Group.

General basis for preparation of sustainability statements [BP-1]

The Group has prepared its consolidated sustainability Statement ("Report") in compliance with European Sustainability Reporting Standards ("ESRS") as provided by the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive 2022/2464 ("CSRD") and from implementing Legislative Decree No. 125/2024.

In particular, the scope of the Report coincides with that of the Consolidated Financial Statements, ensuring uniformity in the presentation of sustainability information and includes the companies consolidated on a line-by-line basis for financial reporting, as indicated in the Group Corporate Structure as of December 31, 2025, in section 2.2 of the management report. [BP1-5-a, b i]

Within the scope of the Group, it should be noted that the Report is prepared exclusively by the parent company Moltiply Group S.p.A. ("Moltiply").

For the purposes of preparing the Report were also considered the dynamics of the Group's value chain, including upstream and downstream aspects relevant to the assessment of impacts, risks and opportunities. Specific details concerning the coverage of the value chain are illustrated in accordance with the guidance provided by ESRS 1 in the following paragraph. [BP1-5-c]

Moltiply did not make use of the option to omit data relating to intellectual property, know-how or innovation results. Furthermore, it did not take advantage of the exemption of the exemption from disclosure of upcoming developments or matters under negotiation provided by EU law. [BP1-5-d,e]

Value chain [ESRS 1] 

The value chain analysis took into account both the upstream activities, i.e. relation with the main suppliers and strategic partners, and the downstream activities, which include users accessing online comparison services and client financial institutions. 

A simplified representation of the Group's value chain, broken down by the Mavriq and Moltiply BPO&Tech Divisions, is reported below:


The main items of the value chain of the Mavriq Division of the Group are: 


The main items of the value chain of the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division are:

Actions to improve its ESG performance are described within the relevant paragraphs.

Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances [BP-2]

This Report is prepared in accordance with the ESRS as developed by EFRAG. The Group has not used alternative reporting frameworks or regulations. Information on any specific circumstances is provided below in the interest of greater transparency and understanding.

As provided in section 6.4 of ESRS 1, Moltiply conducted its own double materiality analysis and identified its objectives within the 'ESG Plan' over short (12 months), medium (1 to 5 years) and long-term time horizons (over 5 years). [BP-2 9]

The forward-looking information has been prepared on the basis of assumptions about events that may occur in the future and possible future actions to be taken by the Group; consequently, uncertainties are inherent, and such information may be subject to change. [BP-2 12]

In preparing the Consolidated Sustainability Statement, the Group made use of estimates and indirect sources. Any estimates are based on the best information available at the time.

In particular, the sustainability metrics provided include estimated data related to the upstream and downstream value chain, concerning the determination of scope 3 emissions, which, by their nature, are subject to greater uncertainty than Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions, even though we use data calculated in accordance with methodologies that comply with relevant standards, in order to ensure an adequate level of accuracy required by E1-6.(please refer to the section Gross Scopes 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 GHG emissions and total GHG emissions [E1-6] for further details on the calculation methodologies). [BP-2 10,11]

During the current financial year, certain comparative data have been restated following the refinement of the data collection process; these relate to Scope 1 and 2 emissions (with immaterial effects) and to Scope 3 emissions (with particular reference to category 1), in order to present this information more appropriately. Please refer to the section on E1-6 for further details. Furthermore, the calculation methodologies for the metrics related to payment practices (G1-6) and remuneration metrics (S1-16) have been refined. [BP-2-13,14]

It should also be noted that the indicators for 2025 include data relating to Verivox; whose inclusion did not result in any significant changes, neither in the identification of IROs, as it operates in the same business sector. However, the data for 2024 and 2025 are not directly comparable due to the impact of this significant acquisition.

Please also refer to the section on taxonomy for the information required under Regulation (EU) 2020/852 - the "EU Taxonomy Regulation". [BP-2 15]    

Moltiply has not made use of the transitional provisions of Appendix C of ESRS 1, as it exceeds the limit of 750 employees. [BP-2-17]

 The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies [GOV -1]

Please refer to chapter 2.12.4 - Governance.

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies [GOV -2]

The Board of Directors and the relevant committees receive regular updates on the ESG impacts, risks and opportunities identified, as well as on the implementation of policies and actions defined to address them.

In particular, the Board of Directors is informed at least once a year by the ESG Manager, who outlines: [GOV-2-26 a]

At present, the boards of directors, management and control do not take impacts, risks and opportunities into account when monitoring the company's strategy. [GOV-2 26 b]


During the reporting period, the ESG Manager examined and addressed the following sustainability issues: [GOV-2 26 c]


Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes [GOV-3]

The Group integrates climate considerations into the remuneration mechanisms for executive directors. In particular, ESG improvement is one of the five parameters used for qualitative assessment, along with strategic vision, corporate development, compliance & risk management and investor relations. For further details, including the approval process for the remuneration policy, prepared in accordance with Directive 2007/36/EC (as amended by Directive (EU) 2017/828), please refer to the remuneration report available on the company's website. Overall, the qualitative assessment (on which sustainability issues also have an impact) is worth about 7% of the total remuneration of executive directors. Although the remuneration policy does not explicitly set out specific sustainability targets, the management of ESG issues contributes to the qualitative assessment, to which is linked the payment of variable remuneration of up to Euro 100 thousand for each executive director. With reference to the current reporting period, the performance of executive directors is assessed by taking into consideration the overall substantive progress and monitoring of sustainability key performance indicator, and currently does not take into account the greenhouse gas emission reduction targets, which were recently defined as part of the preparation of the Group's ESG Plan (the 'ESG Plan'). [GOV-3 29 a, b, c, d, e]

Statement on due diligence [GOV-4]

At present, the Group has not formalized a due diligence process with regard to sustainability issues. [GOV-4 32]

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting [GOV-5]

The risk management and internal control system dedicated to Consolidated Sustainability Statement is designed to ensure the accuracy, consistency and reliability of the key ESG indicators reported in this report. This system integrates with the broader internal control and risk management framework adopted by the Group.

The internal control system, set up by the internal audit function, is mainly aimed at mitigating the risks of completeness, integrity and accuracy of data and information in sustainability reporting. In particular, the controls cover the process of identifying and assessing risks, opportunities and relevant impacts, verifying their consistency with the main characteristics of the Group and its activities, and the process of collecting, aggregating and reporting the main environmental, social and governance performance indicators, through sample analysis of work files and supporting documentation. Any errors identified are promptly addressed during the data collection and aggregation phase.

The outcome of this assessment is communicated, through an annual report, to the sustainability reporting function and to the Audit and Risk Committee, together with the other activities set out in the audit plan. This report includes a description of the risks identified throughout the entire process and is used both for monitoring purposes and to inform subsequent corrective actions. [GOV-5 36]


Strategy, business model and value chain [SBM-1]

With reference to the disclosure requirements concerning the business model, Group structure, number of employees per geographic area and value chain, please refer to what has already been described in the report on operations or in this report, in paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 in this report in the section "Value Chain".

In particular, the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division positions itself as a major player in BPO (Business Process Outsourcing) and IT services, supporting the banking, insurance and rental sector through advanced and highly specialized solutions. The value generated comes from the combination of technological expertise, operational capabilities and innovation in outsourcing processes. These contributions are realized through investments in technology, digitalization of processes and optimization of IT solutions, ensuring high standards of security and regulatory compliance.

The Mavriq Division, on the other hand, operates as one of the leading international players in online comparison and brokerage, facilitating informed consumer choice and allowing consumers to save money. [SBM-1 40 a]

Interests and views of stakeholders [SBM-2]

Below are the stakeholders identified as relevant for the Group and the respective channels of communication or involvement in place with them. [SBM-2 45 a i,ii,iii,iv]

Stakeholder

Communication/engagement channels

Shareholders

  • Road shows and conference calls and one-to-one meetings for regular updates on management performance

Clients

  • Typical business meetings as part of business development 

  • Events and workshops

Competitors

  • Sector conferences to analyze market and regulatory developments

Employees

  • Internal communications through corporate dialogue channels

  • Performance appraisal processes

  • Meetings

  • Corporate events

Supervisory bodies

  • Corporate documentation

Suppliers

  • Business meetings

  • Qualification and selection process

Final users

  • Group websites

The Group takes into account the result of this communication with the aim of improving the processes in which the various stakeholders are involved. [SBM-2 45 a, b]


Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model [SBM-3] 

Moltiply and its subsidiaries disclose information on sustainability issues according to the principle of double materiality. The materiality assessment, held for the second year running, is the starting point for sustainability reporting under the ESRS.

The Group has identified the following impacts better described in each relevant chapter, in particular:

Picture 8

The Group has also identified the following risks better described in each relevant chapter, in particular:

Picture 9

The Group has finally identified the following opportunities further described in the following sections:

Picture 11

The impacts, risks and opportunities relevant to the Group have not had a significant effects on current economic results and current financial cash flows.

Based on this evidence, the Group has, therefore, outlined an ESG Plan, the update of which in 2025 was approved by the board of directors on February, 19 2026, aimed at defining priority objectives and actions that can manage risks, reduce impacts, and enhance opportunities. 

With the definition of the ESG Plan, the Group commits to mitigate its greenhouse gas emissions, adopt energy efficiency strategies, and progressively increase the share of energy produced from renewable sources. Please refer to Chapter 2.12.2 - Environment for a detailed description of the sustainability goals defined by the Group.

In the Social dimension the Group recognizes the importance of assessing, valuing, and promoting its workforce, ensuring equal opportunities, improving the quality of working conditions, and proactively responding to the social needs of employees, consumers, and target communities. The materiality analysis highlighted the importance of pursuing concrete actions in some key areas: improvement of working conditions, equal treatment and opportunities, occupational health and safety, employee satisfaction, and consumer social inclusion. In this field the Group aims to continuously improve the working environment and working conditions of its employees in order to promote their well-being, and consequently to mitigate the potential negative impacts identified. and has initiated a process of progressively setting quantitative targets related to human resources management. In particular, the Group has introduced a target concerning the average number of training hours per employee on ESG topics, with the aim of strengthening employees' awareness and understanding of these issues.

Finally, the Governance dimension is the basis on which responsible corporate governance and transparency of the Group's activities are based. The Group has not yet defined quantitative targets in this area, however, it recognizes the importance of implementing targeted interventions to be carried out in the medium term to strengthen corporate governance by promoting a management model marked by transparency, integrity and accountability. These include finalizing the anti-corruption policy, updating current Group policies, and introducing a system for monitoring ESG objectives.

The materiality analysis, updated in 2025 from the initial 2024 version, was conducted using the same scope of analysis (the only notable change being the acquisition of Verivox), which includes the Group's activities and, where relevant, the associated value chain. During the update, no significant changes were made to the methodology adopted or to the main sources of information used.

The analysis did not reveal any significant changes in the material topics identified, nor did it identify any new material impacts, risks or opportunities compared with the previous financial year. Consequently, there are no effects on the structure and content of the sustainability reporting set out in this document.

In line with the above, no significant impacts, risks or opportunities related to entity-specific issues have been identified. [SMB-3 48 b,d,e,f,g,h]

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities [IRO-1]

The Group has adopted a structured process for identifying and assessing impacts, risks and opportunities in accordance with the requirements of the CSRD and the ESRS. This process has been developed to ensure an integrated approach to sustainability, with an analysis based on double materiality, which considers both the Company's impacts on the external environment and people (impact materiality) and the risks and opportunities that environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors may generate on the Group's financial performance (financial materiality). [ESRS 2 IRO1- 53 a]

The identification of impacts, risks and opportunities is carried out through an in-depth analysis involving the main corporate functions involved, together with the ESG Manager, who has a comprehensive view of the entire process.

The process is monitored through regular internal audits, and will be updated on the basis of regulatory developments and feedback received from internal stakeholders.

The study of Double Materiality is based on a set of objective and measurable criteria to ensure a robust analysis aligned with ESRS. The objective is to consistently select and assess the most relevant ESG topics for the Group and its stakeholders, analyzing impacts, risks and opportunities. Criteria used include:  

With regard to impacts, materiality is assessed according to the following aspects:

(a) the severity

(b) the probability that a given event may occur,

The severity is based on the following factors: 

In addition to these, only for negative impacts, there is a third factor of severity: the irremediable nature of the impact.

Picture 2


For financial Materiality, on the other hand, the following factors were taken into account:

Picture 3

So, for the impact assessment, the formula used is as follows: [IRO-1-53 b iv]

Negative Impact = Probability x Average (Scale, Scope, Remediability)

Positive Impact = Probability x Average (Scale, Scope)

Likewise, the level of risk and opportunity is assessed through the following formula: [IRO-1-53 c ii]

Financial materiality = Magnitude x Probability

With regard to own operations, in the evaluation of impacts, risks and opportunities, topics with a rating of at least 2 are considered relevant, on a scale of 1 to 16. With regard to the value chain, the assessment of relevance was conducted through a qualitative analysis.

Furthermore, the materiality assessment process has adopted specific input parameters, including:  

-    internal information, such as financial reports, internal audits and sustainability KPIs;

-    external data, including industry benchmarks, regulatory guidelines and market research. [IRO-1-53 g].

Factors such as the nature of the Group's services, business relationships, and geographical size were taken into account in the process of identifying impacts. [IRO-1-53 b i, ii]

External stakeholder consultation in the assessment of impacts, risks and opportunities was not included. [IRO-1-53 b iii]

The analysis of material impacts, risks and opportunities is a dynamic and constantly updated process. The monitoring system includes annual review of materiality based on regulatory and scenario updates, involvement of governance bodies with periodic reports on ESG impacts and mitigation strategies, and integration of internal control tools to ensure consistency and effectiveness of adopted policies.

The Group then analyzed the connections between the various material impacts and the risks and opportunities that may arise from them. In particular, the following were considered:

Since the company does not have an ERM system, sustainability risks are currently not integrated into the company analysis and, consequently, their assessment is not included in the overall company management. [IRO 1-53 ciii, e, f]. With reference to internal control, however, it should be noted that the administration and control bodies are involved in the process of preparing Sustainability Reporting ensuring that the decision-making process is aligned with best governance practices and regulatory and market expectations. In particular, the ESG Manager, point of connection between the different corporate functions and the Board of Directors, plays a coordinating and supervisory role in the procedures aimed at managing relevant risks, impacts and opportunities, and in the definition of policies, objectives and action plans. In addition, the entire board of directors is involved, which, after appropriate briefings provided by the ESG Manager, annually evaluates and approves the double materiality analysis, as well as the ESG plan. This process enables the board of directors to exercise direct and informed control over strategic sustainability choices, strengthening the Group's ability to respond proactively to challenges related to climate and/or regulatory change. Finally, the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board of Statutory Auditors operate, with the support of the internal audit function, as part of the internal control system relating to sustainability reporting. [IRO-1-53 d]

Compared to the previous reporting period, the relevance study has not suffered significant developments following a methodology compliant with the ESRS. [IRO-1-53 h]

The last review of the process was conducted in December 2025. This process led to a re-examination of the individual topics, sub-topics and sub-sub-topics in greater detail. The next review of the materiality assessment is scheduled during 2026, in line with the Group's annual reporting cycle. [IRO-1-53 h]

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement [IRO-2]

On the basis of the methodology described, Moltiply carried out an in-depth assessment of services offered, identifying the direct and indirect, positive and negative impacts, as well as the risks and opportunities associated with its business and value chain. [IRO-2-59] Among the standards made available by EFRAG, the following turned out to be material:


The other macro-categories offered were assessed as not applicable or not significant, i.e. not within the Group's materiality threshold, in light of the following reasons:

The methodology adopted in the materiality assessment process included:  

The study underlying this Report enabled the Group to identify concrete and measurable actions to improve its ESG performance along the value chain and strengthen its commitment to sustainability.

This consolidated sustainability Statement has been prepared in accordance with the ESRS, following the outcome of the double materiality assessment conducted by the company, which identified relevant impacts, risks and opportunities.

In the interest of transparency and to facilitate consultation of the document, a Content Index is provided, which provides a structured list of the disclosure requirements met, indicating the relevant sections and page numbers where this information is presented. The Table of Contents allows stakeholders to quickly locate key information, ensuring a clear and verifiable alignment between the contents of the accountability report and the regulatory requirements under ESRS.


Standard

Disclosure requirement

Description

Page Number

ESRS 2

BP-1

General basis for preparation of sustainability statements

30

ESRS 2

BP-2

Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances

33

ESRS 2

GOV-1

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

34

ESRS 2

GOV-2

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

34

ESRS 2

GOV-3

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

35

ESRS 2

GOV-4

Statement on due diligence

35

ESRS 2

GOV-5

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

35

ESRS 2

SBM-1

Strategy, business model and value chain

36

ESRS 2

SBM-2

Interests and views of stakeholders

36

ESRS 2

SBM-3

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

37

ESRS 2

IRO-1

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

40

ESRS 2

IRO-2

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

43



Reporting according to the Regultion (UE) 2020/852 - "EU Taxonomy Regulation"

51

ESRS E1

GOV-3

Integration of sustainability related performance in incentive schemes

53

ESRS E1

SBM-3

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

53

ESRS E1

IRO-1

Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities

54

ESRS E1

E1-1

Transition plan for climate change mitigation

55

ESRS E1

E1-2

Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation

55

ESRS E1

E1-3

Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies

55

ESRS E1

E1-4

Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation

56

ESRS E1

E1-5

Energy consumption and mix

57

ESRS E1

E1-6

Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions

57

ESRS E1

E1-7

GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through carbon credits

59

ESRS E1

E1-8

Internal carbon pricing

59

ESRS E1

E1-9

Anticipated financial effects from material physical and transition risks and potential climate-related opportunities

60


ESRS E2

E2

Pollution

Not relevant

ESRS E3

E3

Water and Marine Resources

Not relevant

ESRS E4

E4

Biodiversity and Ecosystems

Not relevant

ESRS E5

E5

Resource Use and Circular Economy

Not relevant

ESRS S2

SBM-2

Views, interests, rights and expectations of stakeholders

61

ESRS S2

SBM-3

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction between the strategy and business models 

61

ESRS S2

S1-1

Policies related to own workforce

62

ESRS S2

S1-2

Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers' representatives about impacts

63

ESRS S2

S1-3

Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workers to raise concerns 

63

ESRS S2

S1-4

Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions 

65

ESRS S2

S1-5

Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities 

65


ESRS S2

S1-6

Characteristics of the Undertaking's Employees

65

ESRS S2

S1-7

Characteristics of non-employees in the undertaking's own workforce

66

ESRS S2

S1-8

Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue

66

ESRS S2

S1-9

Diversity metrics

67

ESRS S2

S1-10

Adequate wages

68

ESRS S2

S1-11

Social protection

68

ESRS S2

S1-12

Persons with disabilities

68

ESRS S2

S1-13

Training and skills development metrics

68

ESRS S2

S1-14

Health and safety metrics

68

ESRS S2

S1-15

Work-life balance metrics

69

ESRS S2

S1-16

Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total remuneration)

69

ESRS S2

S1-17

Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts

70

ESRS S2

S2

Workers in the Value Chain

Not relevant

ESRS S2

S3

Affected Communities 

Not relevant

ESRS S4

SBM-2

Stakeholders' interests and opinions

71

ESRS S4

SBM-3

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

71

ESRS S4

S4-1

Policies related to consumers and end-users

72

ESRS S4

S4-2

Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts

73

ESRS S4

S4-3

Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumers and end-users to raise concerns

74

ESRS S4

S4-4

Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and effectiveness of those actions 

74

ESRS S4

S4-5

Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities

75

ESRS G1

GOV-1

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

76

ESRS G1

IRO-1

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

76

ESRS G1

G1-1

Business conduct policies and corporate culture

77

ESRS G1

G1-2

Management of relationships with suppliers

78

ESRS G1

G1-3

Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery

79

ESRS G1

G1-MDR-A

Actions and resources related to business conduct

80

ESRS G1

G1-MDR-T

Corruption and money laundering

81

ESRS G1

G1-4

Incidents of corruption or bribery

81

ESRS G1

G1-5

Political influence and lobbying activities

82

ESRS G1

G1-6

Payment practices

82

[IRO-2-56]

In addition, in accordance with ESRS, a summary table of data points required by other European Union regulations is also included, as specified in Appendix B of the referenced standard. In line with the provisions of ESRS 1, Paragraph 35, data points that the company has assessed as non-material are also included, clearly specifying this in the table by indicating "Not Material." [IRO-2-56]

Picture 6




Picture 7

Picture 9
















Reporting according to the Regulation (EU) 2020/852 - "EU Taxonomy Regulation"

The European Union, in line with the contents of the 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change and the 17 Sustainable Development Goals of the United Nations 2030 Agenda, has developed an ambitious strategy towards more sustainable economic models with the aim of achieving climate neutrality by 2050. In this context, as part of the action plan on sustainable finance adopted in 2018 by the European Commission, a classification system or 'taxonomy' for sustainable activities was established, set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/852 ("the Regulation"), which sets out the criteria for determining whether an economic activity can be considered environmentally sustainable, reducing the risk of greenwashing and ensuring greater comparability for financial institutions and investors regarding the degree of environmental sustainability of an associated investment. In particular, the Regulation classifies economic activities that may potentially contribute to one or more of the six environmental objectives defined by the European Union:

•    climate change mitigation;

•    climate change adaptation;

•    sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources;

•    transition to a circular economy;

•    prevention and reduction of pollution;

•    protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems.

The Regulation and subsequent legislative amendments (including Delegated Acts (EU) 2021/2139, EU 2023/2485 and EU 2023/2486) classify economic activities in such a way that they are potentially eligible under the Taxonomy and therefore 'Eligible' for all six of the environmental objectives, and environmentally sustainable and therefore 'Aligned' in relation to them. To determine whether one's 'Eligible' activities can also be considered 'Aligned', it is necessary to verify compliance with two types of criteria:

•  technical screening criteria set out in the Delegated Regulations, which determine whether the activities in question make a substantial contribution to climate change adaptation and mitigation; 

• "DNSH" (Do Not Significantly Harm) criteria, which determine whether the activities in question do not cause significant damage to any of the other environmental objectives. 

In addition to these specific technical requirements, the Regulation also requires that, in order to be considered environmentally sustainable (i.e. 'aligned'), an economic activity must be carried out in accordance with the minimum social safeguards ("Social Minimum Safeguards").

It should also be noted that on  July, 4 2025, the European Commission adopted Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73, published in the Official Journal of the European Union on January, 8 2026, amending Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178, with regard to the simplification of the content and presentation of information relating to eco-sustainable activities, as well as Delegated Regulations (EU) 2021/2139 and (EU) 2023/2486, with reference to the simplification of certain technical screening criteria. These amendments apply to sustainability reports published after January, 1 2026, without prejudice to the option to prepare disclosures for the 2025 financial year in accordance with the previous version of the legislation.

In this regard, the Group has prepared the Taxonomy disclosure for the 2025 financial year in accordance with the criteria and presentation requirements set out in the new Simplified Regulation. Consequently, the Group has exercised the option provided for in Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73 to exclude from the assessment assets that, in total, do not exceed the 10% threshold for each individual KPI (non-material economic activities).

Turnover

As of December 31, 2025, the Group had not identified any eligible assets, in line with 2024, since the activities carried out do not fall within any of the environmentally sustainable activities provided by current regulations. 

Capex

Following the asset assessment process, as at December 31, 2025, most of capital expenditure incurred by the Group relates to ineligible assets, i.e. those not included in the classification of economic activities set out in the delegated acts. For a set of residual activities, for which total capital expenditure is equal to Euro 16,007 thousand, representing 9.55% of the denominator of the Capex KPI, the Company has exercized the option to not assess eligibility and alignment with the Taxonomy in accordance with paragraph 1b of Article 2 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178, as amended by Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73, since these are not material. 

Opex

The directors carried out a materiality analysis of the KPI related to operating expenses (OpEx), identifying a denominator value equal to Euro 538 thousand. The total operating costs shown in the consolidated financial statements amount to Euro 333,715 thousand, indicating that the OpEx indicator is not material for the business model, which is primarily focused on the provision of services. Having established that the total operating costs indicated by the KPI is equal to 0.2% of total operating costs, it was therefore decided not to report the indicator as provided for in paragraph 1-quater of Article 1 of EU Delegated Regulation 2026/73.

Model 1  Share of turnover, capital expenditure (CapEx), arising from products or services associated with economic activities eligible for or aligned with the taxonomy - Disclosure for the year 2025 (Summary KPIs)

Financial year 2025

 

KPI 

Total

Proportion of activities eligible under the Taxonomy

Activities aligned with the Taxonomy

Proportion of Activities aligned with the Taxonomy

Breakdown by environmental objective of activities aligned with the Taxonomy

Proportion of qualifying activities

Proportion of transitional activities

Unvalued assets deemed immaterial

Activities aligned with the Taxonomy in the previous financial year (2024)

Proportion of activities aligned with the Taxonomy in the previous financial year (2024)

Climate change mitigation

Adaptation to climate change

             Water

Circular Economy

Pollution 

Biodiversity 

 

€' 000

%

€' 000

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

€' 000

%

Turnover

674,116

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

100%

0

0%

CapEx

274,314

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

9.55%

0

0%

Opex

538

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

100%

N/A

N/A

Climate Change [ESRS E1]

Integration of sustainability related performance in incentive schemes [GOV-3]

As mentioned, with reference to the current reporting period, the performance of executive directors is assessed by taking into consideration  - among other variables - the overall substantive progress and monitoring of sustainability kpi, and currently does not take into account the greenhouse gas emission reduction targets, which were recently defined as part of the preparation of the Group's ESG Plan (the 'ESG Plan'), and disclosed pursuant to the E1-4 disclosure requirement.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model [SBM-3]

The Group has identified climate change as a relevant impact factor for its operations, dividing the analysis into the three key areas: climate change adaptation, climate change mitigation and energy. These issues have both direct and indirect impacts, occurring along the entire value chain, with upstream and downstream effects.

Climate change adaptation 


Climate Change Mitigation






Energy


The Group did not conduct a resilience analysis, however, a qualitative analysis was conducted with respect to potential physical and transitional climate risks, which revealed low-impact physical risks for the Group, and therefore did not lead to a change in corporate strategy.

Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities [IRO-1]

Moltiply has developed a structured process to identify and assess climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities, integrating this analysis into its sustainability management mechanisms. This approach is based on a systematic assessment involving various business functions and makes use of internal data, industry benchmarks and climate scenarios to ensure an accurate and up-to-date analysis.  

Climate impacts are identified through the mapping of operational activities and the value chain. The Group collects and analyses data on the energy consumption of technology infrastructures, employees' commuting and business travel, and emissions associated with the purchase and use of goods and services, as well as capital goods and investments. The process involves comparing the Group's environmental performance with the ESRS, allowing the main sources of greenhouse gas emissions to be identified and mitigation strategies to be defined.  

Transition risk analysis is based on continuous monitoring of regulations and market developments. The Group examines international, European and national environmental policies, assessing their potential impact on its operations, without, however, considering the scenarios envisaged by the Paris Agreement.

The methodology used involves a comparison between new regulations and the Group's current positioning in terms of emissions and sustainability, estimating the level of exposure to penalties, regulatory restrictions or cost increases due to compliance with new regulations.  

The Group has not identified any business activities that require significant efforts to be compatible with this transition.

In the process of identifying opportunities, the Group analyses market trends and possible industry developments in relation to the ecological transition, in order to identify potential benefits deriving from the adoption of decarbonization strategies and the integration of innovative low-emission solutions. The methodology adopted makes it possible to assess the Group's degree of exposure to regulatory and market changes, identifying opportunities for growth and competitive consolidation.  

Transition plan for climate change mitigation [E1-1]

Moltiply Group does not have a transition plan for climate change mitigation prepared according to the Paris Agreement on Climate Change, but will consider adopting it in the medium term. 

However, the Group has prepared an ESG Plan, which is better described in section E1-4.

Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation [E1-2]

Moltiply Group has an environmental policy, which applies to all Italian companies of the Group, in order to manage its impacts, risks and opportunities related to climate change mitigation. The policy aims to ensure an approach in line with key international standards and regulations, including the United Nations Global Compact.

The environmental policy aims to identify the principles and guidelines to be adopted for the correct management of all company activities, in order to reduce the direct and indirect impacts generated on the environment and climate, implementing the climate change mitigation and energy efficiency measures described in paragraph E1-3 below. This policy, supervised by the Group's ESG Manager, applies to all the Group's Italian companies and, consequently, is binding for the conduct of all collaborators, be they directors, employees, agents, collaborators, as well as - where contractually provided for - commercial counterparts (professional clients and suppliers). It is specified that the main foreign subsidiaries also have procedures aimed at reducing the direct and indirect impacts generated on the environment and climate, or, in any case, independently promote environmental initiatives.

This Policy, linked to the impacts and risks related to the sub-theme of climate change mitigation, provides a series of measures aimed at reducing emissions, and thus mitigating climate change, which include energy efficiency measures and increasing the use of energy from renewable sources.

The policy, available on the Group's institutional website and intranet page, is constantly monitored to assess its effectiveness and alignment with the Group's sustainability goals and regulatory developments on climate change.

Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies [E1-3]

The Group's commitment to the environment safeguard is reflected, in particular, in the use of renewable energy sources in the main sites where it operates. In particular, the operating sites of Giussago (PV), Cagliari, Monastir (CA), Milan (via Desenzano 2 and via Lombardini) and Messina are equipped with photovoltaic systems that, in addition to covering the energetic needs of the Group, produce an electricity surplus that is re-entered into the national electrical grid.

Furthermore, to address the challenges of climate change, in line with the stated policies and with the aim of reducing the environmental impact of its activities, the Moltiply Group has identified a set of climate change mitigation and adaptation initiatives (the implementation of which is not subject to the availability of resources), such as: 

The implementation of these measures is envisaged in the medium to long-term, and is limited to its own operations. The expected reduction in CO2 emissions is reported in section E1-4 below.

At present, no significant financial resources have been committed for the implementation of the actions and measures described above, however, where applicable, these costs have been taken into account in the definition of the business plans of the various CGUs.

Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation [E1-4]

The Group has not set absolute emission reduction targets according to the requirements prescribed by ESERS E1.

However, according to its sustainability strategy and commitments to reduce the environmental impact of its activities, The Group prepared an ESG Plan through which environmental targets were defined in relation to the total number of employees, aimed at reducing its carbon footprint. A key aspect of the ESG plan concerns the assessment of greenhouse gas emissions, i.e. those related to activities that could hinder the achievement of emission reduction targets. The targets are geared towards reducing greenhouse gas emissions, increasing energy efficiency and adopting climate change mitigation measures.

The Group has set the following climate targets as part of the ESG Plan:

Progress in implementing the plan is monitored through periodic reports, allowing any areas for improvement to be identified and the effectiveness of the actions taken to be strengthened.

The Group has defined 2024 as the base year in which the targets are set, and as the base value, the total scope 1,2 (market-based) and 3 emissions mentioned in paragraph E1-5.

In particular, the Group has identified the following decarbonization levers and key actions for climate change mitigation:

The Group constantly monitors its progress against its targets and periodically assesses the need to adjust its strategy to align with regulatory and scientific developments on climate change. The progress made during the financial year is as follows:

With reference to the target related to increasing the share of energy consumption from renewable sources, the monitoring of progress will be developed during 2026, taking into account the time horizon to 2030 and the need to establish a solid baseline to evaluate progress.

Energy consumption and mix [E1-5]

The Group's total energy consumption in the reporting period amounted to 8,250 MWh. 

This consumption, which can mainly be deduced from invoices received from energy suppliers, is broken down as follows:

 Picture 16

Concerning the electric energy production through renewable sources, in the reporting period the amount of electricity produced and sold by installed plants is equal to 184.7 MWh (199.6 MWh in the previous year).

The conversion factors used to align energy consumption come from DEFRA's GHG Conversion Factors table.

Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions [E1-6]

Moltiply Group monitors its GHG emissions throughout the value chain in accordance with the requirements of the ESRS.

Emissions are calculated according to the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (GHG Protocol), using methodologies consistent with ESRS E1-6. The analysis distinguishes emissions into Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3, to provide a clear view of the direct and indirect impacts generated by the Group's activities.

Reported emissions are expressed in tonnes of CO2 equivalent (tCO2eq), as required by the standard, as shown in the table below:

Picture 3

The emissions have been calculated considering the Group's accounting consolidation perimeter, consistent with the perimeter of financial reporting. In particular, the perimeter of the consolidated Sustainability Statement coincides with that of the Consolidated Financial Statements (see Group Structure as of December 31, 2025), i.e. it includes the companies consolidated on a line-by-line basis for financial reporting. 

Conservative estimation approaches were used to calculate GHG emissions. Specifically, GHG emissions were calculated as follows:



Regarding scope-3 emissions, the analysis focused on the most relevant categories for the sector. Compared with last year, it should be noted that the methodologies for assessing materiality have been refined, leading to the reporting of category 15 Investments and the non-reporting of category 4 Transport and upstream distribution; furthermore, the calculation methodology for category 1 Purchased goods and services has been refined, resulting in the restatement of the previously published 2024 figure. The relevant calculation methods adopted for each reported category are listed below; it should be noted that, for all categories, no primary data provided by suppliers has been used: 

Purchase of goods and services: this figure was calculated using a spend-based approach, applying average emission factors to the various categories of expenditure incurred by the Group during the year. In particular, cost items have been reclassified by product category and associated with specific emission factors, where available. In particular, the current approach is based primarily on EEIO databases, such as those made available by Eurostat (e.g. "Consumption-based accounting tool, March 2022").


Capital goods: the figure was calculated according to the average-data method, applying the emission factors to the primary data (weight of material), for the main categories of assets purchased by the Group subject to capitalization, such as hardware systems and office machines.





The GHG intensity ratio is shown below, calculated by dividing total GHG emissions by total net revenue (expressed in thousands of euros), which corresponds to the data shown in the consolidated income statement of this Report:  

GHG intensity per net revenue

2025

2024

Total GHG emissions (location-based) per net revenue (tCO2eq/currency unit)

               0,0796 

         0,0741

Total GHG emissions (market-based) per net revenue (tCO2eq/currency unit)

               0,0813 

         0,0757 

GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through carbon credits [E1-7]

As the date of this report, Moltiply has not adopted specific greenhouse gas removal and storage initiatives, nor planned to use carbon credits to offset its emissions.

This choice is consistent with the Group's business model, which operates in the digital services sector, characterized by a relatively small direct footprint on emissions compared to other industries. The Group's approach to decarbonization therefore focuses on mitigation strategies through improving energy efficiency and reducing indirect emissions associated with its activities.

Internal carbon pricing [E1-8]

Moltiply has not, at present, implemented an internal carbon pricing system. At the date of this report, the Group does not adopt mechanisms such as shadow pricing, internal carbon tariffs or internal funds to incentivize the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions or to guide investment decisions in line with climate objectives.

However, the Group monitors the evolution of best practices in carbon management and may consider introducing internal carbon pricing systems if these prove to be effective tools to strengthen its sustainability strategies and align with regulatory and market developments.

Anticipated financial effects from material physical and transition risks and potential climate-related opportunities [E1-9]

The Group exercises the right to omit information prescribed by E1-9 (phase-in).

ESRS S1 - Own workforce

Views, interests, rights and expectations of stakeholders [SBM-2]

Please refer to the description in Chapter ESRS 2.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction between the strategy and business models [SBM-3]

The Group conducted an analysis to identify the material impacts on its workforce (applicable without distinction to all employees and non-employees alike [S1-1 14 a])  and assess the risks and opportunities arising from these impacts and the Group's reliance on its personnel. The analysis focused on the following areas: working conditions, equal treatment and opportunities, employment and inclusion of people with disabilities, and confidentiality, although all the sub-topics set out in AR16 have been taken into account.

The Group has not yet formalized a structured climate transition plan. Consequently, no significant current or anticipated impacts on its workforce have been identified as a result of these plans. The environmental initiatives currently in place are incremental measures that do not entail any significant restructuring or changes to the workforce. The Group will assess any potential impacts on the workforce as part of the future development of a transition plan.

In terms of the impacts generated by the Group on its workers, no direct positive effects were found in the areas analyzed. However, potential negative impacts were identified that could arise from several factors.

With regard to working conditions, the Group could generate negative impacts in terms of employment security, working time management, wage adequacy, social dialogue, work-life balance, and occupational health and safety. These aspects could be compromised, for example, in case of declining business, with possible repercussions on employment stability or working conditions.

In the context of equal treatment and opportunities, the analysis highlighted potential negative impacts in terms of gender and pay equality, skills development, inclusion of persons with disabilities and respect for human rights.

In addition to the relevant material impacts on the workforce, the Group analyzed the risks and opportunities arising from the external environment that could affect the company.

The area of working conditions presents risks related to changes in national and international regulations on employment, working hours, wages and collective bargaining. Adjusting to these changes could lead to increased operating costs, both in terms of revising contracts and updating internal procedures.

The employment and inclusion of people with disabilities could, likewise, represent a risk, at least to the extent that the Group fails to guarantee the minimum number of people with disabilities required by current legislation.

In terms of opportunities, no relevant opportunities for the Group have been identified at present in the analyzed areas.

The analysis conducted shows that the risks identified may require an adaptation of the Group's strategy. In particular, changes in labor regulations could lead to the review of contracts and company policies. The risk of not reaching the minimum inclusion thresholds for people with disabilities could make it necessary to strengthen recruitment and inclusion support policies.

Overall, Moltiply constantly monitors these factors to ensure alignment between workforce management and the strategic needs of the company, seeking to prevent negative impacts and mitigate identified risks.

In addition to the mapped risks, no further risks were identified relating to operations at serious risk of forced and/or child labor.

At present, no significant financial resources have been committed for the implementation of the actions and measures designed to prevent and mitigate potential negative impacts and identified risks, however, where applicable, these costs have been taken into account in the definition of the business plans of the various CGUs.

Policies related to own workforce [S1-1]

The Group has adopted an HR Policy, applicable for all Italian companies of the Group, aimed at identifying the principles and guidelines considered appropriate by the Group and, for the proper management of personnel, at integrating the principles of national and international labor standards into its human resources management system. The set of ethical principles, values and behavioral rules set out in the HR Policy not only inspire the activities of all those who operate, internally or externally, in the Group's sphere of action, but are also an integral part of the various human resources management procedures (selection process, individual performance evaluation, etc.). It should be noted that the main foreign subsidiaries also have specific procedures designed to mitigate the risks identified in the context of human resources management. These procedures are managed independently by the individual entities, also taking into account the applicable local regulations regarding employment and workforce management. [S1-1 17]

The Group's approach is based on respect for fundamental labor rights and adherence to the main international standards, such as the Global Compact United Nations Principles, and the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work. The policy focuses on the protection and promotion of working conditions, equal treatment and the protection of individual rights, both for employees and self-employed and temporary workers. Compliance with these principles is ensured through supervision by the HR department, in application of the HR Policy. [S1-1 19, 20, 21]

Regular meetings are held with staff to discuss the issues covered in the policy, with the aim of improving the working environment and considering any new measures that may arise from discussions with staff themselves, in order to manage the workforce more effectively.

The policy aims to ensure a safe and decent working environment, with a focus on employment security, sustainable working hours, adequate wages and the promotion of effective social dialogue, and provides for monitoring tools to verify compliance with contractual and labor rights, as well as mechanisms to prevent risks arising from imbalances in workforce management, such as staff shortages.

The policy explicitly addresses gender equality, equal pay for equivalent roles, continuous training, the inclusion of people with disabilities, and combating any form of discrimination or harassment in the workplace. The Group has also defined internal procedures to prevent, identify and mitigate any discriminatory situations, ensuring equal opportunities for professional growth.

Moltiply prevents all forms of violations of fundamental rights, including forced labor, human trafficking and child labor, as described in the Code of Ethics, HR Policy and 231 Model. [S1-1 22]

The Group has a management system for the prevention of accidents at work, with processes dedicated to reducing occupational risks, training personnel and verifying compliance with safety regulations. The measures taken include periodic risk assessment and the implementation of safety protocols. [S1-1 23]

Finally, the Group has formalized its commitment to eliminating all forms of discrimination, including explicit references in the policy to factors such as race, ethnicity, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, age, religion, political opinion, national extraction or social origin. The policy also includes measures to prevent and tackle these issues, actively promoting training and awareness-raising programs, even though no groups of particularly vulnerable employees have been identified within the company's workforce. [S1-1 24]

The implementation of policies is entrusted to the highest levels of the organization, with the involvement of the Board of Directors and HR functions. Policies are made available to stakeholders through institutional channels and internal archives, ensuring transparency and accessibility.

Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers' representatives about impacts [S1-2]

The Group has adopted structured processes for the involvement of its workforce and employee representatives to ensure effective management of actual and potential, positive and negative material impacts that may affect employees, and that employees' perspectives are taken into account in the company's decision-making processes. [S1-2 25]

Involvement takes place mainly through direct interaction with employees, through specific periodic (at least yearly) meetings organized with them, through internal surveys, or also during the annual assessment of individual performance. [S1-2 26, 27a, b]

The HR function is responsible for implementing and monitoring these processes, ensuring that the results of consultations are adequately taken into account in the definition of Group strategies. [S1-2 27c]

Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workers to raise concerns  [S1-3] 

In order to ensure that concerns raised by employees and non-employee workers are taken care of and effectively managed, specific processes have been developed. [S1-3 30]

Specifically, the Group, also in compliance with the current Organizational Model, established an internal whistleblowing reporting system, disciplined by a special procedure approved by the Board of Directors on November 14, 2023, and available on the Group's institutional website that provides for: [S1-3 31, 32]

In addition, the communication channels above mentioned can be used by all stakeholders to request clarification on the implementation of the organization's policies and practices for responsible business conduct and to raise concerns about business conduct. [S1-3 32d]

The Group has launched, within the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division, the 'Proximity' project, which aims to identify and concretize a series of interventions dedicated to human resources, both through virtual meetings, which involve large-scale employee participation, and through office meetings, which involve sharing and discussing ideas and solutions aimed at improving the work environment. Workers are given feedback on issues raised at the same time as the report, or at the next reporting session.

In order to ensure the effectiveness of these measures, periodic evaluations are conducted in which it is analyzed whether the adopted solutions have led to the expected results and whether further corrective actions are needed. [S1-3 32e]

Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions [S1-4]

With the introduction and implementation of the HR Policy described above in previous years, the Group has taken numerous measures aimed at mitigating potential negative impacts on its workforce, managing risks and seizing related opportunities, as well as ensuring a work environment that is compliant with regulations and oriented towards employee well-being. However, these actions are assessed and implemented on a case-by-case basis as and when necessary, without being formalized in a comprehensive action plan with specific timeframes and specific, significant financial commitments set out as budgeted. [S1-4 35]

The Group has defined specific measures to prevent and reduce potential negative impacts related to working conditions, equal treatment and inclusion of people with disabilities. In particular, aspects related to employment security, working hours and remuneration levels are carefully monitored, with the aim of guaranteeing adequate employment conditions consistent with current regulations, through the analysis of a set of KPIs collected by the HR department, which allow the effectiveness of the actions taken to be assessed. To deal with any risks related to collective bargaining and salary adjustments, the Group keeps itself constantly updated on regulatory developments and labor market dynamics. [S1-4 36, 38 a, d, 39]

To prevent the risk of difficulties in reaching the minimum number of workers with disabilities required by law, the Group is evaluating strategies for inclusion and specific training, with the involvement of personnel management functions and human resources managers. [S1-4 40a]

In the event of negative impacts, the Group makes available the already described direct communication channels, including the whistleblowing channel, through which workers have the opportunity to raise issues relating to working conditions and respect for their rights, to be realized in the medium term. [S1-4 38 b]

Currently, the Group does not see any direct positive impact in relation to the areas under analysis. However, it continues to promote the improvement of working conditions through initiatives to monitor and update its internal policies. [S1-4 38 c, 40 b]

Activities to manage material impacts on the workforce are supported by dedicated resources, including regulatory compliance, personnel management and occupational safety functions. These resources ensure continuous monitoring of emerging issues and enable corrective or preventive measures to be taken in a timely and effective manner. [S1-4 37]

Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities [S1-5] 

In addition to what has already been described in the HR Policy, the Group has initiated a process of progressively defining quantitative targets related to human resources management. In particular, the Group has introduced a target concerning the average number of training hours per employee on ESG topics, with the aim of strengthening staff awareness and engagement on these issues. However, also in application of this policy, the Group has set the objective of constantly improving the working environment and working conditions of its employees, in order to promote their well-being, and consequently mitigate the potential negative impacts identified. [S1-5 44a, b]

This process provides involving the workforce, ensuring that initiatives are consistent with the real needs of the workforce and aligned with the Group's commitments. [S1-5 47]

Characteristics of the Undertaking's Employees [S1-6]

As of December 31, 2025, the Group employs 3,934 resources, up 21% if compared to the previous year, mainly because the acquisitions of the period. [S1-6 50 a, e]

The number of employees, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, divided by gender are reported below:

Picture 13 

The number of employees, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, divided by country representing at least 10% of the total number of employees are reported below:

Picture 14

The number of employees, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, divided by contract type and gender are reported below:

Picture 15

The number of employees, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, divided by contract type and region are reported below:

Picture 16

Picture 19

It should be noted that the share of fixed-term workers is mainly attributable to the Group's common practice of offering a fixed-term contract (e.g. of six months) to new employees before offering them permanent employment. [S1-6 50 b, 52 a,b] 

During the reporting period, the total number of employees who left the Group was 625, with a turnover rate of 16% (17% in 2024). [S1-6 50 c]

It should be noted that the data shown above refer to the number of people ('headcount') and at the end of the reporting period. In particular, they are punctual data, not subject to estimation, originating from the personnel management information systems available to each Group company. These data differ from those reported in financial reporting, which are expressed as the average for the reporting period. [S1-6 50 d i, ii, 50 f]

Characteristics of non-employees in the undertaking's own workforce [S1-7]

As of December 31, 2025, non-employee workers in the Group's workforce amount to 378, of which 150 men and 228 women, and include mainly collaborators, and showed a slight increase compared to the 356 non-employee workers in the previous year (of which 136 men and 220 women).

In particular, collaborators, i.e., persons with para-subordinated contracts, are mainly employed in outbound activities by the Mavriq Division, while temporary workers, i.e., are mainly employed in operations department by the Moltiply Division.

As in the previous paragraph, the methodology adopted for data collection provides for the numbers to be reported in terms of headcount as of December 31, 2025. [S1-7 55 a, b, c]

Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue [S1-8]

The following provides information on the coverage of collective bargaining and the level of representation of its workforce in social dialogue.

The overall percentage of employees covered by collective bargaining agreements is 79%, while, in relation to social dialogue, the overall percentage of employees covered by employee representatives is 22%. A breakdown by country is also provided below:

Picture 2

[S1-8 60 a, b, c 63 a]

It should be noted that the Group has several collective bargaining agreements, signed by the most representative trade unions in its reference sectors: the "CCNL Commercio" (Italian collective bargaining agreement) is applied in most of the companies. These collective bargaining agreements, in addition to regulating working hours and salary conditions, provide for the registration of companies in funds that have the purpose of guaranteeing workers enrolled in them supplementary health care treatments to the National Health Service.

For employees not covered by collective agreements, the Group contractually determined their working conditions in compliance with applicable regulations. [S1-8 61]

The Group guarantees the freedom of trade union association and the right to collective bargaining and promotes an open dialogue with its employees and their representatives, if any.

In the specific area of employment contracts, the Group is committed to requiring work performance in compliance with the provisions of the law and current collective bargaining in terms of working hours and days worked, and to guaranteeing adequate rest and fair remuneration to all employees.

Diversity metrics [S1-9]

The gender distribution at top management level is shown below: [S1-9 66 a]

Picture 22

The above figures refer to the total number of directors in charge at the reporting date.

The gender and age distribution of employees is shown below: [S1-9 66 b]

Picture 24

Picture 26

Adequate wages [S1-10]

The Group assesses the consistency of its employees' salaries against applicable benchmarks in order to ensure adequate economic conditions in line with industry standards.

Currently, the Group considers that (both for 2025 and 2024) all employees receive an adequate salary in line with applicable benchmarks and based on the country in which the work is performed. [S1-10 69]

Social protection [S1-11]

All Group employees are covered (both for 2025 and 2024) by social protection against loss of income resulting from events such as illness, unemployment, accidents or parental leave, mainly through public programs defined by the regulations in force in the countries where the Group's offices are located. [S1-11 74]

Persons with disabilities [S1-12]

In compliance with the regulations and legal restrictions applicable to the collection of such data, the percentage of employees with disabilities is currently 2% (2% in 2024). This proportion is represented by 2% men, and 2% women (in line with 2024). [S1-12 79, 80]

Training and skills development metrics [S1-13]

The Group reports on the level of training and skills development provided to its employees, with the aim of supporting continuous professional growth, improving skills and facilitating long-term employability.

The percentage of employees who participated in regular performance and career development assessments during the reporting period was 41% (slightly down compared to previous year). Below is a summary table showing the data broken down by gender and category: [S1-13 83 a]

Picture 28

The average number of training hours per employee in the reporting period, whose calculation method has been revised with no material impact in 2025, is 15 (in line with the previous financial year), in line with the previous year. The following table summarizes the average number of training hours per employee, broken down by gender and category: [S1-13 83 b]

Picture 29 

Health and safety metrics [S1-14]

The Group is committed to guarantee high standards of health and safety at work, promoting the consolidation of a culture of safety through the adoption of responsible behavior and awareness of operational risks by all employees and collaborators, also through specific information, training and awareness-raising activities in order to preserve the mental and physical integrity of employees. In observance of respect for the individual and in compliance with the law, the Group ensures the creation and management of environments and workplaces that are adequate from the point of view of the health and safety of employees. 

The employers of Group companies, in collaboration with the Head of the company's Prevention and Protection Service, also draw up a company Risk Assessment Report to illustrate the entire process of Assessing Risks to the health of workers carried out by the company figures responsible for protecting the health of employees.

At Group level, the occupational health and safety management system is organized in compliance with the regulations applicable in the Countries in which the Group companies operate, and therefore the entire workforce is covered by occupational health and safety management systems. In addition, some companies of the Moltiply Division are ISO 45001 certified in terms of occupational health and safety.

During the reporting period, the Group did not record any deaths due to occupational injuries and diseases, with reference to employees, and value chain workers, limited to work performed at the Group's operating sites. Furthermore, the total number of recordable work-related injuries was 20 (compared to 18 in 2024), mainly due to car accidents on the way to work, with a rate of recordable work-related accidents equal to 2,83 (compared to 3,14 in 2024). As far as employees are concerned, there were no cases of work-related ill health. Overall, the number of days lost due to accidents at work was 215 days (compared to 207 days in 2024). [S1-14 88 a,b,c,d,e]

The Group constantly monitors its health and safety performance indicators to identify any areas for improvement and take timely corrective action. To this end, regular internal audits are conducted on the basis of the occupational health and safety Risk Assessment Report.

Work-life balance metrics [S1-15]

The Group recognizes the importance of promoting a sustainable work-life balance for its employees, promoting flexibility tools and support measures. From this perspective, the possibility of taking leave for family reasons is guaranteed, in compliance with current regulations and internal agreements.

The Group is committed, including through individual and collective communication sessions, to identifying and considering any needs and states of mind of employees, with full openness to listening to proposals aimed at improving working conditions and employee well-being.

All Group employees are entitled to family leave, in accordance with current regulations in the countries where Moltiply operates. In the last reporting period, 8% of eligible employees actually took this leave (12% in 2024). Specifically, women who took family leave represent 11% of the total (17% in 2024), while men who took it represent 3% of the total (5% in 2024).

Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total remuneration) [S1-16]

The Group recognizes the importance of transparency and fairness in remuneration policies and is committed to monitoring and reducing any pay gaps, particularly in relation to gender equality.

The gender pay gap, calculated as the difference in average pay levels between female and male employees and expressed as a percentage of the average employee pay level, is presented in the following table

Picture 33 

With regard to the above table, the data has been calculated by considering the total annual remuneration and the number of hours worked, excluding variable components of remuneration. Further, the specific figure for employees in Italy has been made explicit, both because they represent the majority of the workforce and because most Group companies are located in Italy [S1-16 97 a].

Since the Group applies equal pay conditions for the same position/work location, without gender discrimination, the gap indicated above is a consequence of a different gender mix for different types of positions.

The ratio between the annual total remuneration of the highest paid individual and the median annual total remuneration of all employees (excluding the highest paid individual) is 42.4 (55.3 in 2024). [S1-16 97 b]

Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts [S1-17]

The Group closely monitors any work-related incidents and complaints, as well as any serious human rights impacts within its workforce. During the reporting period, the Group has recorded an incident of discrimination promptly addressed by implementing the necessary measures designed to remedy the situation.

In the same period, no further complaints or reports were received through the internal channels set up by the Group.

No fines, penalties or damages were reported.

During the reporting period, the Group did not record any cases of serious human rights violations, such as forced labor, human trafficking or child labor, or cases of non-compliance with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work or the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. [S1-17]

Consumers and end-users ESRS S-4 

Stakeholders' interests and opinions [S4-SBM2]

Please refer to the description in ESRS Chapter 2.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model [S4-SBM3]

Moltiply has identified material impacts, risks and opportunities related to consumers and end users, with particular reference to the services offered by the Mavriq Division. Specifically, consumers are represented by end users who use the online comparison services offered by the different companies of the Mavriq Division, through their websites. [S-4-10 a]

The Group has identified positive impacts, particularly with respect to the social inclusion of consumers. In fact, the possibility of accessing online comparison platforms ensures greater equity of access to products and services compared to traditional physical channels. This aspect contributes to non-discrimination and transparency of information, guaranteeing consumers greater awareness in choosing the offers available on the market. On the other hand, no negative impacts were identified. [S-4-10 b,c]

In addition, the Group recognizes that a potential risk could arise from changes in consumer protection legislation, with possible implications such as penalties, legal fees and claims. This risk, which affects the entire operating perimeter, is divided into two main areas:


A further risk concerns the increasing social and regulatory focus on responsible business practices. Increased pressures in this area may result in the need to change business policies and sales strategies to comply with new regulations and ethical standards. An example of a potential critical issue is the risk of mis-selling. Any revisions of company policies to align with these developments could result in additional costs for the Group.

On the other hand, no opportunities higher the materiality threshold were identified, arising from impacts and dependencies on consumers and end-users. [S-4-10 d]

Consumers and end users are mainly individuals who access online comparison services to choose services. These users rely on the Group's digital platforms to compare offers, access transparent information and make informed decisions about their consumption needs. The nature of the services offered implies that these users depend on the quality and reliability of the information provided to avoid making choices that are disadvantageous or not in line with their needs.

In assessing the impacts, risks and opportunities, the Group considered the different types of consumers and end-users that interact with its services, with particular attention to:

The analysis identified the main impacts, risks and opportunities that influence the Group's strategy, enabling a proactive approach to managing regulatory compliance and consumer expectations. [S-4-11,12]

At present, no significant financial resources have been committed for the implementation of the actions and measures described above.

Policies related to consumers and end-users [S4-1]

The Group has developed and implemented specific internal policies and procedures aimed at the operational management of these areas and described below. These instruments guarantee, together with those required by current legislation, the organizational and management safeguards in terms of business ethics, compliance with socio-economic laws and regulations and privacy protection. All policies and procedures refer to all consumers and end-users and not to specific groups. [S4-1 15]

As the Group's sensitivity to privacy issues, the Issuer and most of the subsidiaries, despite the absence of legal obligations in this regard, appointed a data protection officer ("DPO"), who is responsible for monitoring, assessing and expressing opinions in relation to the management of personal data processing by the companies in which it has been appointed, ensuring compliance with European and national privacy regulations. For the role of DPO, an independent specialized company has been appointed, which is deemed to have the necessary qualifications and skills. The Internal Audit function also has resources dedicated exclusively to the issue of privacy. [MDR-A 68 a]

The Group, as indicated in its Ethical Code, ensures the respect of legality, impartiality, honesty and confidentiality standards, established by company regulations. The Ethical Code also provides a set of standards related to privacy and the protection of confidential information, and to the proper use of available electronic devices, that all employees and collaborators must comply with. [SBM-2 8] Furthermore, always based on the Ethical Code, all relationships with competitors are characterized by loyalty and correctness and the Group disapproves any kind of agreement with competitors in order to fix prices, to manipulate or split markets or clients, to boycott clients, to try to unfairly monopolize a market or to commit to other actions or agreements which would limit or put restrictions on competition.

Some of the standards related to the privacy and the protection of confidential information are translated into more operating terms by the internal documentation related to policies and IT security procedures. This documentation defines the Information Security Management System ("ISMS"), adopted by the Group according to the guidelines of regulation ISO/IEC 27001, and it describes how we pursue our aims for information security. This document is available to all employees through the institutional website and to interested third parties, on explicit request, on a durable format. The review process is managed by the Internal Audit function in coordination with the IT Function, and the review of the ISMS occurs at least annually or concurrently with significant changes. Among the ISMS documents, there is the procedure: "Data Breach Management and Communication Process", which aims to provide to the Group the information and tools to fulfil its obligations provided by GDPR (in this case, Articles 33 and 34) in the event of personal data violation. The recently acquired foreign companies, while not yet adhering to the Group's Code of Ethics, also have specific internal procedures and policies regulating the main issues in the social, IT, and compliance spheres designed to ensure privacy protection and security in the processing of information, as well as anti-money laundering and whistleblowing. [S4-1-13,14]


It should also be noted that, within the insurance broking activities carried out by subsidiary Segugio.it broker di assicurazioni  S.r.l., and in order to ensure full compliance with antitrust legislation, the Group has adopted an antitrust compliance program in line with national and international best practice. The program aims to identify areas of business that are potentially at risk from an antitrust perspective, to reinforce knowledge of competition law and to illustrate the conduct that each director, manager or employee is required to adopt in order to mitigate the risks associated with the violation of antitrust legislation. In particular, Segugio.it broker di assicurazioni S.r.l. has adopted a specific antitrust compliance procedure that regulates monitoring, auditing and periodic training activities, the setting up of whistleblowing systems and the implementation of incentives and disincentives aimed at encouraging conducts in line with antitrust legislation and discouraging violations.

These measures also focus on the following aspects:


The Group aligns its policies with internationally recognized instruments, including the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. The Group has indeed joined to the United Nations Global Compact, with the aim of making the economic and social principles promoted by the organization an integral part of the Group's daily operations. 

No cases of non-compliance with the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights or other legislation were reported. [S4-1-16,17]

The implementation of policies is entrusted to the highest levels of organization, with the involvement of the Board of Directors and HR functions. Policies are made available to stakeholders through institutional channels and internal documentation, ensuring transparency and accessibility.

Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts [S4-2]

The Group has also adopted procedures to interact with consumers and end users in order to understand and manage the potential impacts of its services. Involvement takes place through tools to collect feedback, reports and requests for clarification, with the aim of ensuring transparency of information and improving the user experience. [S4-2-18]

The consumer and end-user involvement process is carried out through the collection of certified reviews as part of the activity carried out on the main comparison sites, following the use of the relevant service. In particular, the consumer receives a communication requesting an evaluation of the service provided.  

The Group is committed to ensuring that users' perspectives are taken into account in the decision-making process, especially in relation to the quality of the information provided and the protection of privacy.

Operational responsibility for managing these processes lies with the product office, which ensures that the feedback gathered is used to improve the services offered and strengthen consumer protection policy.

The Group has not identified any particularly vulnerable categories of consumers, also because the services provided are easily accessible to any user with access to computer devices.

Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumers and end-users to raise concerns [S4-3]

The Group is committed to ensuring that users have access to effective tools to report problems and obtain timely responses, in line with the principles of transparency and consumer protection. [S4-3-23,24,25]

The process, which includes continuous monitoring of the response time to consumer requests, allows the Group to improve the quality of traffic generated. [S4-3-23,24,25]

Although no negative impacts have been found, the approach adopted still includes processes for handling complaints and any operational inefficiencies. The Group constantly assesses the effectiveness of the remedies adopted through the consumer satisfaction survey system described above. [S4-3-23,24,25] 

In order to ensure that consumers and end users are informed and trust these tools, specific sections on the comparison sites are dedicated to providing information on the service provided, general information useful to the consumer and related to the compared product, FAQ sections, and finally sections dedicated to the submission of reports by users. In addition, a policy is in place to protect users from retaliation in the event of reports, which provides guarantees of anonymity and protection against discrimination or restrictions in the use of services. [S4-3-26]

Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and effectiveness of those actions [S4-4]

To prevent impacts and risks identified, the Group implements privacy, transparency and antitrust procedures, and the information security system described in paragraph S4-1 above, in order to prevent, mitigate and manage risks to consumers and end users arising from its services. However, these actions are assessed and implemented on a case-by-case basis as they become necessary, and are therefore not formalized within a comprehensive action plan with specific timelines and significant predefined financial commitments. [S4-4 28,29]

The Group monitors the effectiveness of these measures through internal audits, analysis of reports and user feedback, ensuring continuous improvement of user protection strategies. In addition, the Group constantly monitors developments in consumer rights legislation, taking the necessary adaptation measures to reduce the risk of penalties, legal costs and claims. [S4-4 28,29] 

The Group is also committed to ensure responsible business practices, reducing the risk of regulatory and social pressures that could generate adjustment costs to avoid mis-selling phenomena. To this end, contractual reviews with business partners and staff training on business ethics issues are implemented.

In relation to positive impacts, the Group stands out for its contribution to greater accessibility and non-discrimination in accessing comparison services. This impact is made possible by the digital nature of the services, which eliminates physical barriers and allows greater transparency in the choice of offers. However, there are no analyses that measure the quality of the service provided on the basis of the personal characteristics of users, as this information is not requested by the Group's respective comparison sites.

Although no opportunities have been identified that fall within the identified materiality threshold, the continuous monitoring of the regulatory environment and consumer expectations enables Moltiply to adapt its offer to strengthen its position in the market.

At present, no financial resources have been used to implement the actions and measures described above, to be realized in the medium term.

No serious human rights issues or incidents relating to consumers and/or end-users have been reported. [S4-4 35]

Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities [S4-5]

Moltiply has set result-oriented objectives to enhance positive impacts and to manage risks. However, the Group has decided not to define quantitative targets. [S4-5-38,39,40]

The objectives set by the Group concern:

The target setting process includes monitoring performance against set targets, and identifying improvements by analyzing the results obtained. (e.g. customer service, reviews, etc.). [S4-5-38,39,40]

Business Conduct [ESRS G1] 

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies [GOV-1]

The board of directors plays a central role in overseeing the procedures to manage relevant risks, impacts and opportunities, through an articulated governance structure that ensures effective monitoring and strategic management of sustainability issues. This is achieved through:

The responsibilities of each body with regard to impacts, risks and opportunities, as well as the role of management in governance processes, controls and procedures, are detailed, if applicable, in the corporate governance report, in the paragraphs related to each management and control body. [GOV-1 22 b] The Board of Directors possess a variety of expertise, in financial and non-financial matters, and experience that enables them to analyze the various topics under discussion from different perspectives, and also to adequately handle sustainability matters and business conduct. [GOV-1 21 c, 23 a e 23 b]

Regarding the composition of the administration, management and control bodies, the number of executive and non-executive members, please refer to Table 2 of the Corporate Governance Report. [GOV-1 21 a]

Additional information on diversity, gender breakdowns and percentages of independent members are shown below: [GOV-1 21 d]

Picture 36

It should be noted that there is no employee representation on the Board of Directors. [GOV-1 21 a, 22 a,b,c,d, 23 a, b]

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities [IRO-1]

For further information on the criteria used in the process of identification of impacts, risks and opportunities, refer to Chapter ESRS 2 - General Information.

No significant financial resources are currently required to implement measures such as updating the 231 Model and the various Group policies functional to mitigate the risks indicated in this chapter.

In the assessment of impacts related to governance, the Group has not identified any negative or positive impacts in this area. However, it has identified specific risks and opportunities, which may affect business management and compliance with relevant regulations.

The risks are related to:

Opportunities, on the other hand, are related to the topic of "Corporate Culture and Protection of whistle-blowers" (potential, with medium-term effect) as the diffusion of a corporate culture could represent an opportunity for the Group, which can be attributable to reputational aspects (value-driven corporation).

Business conduct policies and corporate culture [G1-1]

The Group has an Ethical Code, adopted by almost all the Group's operative companies included in the consolidation area, which sets out the ethical principles and general rules of conduct that, similarly to legal, regulatory, contractual and corporate rules, must guide and inspire the Group's organization and activities. The Group recognizes the importance of ethical and social responsibilities in the conduct of its business and activities and is committed to considering the legitimate interests of its stakeholders and the community. The Group also conforms its activities and organisation to the principles of legality, fairness, transparency, centrality of human resources, diversity, inclusion and meritocracy, fair competition and good governance as well as zero tolerance towards any corrupt practice. The Ethical Code is binding for the conduct of all people interacting in a significant way with the Group, whether they are (i) directors, statutory auditors, employees, agents, professional or project collaborators or (ii) major suppliers, institutional customers or other relevant parties that operate with the Group on the basis of a contractual relationship.

The Group adopted the Organizational Model pursuant to Law Decree 231/2001 (also the "231 Model"), adopted by all the Italian companies of the Group (with the exception of Evolve S.r.l. recently acquired), which represents, together with the Ethical Code, a further means of sensitization of all the employees and all those who, for various reasons, collaborate with the Group in order to ensure, in the carrying out of their activities, proper and clear behaviors coherent with the ethical and social values to which the Group is inspired, in the pursuit of the business object and such as, anyway, to prevent the risk of committing the crimes considered by the Decree. The 231 Model was implemented after having evaluated the level of risk of committing the crimes considered by the 231 Model. This model includes specific anti-corruption measures to prevent episodes of corruption and bribery.

This model includes specific anti-corruption measures to prevent episodes of corruption and bribery. [G1-1-9, 10 e]

The Group has adopted a Whistleblowing Procedure, in compliance with Directive (EU) 2019/1937 and the national transposing regulations, which governs the system for reporting any unlawful conduct or conduct contrary to the code of conduct and internal rules. The procedure provides for all employees and collaborators to report risk situations through dedicated channels, guaranteeing maximum confidentiality and protection of the reporter. [G1-1-10 c i,ii]

For more details on the whistleblowing channel, please refer to what has already been described in Chapter S1. [G1-1-10 a]

The Group does not currently have a specific anti-corruption policy. However, such a policy is being prepared and is expected to be approved in the short term. [G1-1-10 b]

The Group has developed a continuous training program on business conduct, which includes modules on compliance, business ethics and the 231 organizational model, including therefore the corruption topic. Training is mandatory for all employees and is provided periodically, both through e-learning and classroom sessions. [G1-1-10 c i, g]

The company has identified the functions most at risk in relation to corruption and bribery, including the Group's top management, and the resources employed in the commercial department. [G1-1-10 h]

On the other hand, the Group does not operate in sectors that require the adoption of animal welfare policies and, therefore, has not implemented specific guidelines on the subject. [G1-1-10 f]

Management of relationships with suppliers [G1-2]

Moltiply has adopted a Sustainable Procurement Procedure, regulating the supplier selection and management process for the Group's Italian companies.  

As a general rule, all purchase orders must be approved and signed by a person with appropriate powers, based on the scheme of powers and delegations approved by the board of directors of the company concerned.

The Group adopts a responsible and transparent approach in relations with suppliers, based on principles of fairness, traceability and compliance with contractual terms, including agreed payment terms. The main associated risks relate to business continuity and information security. The Group monitors these aspects in order to mitigate risks to the business and prevent potential negative impacts on sustainability issues, promoting standards consistent with its ethical and compliance principles. 

The Group includes environmental and social criteria in the supplier selection and evaluation process.

Environmental aspects include:

Social aspects include:

Moltiply is committed to a system of timely and transparent payments to all suppliers, including small and medium-sized enterprises.

The measures taken include:

Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery [G1-3]

The Ethical Code defines the ethical criteria by which the Group is inspired and the principles of legality, loyalty, fairness and transparency that the Group undertakes to respect, with specific regard to the prevention of corruption and similar offences pursuant to Legislative Decree no. 231/2001.

Various types of potential offences related to corruption in its various forms (e.g. offences in relations with the public administration, inducement not to make statements or to make false statements to the judicial authorities, bribery between private individuals) are the focus of Model 231. For the purposes of preventing such offences, Model 231 defines the general principles of conduct to be adopted in relations with the public administration, in relations with employees and suppliers of goods and services, and in the context of activities at risk with respect to corporate offences, consistently with the corporate ethical principles set out in the Group's Ethical Code. As a general rule, all those who, in any capacity, operate within the scope of 'sensitive' activities on behalf of or in the interest of the Group are prohibited from engaging in, collaborating in or causing conduct that, taken individually or collectively, integrates or may integrate, directly or indirectly, the types of offences envisaged by Legislative Decree 231/01. It is also forbidden to engage in conduct leading to situations of conflict of interest with representatives of the Public Administration. [G1-3-18 a]

The Supervisory Board has the task of assessing the effectiveness of the procedures and compliance with the Model's provisions on the prevention of the offences described above. [G1-3-18 b]

In the event of proven episodes of corruption, it is the duty of the Supervisory Board to inform the administrative, management and control bodies without delay. [G1-3-18 c]

Moreover, as part of the fight against corruption, Agenzia Italia S.p.A., as the main company that has relations with the public administration, has adopted specific internal regulation governing the company's relations with the public administration, with the aim of defining the operating methods, responsibilities and internal control systems through which these relations are.

Finally, with regard to the management and prevention of conflicts of interest, the Group has adopted the 'Procedure for Related Party Transactions', the latest update of which is available on the Group's website. The Procedure was approved by the Board of Directors, subject to the favorable opinion of the Committee for Related Party Transactions, which is composed exclusively of independent directors.

The above mentioned procedure provides that the persons competent on behalf of the Company or subsidiaries in connection with the approval and/or execution of a given transaction, prior to initiating negotiations, shall verify whether or not the counterparty to the transaction is to be considered a related party, making reference to the related parties list and availing themselves of the support of the internal audit function and the administration and control department. If it is determined that the counterparty to the transaction is a related party of the Company, they shall promptly notify the internal audit function, with a copy to the administration and control department, of their intention to initiate negotiations to carry out the transaction. Upon receiving the communication and verifying the existence of the correlation relationship with the counterparty of the transaction, the internal audit function and the administration and control department, shall promptly assess whether: 

a. the procedure for related party transactions must be applied, or these must be approved through the involvement of the specific committee, appointed by the Board of Directors and composed of three independent directors, who, with reference to each transaction, must also be unrelated directors;

b. one or more of the cases of exemption are applicable

Moltiply provides specific courses for its employees, including those considered most exposed, on the subject of the organizational 231 model and the Ethical Code (also available on the Group's website), covering, among other things, the issues of corruption and bribery, in order to strengthen the corporate culture on the prevention of corruption and ensure adequate supervision of internal procedures. [G1-3-20, 21 a]

Training is delivered through classroom sessions, webinars and e-learning modules, with regular updates based on regulatory developments. In the reporting period, Moltiply implemented and planned compulsory training programmes on Model 231, focusing on the most exposed company functions.  

Specifically, in 2025 these courses were provided to 13 people, including employees and contractors. The 25% of the functions considered to be at risk benefited from these courses. In 2025, no such training courses were provided to members of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies. [G1-3-21 b,c]

Actions and resources related to business conduct [G1-MDR-A]

Moltiply manages business conduct issues through a structured system of prevention, monitoring and intervention, aimed at ensuring compliance with regulations and enhancing transparency in business processes.  

The initiatives implemented mainly cover the Group's Italian companies. In particular:

The time horizon of the Group's planned actions is described below:

In the case of violations detected, the Group has provided for:  

The Group constantly monitors progress through quantitative and qualitative data. Key indicators include: 

Monitoring these parameters makes it possible to measure the effectiveness of the strategies adopted, identify areas for improvement and ensure the continuous evolution of corporate conduct policies.  

No significant financial resources are currently used to implement the actions and measures described above.

Corruption and money laundering [G1-MDR-T]

Moltiply monitors the effectiveness of its policies and actions on the prevention of corruption and money laundering, as part of the internal audit plan, with the aim of preventing cases of corruption or money laundering from occurring. [MDR-T 79 a]

The Group has not defined measurable, results-oriented objectives, but nevertheless monitors the effectiveness of the prevention measures adopted, regularly verifying the application of the internal policies described in this chapter, in order to identify potential vulnerabilities in business processes. [MDR-T 79 b]

To date, there have been no incidents of corruption or money laundering within the Group. However, monitoring continues to be a strategic priority for the protection of corporate integrity and operational transparency. [MDR-T 79 c]

Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery [G1-4]

During the reporting period, there were no incidents of corruption or bribery within the Group. The Group has not received any convictions or sanctions for violations of anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws.  [G1-4-24 a,b]

There were also no incidents that led to the termination or sanctioning of employees, terminations or non-renewals of contracts with business partners for corruption-related violations, or ongoing or concluded public legal cases related to corruption or bribery.  [G1-4-25 a,b,c,d]



Political influence and lobbying activities [G1-5]

During the reporting period, the Group made no direct or indirect political contributions, either in financial form or in kind, to political parties, elected representatives or candidates for political office. [G1-5-29- b]

Those responsible for overseeing these activities are the members of the boards of directors of the specific Group companies involved. [G1-5-29- a]

With regard to lobbying activities and membership of trade associations, it should be noted that the Group, through its subsidiaries, joins trade associations with the aim of promoting institutional dialogue and contributing to the development of operational policies in its sector. Participation in these associations takes place in compliance with applicable regulations and with a view to constructive dialogue on issues relevant to the reference industry. The sums paid to these associations are solely represented by membership fees, determined by each association, and are exclusively intended to support initiatives for regulatory updates and sector policy development. [G1-5-29-c]

The risk identified refers to the possibility of regulatory changes that could expose the Group to sanctions.

Finally, it should be noted that the members of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies did not hold a comparable position in the public administration (including regulatory authorities) in the two years prior to appointment in the current reporting period.

The Group closely monitors regulatory developments, particularly in the area of whistleblower protection, to ensure compliance with legal requirements and prevent potential exposure to sanctions. Membership of trade associations enables it to contribute to the definition of better operational policies in this area.

The Group is not legally obliged to be a member of chambers of commerce or other representative organizations, but voluntarily joins trade bodies in order to promote discussion on issues of common interest. [G1-5-RA 13]

Payment practices [G1-6]

The Group manages its payment processes in accordance with contractual agreements with suppliers and business partners, complying with local regulations and market standards, also with regard to small and medium-sized enterprises. [G1-6-31]

Payment terms are generally between 30 and 60 days from receipt of the invoice, for all categories of suppliers with whom the Group does business, and there are no payments that do not meet these standards.

Specifically, in 2025 the average payment time was 58 days (67days in 2024) and this figure is comparable, with specific reference to SMEs.  There are no legal proceedings currently pending due to late payments. [G1-6-33b,c]

Moltiply monitors compliance with payment deadlines through checks on open positions (including those with small and medium-sized enterprises) to ensure punctuality and traceability of payments.     

Group is committed to ensuring fair and transparent payment practices, minimizing the risk of delays and promoting sustainable business relationships with its supplier network.  



The net income of the Issuer for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 is Euro 9,445,101,00. This income is influenced by the distribution of part of the distributable reserves of the subsidiaries. 

The board of directors resolved to propose to the shareholders' meeting the following allocation of the net income of the year: 

The Company's statutory financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025 will be approved by the shareholders' meeting of Moltiply Group S.p.A. to be held on April 29, 2026.

Milan, March 16, 2026



For the Board of Directors

The Chairman

(Ing. Marco Pescarmona)


____________________________













                                                       MOLTIPLY GROUP S.P.A.



CONSOLIDATED ANNUAL REPORT 



AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025




Prepared according to IAS/IFRS

  1. CONSOLIDATED ANNUAL REPORT AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

    1. Financial statements

      1. Consolidated statement of financial position 



 

 

As of

 

(euro thousand)

Note

December 31, 2025

December 31, 2024

ASSETS

 

 

 

Intangible assets

         8 

               658,973 

               480,937 

Property, plant and equipment

       10 

                 56,974 

                 34,675 

Participations measured with equity method

       11 

                   1,885 

                   1,986 

Non-current financial assets

       12 

               115,945 

               111,705 

Deferred tax assets

       13 

                 12,348 

                 17,750 

Other non-current assets

       14 

                   6,499 

                   6,211 

Total non-current assets

 

               852,624 

               653,264 

Cash and cash equivalents

       15 

               140,099 

               137,490 

Current financial assets

 

                 51,830 

                           - 

Trade receivables

       17 

               186,392 

               137,167 

(of which) with related parties

       41 

                   1,094 

                      171 

Tax receivables

       18 

                 14,979 

                   5,266 

Other current assets

       19 

                 20,298 

                 15,921 

Total current assets

 

               413,598 

               295,844 

Assets held for sale*

       20 

                   4,411 

                   3,330 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

            1,270,633 

               952,438 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

Share capital

       29 

                      969 

                      946 

Other reserves

       29 

               303,109 

               249,079 

Net income

       29 

                 28,588 

                 41,713 

Total group shareholders' equity

 

               332,666 

               291,738 

Minority interests

 

                      157 

                   3,789 

Total shareholders' equity

 

               332,823 

               295,527 

Long-term debts and other financial liabilities

       21 

               539,987 

               289,761 

Provisions for risks and charges

       22 

                   1,773 

                   1,325 

Defined benefit program liabilities

       23 

                 26,562 

                 24,840 

Deferred tax liabilities

       13 

                 39,691 

                 12,864 

Other non current liabilities

       24 

                   7,552 

                 11,076 

Total non-current liabilities

 

               615,565 

               339,866 

Short-term debts and other financial liabilities

       25 

                 92,700 

               168,204 

Trade and other payables

       26 

                 88,726 

                 61,628 

(of which) with related parties

       41 

                      174 

                      102 

Tax payables

       27 

                 20,382 

                   3,595 

Other current liabilities

       28 

               118,956 

                 82,835 

Total current liabilities

 

               320,764 

               316,262 

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale*

       20 

                   1,481 

                      783 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

               937,810 

               656,911 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

            1,270,633 

               952,438 


* According to IFRS 5, in view of the agreement to sell the shareholding in Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A., assets and liabilities held for sale have been reported separately.

**For the purposes of disclosure by individual jurisdiction, the amounts of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities related to the financial year ended December 31, 2024 have been restated.



  



 

 

Years ended

 

(euro thousand)

Note

December 31, 2025

December 31, 2024

Revenues

       31 

               674,116 

               453,635 

(of which) with related parties

      41 

                   1,204 

                      326 

Other income

       32 

                 11,005 

                 10,370 

(of which) with related parties

      41 

                        95 

                        19 

Capitalization of internal costs

 

                 21,772 

                 15,194 

Services costs

       33 

              (314,150)

              (193,613)

(of which) with related parties

      41 

                    (112)

                    (102)

Personnel costs

       34 

              (195,760)

              (142,527)

Other operating costs

       35 

                (19,565)

                (20,247)

EBITDA

 

               177,418 

               122,812 

Depreciation and amortization

       36 

                (73,979)

                (49,361)

Operating income

 

               103,439 

                 73,451 

Financial income

       37 

                   9,270 

                   8,803 

Financial expenses

       37 

                (26,163)

                (16,733)

Income/(Losses) from participations

       37 

                   1,580 

                      677 

Income/(Losses) from financial assets/liabilities

       37 

                (34,615)

                  (6,824)

Net income before income tax expense

 

                 53,511 

                 59,374 

Income tax expense

       38 

                (24,109)

                (15,374)

Net income of Continuing Operations

 

                 29,402 

                 44,000 

Discontinued Operations*

 

 

 

Net Result of Discontinued Operations

       39 

                     (638)

                  (1,040)

Net income

 

                 28,764 

                 42,960 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

Shareholders of the Issuer

 

                 28,588 

                 41,713 

Minority interest

 

                      176 

                   1,247 


*According to IFRS 5, based on the agreement to sell the shareholding in Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A. and 65Plus S.r.l., the economic results of this company have been reported separately, within the item 'Discontinued Operations'. In particular, the economic results of 65Plus S.r.l. have also been restated for 2024.


Earnings per share basic (Euro)

43

                     0.75 

                     1.11 

Earnings per share diluited (Euro)

43

                     0.73 

                     1.08 




 

 

Years ended

 

(euro thousand)

Note

December 31, 2025

December 31, 2024

Net income

 

28,764

42,960

Currency translation differences

 

(896)

(262)

Fair value of financial assets/liabilities

12

(9,726)

(74,004)

Tax effect fair value of financial assets

12 

48

479

Actuarial gain/(losses) on defined benefit program liability

23

2,021

(34)

Tax effect on actuarial gain/(losses)

23

(492)

8

Gain/losses on cash flow hedge derivative instruments

21 

(216)

(1,563)

Tax effect on Gain/losses on cash flow hedge 

21

52

375

Total other comprehensive income 

 

(9,209)

(75,001)

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

19,555

(32,041)

Attributable to:

 

 

 

Shareholders of the Issuer

 

19,379

(33,288)

Minority interest

 

176

1,247


* For a better presentation in the financial statements, certain amounts relating to the financial year ended December 31, 2024 have been restated.





 

 

Years ended

 

(euro thousand)

Note

December 31, 2025

December 31, 2024

Net income

 

28,764

42,960

Amortization and depreciation

8,10

73,979

49,361

Stock option expenses

30

2,373

2,140

Capitalization of internal costs

8

(21,772)

(15,194)

Losses from financial assets/liabilities

37

34,615

6,824

Changes of value of the participations evaluated with the equity method

37

(1,580)

(20)

Changes in trade receivables/payables

17,26

(9,508)

10,180

(of which) with related parties

41

(851)

753

Changes in other assets/liabilities

 

18,388

(4,624)

Changes in defined benefit program liability

23

1,722

2,484

Changes in provisions for risks and charges

22

448

636

Net cash generated/(absorbed) by operating activities

 

127,429

94,747

Investments:

 

-

-

- Increase of intangible assets

8

(3,588)

(1,599)

- Increase of property, plant and equipment

10

(9,546)

(4,297)

- Increase of financial assets measured at fair value

12

(17,319)

182

- Acquisition of subsidiaries

 

(241,553)

(34,436)

- Loans granted to associated companies

 

-

131

- Acquisition of current financial assets

 

(51,128)

-

- Increase of participations evaluated with the equity method

11

-

(298)

Dividends received

 

6,477

6,261

Net cash generated/(absorbed) by investing activities

 

(316,657)

(34,056)

Increase of financial liabilities

21

440,690

27,000

Interest paid

 

(23,606)

(14,949)

Decrease of financial liabilities

21

(257,319)

(80,416)

Sale/(purchase) of own shares

 

36,421

(380)

Dividends paid to minorities

 

(90)

(62)

Dividends paid

 

(4,487)

(4,491)

Net cash generated/(absorbed) by financing activities

 

191,609

(73,298)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

2,381

(12,607)

Net cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the period

 

137,490

150,097

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

 

139,871

137,490

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

15

137,490

150,097

Current account overdraft at the beginning of the year

15

-

-

Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

137,490

150,097

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

15

140,099

137,490

Current account overdraft at the end of the year

15

(228)

-

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

 

139,871

137,490







 

(euro thousand)

Share capital

Legal reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings including net income of the year

Group total

Minority interest

Total

Shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2023

944

202

48,739

277,643

327,528

2,603

330,131

Distribution of ordinary dividends

-

-

-

(4,491)

(4,491)

(61)

(4,552)

Purchase of own shares

(3)

-

(3,708)

-

(3,711)

-

(3,711)

Exercise of stock options

5

-

3,326

-

3,331

-

3,331

Stock option plan

-

-

2,140

-

2,140

-

2,140

Other movements

-

-

229

-

229

-

229

Net income of the year

-

-

(75,001)

41,713

(33,288)

1,247

(32,041)

Shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2024

946

202

(24,275)

314,865

291,738

3,789

295,527



 

(euro thousand)

Share capital

Legal reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings including net income of the year

Group total

Minority interest

Total

Shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2024

946

202

(24,275)

314,865

291,738

3,789

295,527

Distribution of ordinary dividends

-

-

-

(4,487)

(4,487)

(87)

(4,574)

Purchase of own shares

18

-

32,955

-

32,973

-

32,973

Exercise of stock options

5

-

3,443

-

3,448

-

3,448

Stock option plan

-

-

2,373

-

2,373

-

2,373

Other movements

-

-

-

(12,758)

(12,758)

(3,721)

(16,479)

Net income of the year

-

-

(9,209)

28,588

19,379

176

19,555

Shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2025

969

202

5,287

326,208

332,666

157

332,823

Note

29

29

29

 

 

 

 

  1. General information

Moltiply Group S.p.A. (the "Company" or the "Issuer") is the holding company of a group of firms (the "Group") with a relevant position - through the entities of its "Broking Division" (also named "Mavriq") - in the market for the online comparison and intermediation of utility contracts (energy and telecommunications), insurance products (motor, home, health, etc.), bank products (mortgages, loans, accounts) and e-commerce offers in Italy (main websites www.mutuionline.it, www.segugio.it, www.trovaprezzi.it), Germany (www.verivox.de), Spain (www.rastreator.com), France (www.lelynx.fr), the Netherlands (www.pricewise.nl) and Mexico (www.rastreator.mx) and - through the companies of its "BPO Division" (also named "Moltiply BPO&Tech") - in the Italian market for the provision of complex business process outsourcing services and IT platforms for the financial, insurance and leasing/rental sector.

This consolidated annual report, including the consolidated statement of financial position, consolidated comprehensive income statement, consolidated statement of cash flows and consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the relevant notes, has been prepared in accordance with IFRS issued by the International Accounting Standard Board ("IASB") and the related interpretations SIC/IFRIC, adopted by the European Commission. Besides it has been prepared in accordance with CONSOB resolutions No. 15519 and No. 15520 dated July 27, 2006, with ESMA orientation 32-382-1138 of March 4, 2021, with the guidance Consob n. 5/21 of April 29, 2021, and with art. 149-duodecies of the Issuer Regulations. 

IFRS should be understood as the International Financial Reporting Standards, the International Accounting Standards ("IAS ®"), the interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee ("IFRIC ®"), previously denominated Standing Interpretations Committee ("SIC ®"), as adopted by the European Commission as of December 31, 2025 and published in the EU regulations as of this date.

  1. In particular, the IFRS have been consistently applied to all the periods presented.

The Group has elected the "non-current/current" presentation for the statement of financial position, the presentation of costs by nature for the income statement, the comprehensive income statements and the indirect method for the preparation of the statement of cash flows.

The statement of changes in shareholders' equity was prepared according with IAS 1.

  1. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in Euro, the functional currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates.

  2. All the amounts included in the tables of the following notes are in thousands of Euros, except where otherwise stated.

  3. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared according to the going concern assumption, due to the economic and financial results achieved.

The Board of Directors approved the publication of this document on March 16, 2026.

Please note that the Issuer's shares are listed on the "STAR" segment of the Euronext Milan ("EXM") market, which is organized and managed by Borsa Italiana.

  1. Basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements

The following consolidation procedures have been applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group include the financial statements of Moltiply Group S.p.A. and its subsidiaries, over which the Company exercises direct or indirect control and the value measured with the equity method of joint ventures and of associated companies. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date when control is acquired until the date when it ceases. Control is connected with the ongoing existence of all the following conditions:

The existence of potential voting rights exercisable, if substantial, at the reporting date is also taken into consideration for the purposes of determining control.

Furthermore, it is worth pointing out that once control of an entity is obtained, transactions, in which further minority interests are acquired or sold, without modifying the control exercised on the subsidiary, are considered transactions with the shareholders and therefore should be recorded as equity transactions, without recording any effect in the comprehensive income statement. Subsidiaries are consolidated on a line-by-line basis. The criteria adopted for consolidation on a line-by-line basis are:

A joint venture is an arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

Associated companies are companies, which are neither subsidiaries nor joint ventures, on which the Issuer exercises a significant influence. Significant influence is presumed when the Issuer owns, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the voting rights exercisable at the shareholders' meeting, or, even with a lower share of voting rights, has the power to influence financial and management policies by virtue of specific legal ties, such as, for example, participation in shareholders' agreements or other forms of significant exercise of governance rights.

Joint ventures and associated companies are evaluated with the equity method.

  1. Scope of consolidation

The consolidation area includes all the entities on which the Issuer exercises control, directly or indirectly, and the companies on which the Issuer exercises a significant influence. 

The controlled and associated entities as of December 31, 2025 are:


Name

Registered office

 Share capital (Euro) 

Consolidation method

% of ownership

Moltiply Group S.p.A. (holding)

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

     1,012,354 

Line-by-line

Holding

7Pixel S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,500 

Line-by-line

100%

Agenzia Italia S.p.A.

Conegliano (Italy) - Via Vittorio Alfieri, 1

        100,000 

Line-by-line

84.5%

Centro Istruttorie S.p.A.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

        500,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Centro Servizi Asset Mangement S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Segugio.it broker di assicurazioni S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

        100,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Lercari Motor S.r.l.*

Milan (Italy) - Piazza della Repubblica, 7 

          60,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Eagle & Wise Engineering S.r.l. 

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Eagle & Wise Service S.r.l. 

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

        400,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Eagle Agency S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          30,000 

Line-by-line

100%

EuroServizi per i Notai S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Europa Centro Servizi S.r.l.

Messina (Italy) - Via Giuseppe Garibaldi 268

          20,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Evolve S.r.l.**

Conegliano (Italy) - Via Vittorio Alfieri, 1

        475,186 

Line-by-line

100%

Finprom S.r.l.

Arad (Romania) - Str. Cocorilor n. 24/A

            9,618 

Line-by-line

100%

Finprom Insurance S.r.l.*

Arad (Romania) - Str. Cocorilor n. 24/A

                 40 

Line-by-line

100%

Forensic Experts S.r.l.*

Bologna (Italy) - Via F. Bandiera 4 Castenaso

          10,000 

Line-by-line

51%

Global Care S.r.l.*

Milan (Italy) - Piazza della Repubblica, 7

          40,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Green Call Service S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

        100,000 

Line-by-line

60%

Gruppo Lercari S.r.l.

Genova (Italy) - Via Roma, 8/A

        759,597 

Line-by-line

88%

Innovazione Finanziaria SIM S.p.A.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

     2,000,000 

Line-by-line

100%

LeLynx SAS

Parigi - 34 Quai de la Loire 

               100 

Line-by-line

100%

Lercari S.r.l.*

Milan (Italy) - Piazza della Repubblica, 7 

        500,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Lercari International Ltd*

London (UK) -  6 New London Street

          11,233 

Line-by-line

100%

Lucky Fox S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Luna Service S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          12,500 

Line-by-line

100%

Mavriq S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Mia Pensione S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

            2,000 

Line-by-line

51%

MOL BPO S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Money360.it S.p.A.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

        120,000 

Line-by-line

100%

MutuiOnline S.p.A.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

     1,000,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Onda S.r.l.*

Lucca (Italy) -  via Romana 615/P

          70,000 

Line-by-line

100%

PP&E S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

        100,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Preminen Price Comparison Holdings Ltd

London (UK) - North Side 7-10 Chandos Street

     3,932,584 

Line-by-line

100%

Preminen Mexico S.A. de C.V

Città del Messico (Messico) - C/ Varsovia 36

            2,451 

Line-by-line

100%

Pricewise B.V.

Amsterdam (Netherlands) Donauweg 10, 1043 AJ

            1,000 

Line-by-line

80%

Pricewise Energie en Communicatie B.V.***

Amsterdam (Netherlands) Donauweg 10, 1043 AJ

            1,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Pricewise Verzekeringen en Financiële diensten B.V.***

Amsterdam (Netherlands) Donauweg 10, 1043 AJ

            1,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Quinservizi S.p.A.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

        150,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Rastreator Comparador Correduría de Seguros SLU

Madrid (Spagna) - C. de Sánchez Pacheco, 85

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Rastreator Tarifas SLU

Madrid (Spagna) - C. de Sánchez Pacheco, 85

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

San Filippo S.r.l.*

Genova (Italy) - Via Roma, 8/A

          30,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Segugio.it S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Service Lercari S.r.l.*

Genova (Italy) - Via Roma, 8/A

        110,400 

Line-by-line

100%

Segugio.it energia e telecomunicazioni S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Sovime S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          10,500 

Line-by-line

100%

Surf S.r.l.*

Lucca (Italy) - Via Romana 615/P

          10,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Switcho S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          21,880 

Line-by-line

80%

Moltiply Tech S.r.l.**

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

          50,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Feedaty S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

        415,654 

Line-by-line

92%

Verivox Finanzvergleich GmbH

Heidelberg - Germania - Max-Jarecki-Straße 21 

          25,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Verivox GmbH

Heidelberg - Germania - Max-Jarecki-Straße 21 

          42,000 

Line-by-line

100%

Verivox Holding GmbH

Heidelberg - Germania - Max-Jarecki-Straße 21 

          25,288 

Line-by-line

100%

Verivox Versicherungsvergleich GmbH

Heidelberg - Germania - Max-Jarecki-Straße 21 

          25,000 

Line-by-line

100%

VX Sales Solutions GmbH

Heidelberg - Germania - Max-Jarecki-Straße 21 

          88,618 

Line-by-line

100%

Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A.

Milan (Italy) - via F.Casati 1/A

     2,000,000 

According to IFRS 5

100%

Dotware S.r.l.

Bucharest (Romania) - Soseaua Virtutii no.1E

                 53 

Equity method

20%

EuroSTA S.r.l.

Rome (Italy) - Via Antonio Pacinotti n. 73

          10,000 

Equity method

40%

CFN Generale Fiduciaria S.p.A.

Milan (Italy) - Galleria De Cristoforis, 3 

        300,000 

Equity method

35%

CFN Generale Trustee S.r.l.

Milano (Italy), Galleria de Cristoforis, 3

        100,000 

Equity method

35%

Generale Servizi Amministrativi S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - Via Brera 8

        100,000 

Equity method

35%

Mopso S.r.l.

Milano (Italy) - Via Bezzecca 8

            5,787 

Equity method

6.7%

Tax & Tech S.r.l.

Milan (Italy) - via Brera 8

          10,000 

Equity method

33.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*percentage of ownership refers to the share held by Gruppo Lercari S.r.l.

 

 

 

 

** percentage ownership refers to the share held by Agenzia Italia S.p.A.

 

 

 

 

** percentage ownership refers to the share held by Pricewise  B.V.

 

 

 

 


 

  1. Compared to the financial year ended December 31, 2024, the consolidation area changed with reference to the acquisition of Verivox Holding GmbH and its subsidiaries ("Verivox"), the merger of Incomparable S.a.r.l. into Rastreator Comparador Correduria de Seguros SLU and the liquidation of Rastreator.com Ltd, the sale of 65Plus S.r.l., Geckoway S.r.l. and Preminen Mena Price Comparison W.L.L...


For the calculation of the equivalent value in Euro of the financial and economic amounts in foreign currency of the foreign subsidiaries and branches, we applied the exchange rate as of 31 December 2025 for the conversion of balance sheet items, and the average exchange rate for the period for the conversion of income statement items. 

  1. Accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements are prepared at cost, with the exception of items specifically described in the following notes, for which the measurement at fair value is adopted. The fair value is the price at which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability discharged, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm's length transaction.

IFRS 13 provides for a hierarchy of fair value which classifies on three levels the inputs for the assessment adopted to evaluate fair value. The hierarchy of fair value gives the highest priority to quoted prices (not adjusted) on active markets for the same assets and liabilities (data of Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (data of Level 3). 

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (not adjusted) for the same assets and liabilities on active markets, which the entity may access as of the assessment date.

Level 2 inputs are inputs different from the quoted prices included in Level 1 which can be observed directly or indirectly for the asset or the liability. 

Level inputs 3 are unobservable inputs for the asset or the liability.

Financial assets are derecognized from the statement of financial position when the contractual right to receive cash flows has been transferred and the entity no longer retains control over those financial assets.

Financial liabilities are derecognized from the statement of financial position when, and only when, they are cancelled, i.e. when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

The most significant accounting policies adopted in the drafting of the consolidated financial statements are set out in the following sections: 

  1. Intangible assets

Intangible assets are non-monetary assets that are distinctly identifiable and able to generate future economic benefits. These items are recognized at purchase cost and/or internal production cost, including all costs to bring the assets available for use, net of accumulated amortization and impairment, if any. 

The item includes the goodwill referred to business combinations.

Amortization commences when the asset is available for use and is systematically calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. 

(a)     Research and development costs

Research and development costs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Costs incurred on development projects are recognized as intangible assets when:

  • development activity is clearly identified and its costs can be measured reliably;

  • technological feasibility is demonstrated;

  • the intention of completing the project and selling the intangible goods generated are demonstrated;

  • a prospective market exists or, in case of internal use, the benefits of the intangible asset for the production of intangible goods generated by the project is demonstrated;

  • the necessary technological and financial resources for the completion of the project are available. 

Amortization is usually calculated on a straight-line basis over 5 years, which represents the estimated useful life of the assets.

(b)     Trademarks, licenses and other rights

Licenses and other rights are amortized on a straight-line basis in order to allocate their acquisition cost over the shorter of useful life and duration of the relevant contracts, starting from the moment of acquisition of the rights and usually lasting for a period of 3 to 5 years.

For trademarks and customer equity values, amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over a period of 10 years.

  1. Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost of acquisition or production less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition. 

All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred. Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be reliably measured. When assets are composed of different identifiable components whose useful life is significantly different, each component is depreciated separately applying the "component approach". 

Depreciation is charged to each asset on a systematic basis over the estimated useful life from the date of initial recognition.

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated with useful lives as follows:


Description of the main categories of the item "Property, plant and equipment"

Period

Land

not depreciated

Buildings

30 years

Generic equipment

5 years

Specific equipment

2.5-7 years

Leasehold improvements

shorter of contract duration and useful life

Hardware

2.5-5  years

Office equipment

2.5-5 years

Furniture and fittings

8 years

Motor vehicles

4-5 years


The assets' residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

  1. Investments measured with the equity method

A joint venture is an arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

An associated entity is a company, which is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture, on which the Issuer exercises a significant influence. Significant influence is presumed when the Issuer owns, directly or indirectly, more than 20% of the ordinary share capital of a company.

Joint ventures and investments in associated entities are measured using the equity method. Under this method, participations are valued for an amount equal to the corresponding fraction of equity in the last financial statements of the same entities, after the transfer of dividends and the application of adjustments in accordance with the disclosures for the preparation of the financial statements. 

Gains and losses arising from changes of the adjusted equity of associated companies are recorded in the income statement for the period in which they arise, using the partial consolidation method.

  1. Leases

IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and the disclosure of leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single on-balance sheet model similar to the accounting for finance leases under IAS 17. At the commencement date of a lease, a lessee recognizes a liability to make lease payments (i.e. the lease liability) and an asset representing the right to use the underlying asset during the lease (i.e. the right of use asset). Lessees separately recognize the interest expenses on the lease liability and the depreciation expense on the right of use asset.

Lessees will be also required to re-measure the lease liability on the occurrence of certain events (e.g. a change in the lease term, a change in the future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to establish those payments). The lessee will generally recognize the re-measurement amount of the lease liability as an adjustment to the right of use of the asset.

The standard includes two recognition exemptions for lessees:

Positions that are affected by the application of IFRS 16, with a significant effect for the Group are linked to: 

  1. Business combinations 

Business combinations are valued with the acquisition method. 

The cost of the acquisition is determined by the sum of the considerations transferred in a business combination, measured at the fair value at the acquisition date, the acquired liabilities and the equity instruments issued. The assets, the acquired liabilities and the potential liabilities in a business combination are initially measured at their fair value.

The minority interests in the acquired entity are measured at their fair value and at the pro-quota value of the net assets recognized for the acquired company.

The surplus between the considerations transferred, the amount of the minority interests and the fair value of the non-controlling participations held before the acquisition date, compared to the fair value of the controlling stake of the net assets acquired, is recorded as goodwill.

If the value of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date exceeds the sum of the considerations transferred, of the minority interests and of the fair value of any previously held participation in the acquired company, this surplus is recorded as income of the closed transaction in the income statement.

  1. It is worth pointing out that the Group, based on shareholders' agreements related to the acquisitions of Agenzia Italia S.p.A., Pricewise B.V., Switcho S.r.l., Feedaty S.r.l., Mia Pensione S.r.l. and Gruppo Lercari S.r.l. considers applicable IAS 32 rather than IFRS 10, and recognizes in the consolidated financial statement the financial liability related to the put/call option over the shares not yet purchased, without recognizing non-controlling interest. Changes in the estimated liabilities related to put and call options are recognized in the income statement. According to such approach, the business combination is accounted on the basis of the assumption that the Group could get economic benefits also on shares under the put/call option. No non-controlling interest was recognized also when we determined the goodwill arising from the acquisition. 

According to provisions of IFRS 3, in step acquisitions (acquisitions achieved in stages) a business combination is achieved only after control has been obtained, and at this moment all the acquired entity's identifiable net assets should be measured at the fair value; minority interests should be measured based on their fair value or based on the proportionate share of the fair value of identifiable net assets of the acquired entity.

In a step acquisition of an associate, the previously held investment, until then accounted according to IFRS 9 ("Financial instruments"), or according to IAS 28 ("Investments in Associates") or according to IFRS 11 ("Joint arrangements"), shall be treated as if it had been sold and repurchased as of the date on which control is acquired. This participation should be measured at its "sale" date fair value and the resulting profit or loss of this measurement should be recorded in the income statement. In addition, any value previously recorded in the shareholder's equity, which should be charged in the income statement after the sale of the relevant assets, should be reclassified in the income statement. The goodwill or income (in case of badwill) deriving from the deal concluded with the subsequent acquisition should be determined as the sum of the compensation paid to acquire the control, the value of minority interests (measured according to one of the methods permitted by the standard), and the fair value of the previously held minority shareholdings, net of the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the acquired entity. 

In addition, according to IFRS 3 the costs related to the acquisition of business combinations are recognized as expenses in the period in which these costs are incurred. Finally, under IFRS 3 contingent consideration is recognized as a part of the transfer price of the acquired net assets and is measured at the acquisition date fair value. The fair value of these liabilities is restated as of the date of each financial report. Similarly, if the combination agreement includes the right to return some consideration components if specified conditions are met, that right is classified as an asset by the acquirer. Any subsequent changes in the fair value of the net assets acquired should be recognized as adjustments to the original accounting treatment only if they are determined by additional or better information about the fair value and occur within 12 months from the acquisition date; all other changes must be recorded in profit or loss.

  1. Impairment

The Group verifies, at least annually, whether there are indicators of a potential loss in value of intangible and tangible assets. If the Group finds that such indications exist, it estimates the recoverable value of the relevant asset.

In addition, intangible assets with an indefinite useful life or that are not available for use and goodwill are subject to an impairment test each year, or more frequently if there is an indication that the asset may have been subject to a loss in value.

The ability to recover the assets is ascertained by comparing the reported value to the related recoverable value, which is represented by the greater of the fair value less disposal costs and the value in use.

In the absence of a binding sale agreement, the fair value is estimated on the basis of recent transaction values in an active market or based on the best information available to determine the amount that could be obtained from selling the asset.

The value in use is determined by discounting expected cash flows resulting from the use of the asset, and if significant and reasonably determinable, the cash flows resulting from its sale at the end of its useful life.

Cash flows are determined on the basis of reasonable, documentable assumptions representing the best estimate of the future economic conditions that will occur during the remaining useful life of the asset, with greater weight given to outside information.

The discount rate applied takes into account the implicit risk of the business segment.

When it is not possible to determine the recoverable value of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable value of the unit that incorporates the asset and generates cash flows ("CGU", shorthand of Cash Generating Unit).

A loss of value is reported if the recoverable value of an asset is lower than its carrying value.

If, in a future period, a loss on assets, other than goodwill, does not materialize or is reduced, the carrying value of the asset or CGU is increased up to the new estimate of recoverable value, and may not exceed the value that would have been determined if no loss from a reduction in value had been reported.

The recovery of a loss of value is posted to the income statement.

The value in use of an asset that does not generate independent cash flows is determined in relation to the CGU to which this asset belongs. Impairment is recognized in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of the asset and of the related CGU exceeds its recoverable value. Whenever the circumstances causing the impairment cease to exist, the book value of the asset, except the goodwill, is restored with the recognition in the income statement, up to the net value that the asset would have had if it were not impaired and regularly depreciated.

Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject annually, or more frequently if specific events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, to tests in order to identify possible impairments. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

The impairment of goodwill recorded as of the date of the financial report is shown in the income statement under depreciation of intangible assets.

  1. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, bank deposits and highly liquid short-term investments (readily convertible to cash within three months). Overdrafts are included in short-term borrowings and are measured at fair value.

  1. Assets and liabilities held for sale

The Group classifies assets and liabilities as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction, rather than through their continuing use, and if the conditions of IFRS 5 are met. In particular, assets are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less costs to sell. 

Assets and liabilities held for sale are excluded from the result from operating activities and are presented in the income statement in a single line as net result from discontinued operations.

  1. Financial assets at fair value through OCI

Upon initial recognition, the Group can elect to irrevocably classify its equity investments as equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income ("OCI") when they meet the definition of equity under IAS 32 "Financial Instruments: Presentation" and are not held for trading. The classification is determined on an instrument-by-instrument basis. Gains and losses on these financial assets are never recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognized in the profit and loss statement when the right of payment has been established, except when the Group benefits from such proceeds as a recovery of part of the cost of the financial asset, in which case, such gains are recorded in OCI. Equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI are not subject to impairment assessment. In this context, management ruled out the possibility of classifying this investment as 'held for trading' and opted instead to measure it at fair value, with changes recognized in OCI, in order to avoid that temporary, non-monetary changes in value, that are not representative of ordinary business activities, could significantly distort the presentation of the income statement.

  1. Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets held for trading, financial assets designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss, or financial assets mandatorily required to be measured at fair value. Financial assets are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term. Derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives, are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments. Financial assets with cash flows that are not solely payments of principal and interest are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss, irrespective of the business model. Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss are classified in the financial statements at fair value and the fair value changes are recorded in profit and loss. 

  1. Trade receivables

Trade receivables are valued initially at fair value and subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest rate basis. 

Any losses arising as a result of impairment reviews are recognized in the income statement. In particular, IFRS 9 requires the Group to record expected credit losses on all its debt securities, loans and trade receivables, either over a 12-month period or on a lifetime basis (e.g. lifetime expected loss). The Group opted for the simplified approach and therefore records the expected losses on all trade receivable based on their residual contractual duration. The Group however continues to analytically consider the specificity of the sector and of some clients in its assessments.

In the presence of impairment indicators, the values of the assets are reduced to the present value of expected future cash flows and the differences are recognized in the income statement, with a provision for bad debts as counterbalance, offsetting trade receivables. If in subsequent periods the reasons for such impairments are no longer valid, the values of the assets are reinstated up to the amortized cost as if the impairment had never occurred.

  1. Own shares

Own shares are booked as a reduction of shareholders' equity. Being the shares without nominal value, the purchase cost is deducted from the share capital for an amount implicitly corresponding to the nominal value and from the distributable reserves for an amount equal to the remaining part of the purchase cost. 

  1. Trade payables and financial liabilities

Financial liabilities, trade payables and other debts are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently stated at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Amortization is determined based on the effective interest rate which equates, at the initial moment, the present value of cash flows connected with the liability and its initial recorded amount (amortized cost method).Whenever expected future cash flows change, and these could be reliably estimated, the value of the liability is recalculated on the basis of the new cash flows and the initial effective interest rate.

Other current and non-current liabilities include earn-out and escrow liabilities, which, as they relate to the potential future financial performance of the relevant acquired subsidiaries or are contingent upon the receipt of security deposits recognized in the balance sheet, are not included in the net financial position.

  1. Provisions for risks and charges

Provisions are recognized when; (i) the existence of a current obligation, legal or implicit, arising from a past event, is probable; (ii) it is probable that the fulfillment of the obligation will be onerous; (iii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Provisions are recognized based on the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation or to transfer it to a third party at the balance sheet date. When the financial effect of the timing of the obligation is significant and the dates of the payments can be reliably estimated, the provision is discounted back. Provisions are measured at the present value of the payments expected to be required to settle the obligation using a rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.

  1. Defined benefit program liability

Employee termination benefits ("Trattamento Fine Rapporto", or "TFR"), which are compulsory for Italian companies in accordance with the civil code, are considered by IFRS as a defined benefit program, based, among other things, on the period of employment and the remuneration of the employee during a predefined period. 

The TFR liability is determined by independent actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method to account for the time value of money. According to "revised" IAS 19 the adjustments deriving from the changes in actuarial assumptions are recorded in equity, by means of the recognition in the comprehensive income statements. 

The implicit interest cost for the adjustment of the present value of the TFR liability over time is recognized in the financial expenses in the income statement.

The Group also introduced a long-term incentive plan in favor of certain employees, linked to certain economic indicators achieved by the Group in the medium term. In accordance with IAS 19, the cost of this plan is recognized on a straight-line basis over the duration of the plan, in the income statement under personnel costs, together with interest and remeasurements of the related liability.

  1. Share based payments

The Group has a stock option plan for the benefit of directors, employees and other personnel. As per IFRS 2 ("Share based payments"), stock option plans are valued at the fair value of the option at grant date, using methods that take into account the exercise price and vesting period of the option, the current stock price, the expected volatility and dividend payout of the shares, and the risk-free interest rate determined on the day of the option grant. 

As of the grant date, the expense related to the stock option plan is recognized on a straight-line basis in personnel costs in the income statement over the vesting period of the option, and in a reserve in shareholders' equity.

  1. Revenue recognition

Revenues and other income are recognized net of discounts, allowances and bonuses and of the provision for possible repayments of commissions upon early repayment or insolvency of brokered loans.

IFRS 15 provides for the recognition of revenues for an amount which reflects the compensation at which the entity believes to be entitled in the economic transaction with the customer for the transfer of products and services.

Revenues are recognized in the income statement when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group.

The methods of revenue recognition for the main activities of the Group are as follows: 

(a)     Credit, insurance, telecommunications and energy broking services, and e-commerce price comparison

Revenues from credit, insurance, telecommunications and energy broking services are recognized upon the actual disbursement of loans by lenders, the actual underwriting of contracts by insurance companies or the subscription of the contract for telecommunications or energy. The Group is entitled to receive its commission for the service provided only when the operation is closed with the disbursement of a loan, the activation/renewal of an insurance policy or a utility contract.

Those revenues include fees whose recognition is based on information coming from consumers and not yet confirmed by the client companies as of the end of the financial year.

Revenues from e-commerce price comparison activities are recorded at the time of click (in the case of pay per click) or at the time of product purchase (in the case of pay per sale).

(b) BPO services

Revenues from BPO services are recognized based on the type of services provided and contractual conditions agreed with clients. In particular, we can identify the following categories of services provided:

  1. Government grants

Government grants are recognized when it is reasonably certain that the Group will respect the related conditions and they will be received.

  1. Cost recognition

Costs are recognized as the assets and services are consumed during the relevant period or when they are sustained, when it is not possible to determine future economic benefits.

  1. Financial income and expenses

Interest income and expenses are recognized in the accrual period on the net value of the relevant financial assets and liabilities using the effective interest rate method.

Financial expenses are recognized on an accrual basis and recorded in the income statement in the accrual period.

  1. Taxation

Current income taxes are accounted on the basis of estimated taxable income and the relevant applicable tax rates.

Deferred income taxes are determined based on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities (excluding goodwill) and their carrying amounts, and differences arising from undistributed reserves registered in the shareholders' equity of the subsidiaries when the timing of reversal of these differences is under the Group's control and they will probably reverse within a reliably foreseeable period. Deferred income tax assets, including those on tax loss carryforwards, and not offset by deferred tax liabilities, are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income taxes are calculated using tax rates (and laws) that are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax assets are realized or the deferred income tax liabilities are settled. 

Current and deferred income taxes are recognized in the income statement with the exception of the items that are recognized directly in shareholders' equity in which case the tax effect is accounted for in the relevant equity reserve. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are netted only when the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts.

Substitute tax relates to the revaluation of assets according to Italian tax legislation and is recognized in income tax expense in the income statement. Other taxes, not related to income, are recognized in other operating costs in the income statement.

  1. Financial instruments

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

IFRS 9 Adoption

  1. IFRS 9 sets out the accounting of financial instruments with reference to the following areas: classification and measurement, impairment and hedge accounting. 

  2. The main areas of intervention on the discipline operated by the standard are described below.

Classification and measurement of the financial assets and liabilities

  1. The Group does not own at present any financial liability measured at fair value through profit and loss due to the adoption of the so-called fair value option. 

  2. Concerning financial assets, the new standard provides that the classification of the assets depends on the characteristics of the financial flows linked to such assets and to the business model used by the Group for their management. The Group at present does not own nor managed during the financial year any financial asset, such as debt securities, with sale purpose nor in absolute terms, except for the financial instruments managed as part of the core business of the company Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A. and for the financial instruments acquired following the change in the consolidation area occurred in the period. In addition, the Group does not own participations as investments which could be included under IFRS 9 or derivatives, even embedded ones. Trade receivables are held to be cashed at the contractual maturities of the cash flows related to them in capital and interest, where applicable. The Group assessed the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of these instruments and concluded that they respect the criteria for the measurement at amortized cost according to IFRS 9. We can reach the same conclusions for the items recorded as cash and cash equivalents.

  3. Impairment

  4. IFRS 9 requires the Group to record expected credit losses on all its debt securities, loans and trade receivables, either over a 12-month period or on a lifetime basis (e.g. lifetime expected loss). The Group opted for the simplified approach and therefore records the expected losses on every trade receivable based on their residual contractual duration. The standard allows the adoption of matrices for the measurement of the provision, capable of incorporating forecast information and not limited to historical evidence, as a practical expedient. The Group however continues to analytically consider the specificity of the sector and of some clients in its assessments. 

  5. Hedge accounting 

  6. Given that IFRS 9 does not modify the general principle according to which an entity accounts for the effective hedging instruments, the main changes compared to the previous regulation IAS 39 are the following: (i) the hedge effectiveness test is only perspective and can also be based on qualitative aspects, replacing the previous 80-125% test and focusing on the economic relationship between hedge and hedged element; (ii) the possibility to designate as subject to hedging only a component of risk also for non-financial elements (provided that the risk component can be separately identifiable and reliably estimated); (iii) introduction of the cost of hedging concept; (iv) greater possibility to designate groups of elements as subject to hedging, including stratifications and some net positions. The Group applies hedge accounting, recognizing fair value changes in equity. If the conditions the application of hedge accounting are not met, the changes are recognized in the income statement.

  1. Earnings per share 

(a)     Basic

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net income attributable to the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding own shares.

(b)     Diluted

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares, assuming the exercise of all potentially dilutive rights (e.g. stock options), whilst the Group's net income is adjusted to account for the effect of the conversion, net of taxes. The diluted earnings per share are not calculated in the event of losses, given that any such calculation would result in an improvement in the Group's results.

  1. Accounting estimates and judgments

The preparation of the financial statements requires the application by the directors of principles and accounting methodologies that sometimes require the use of estimates and judgments based on historical experience and other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The application of these estimates and assumptions impacts on the amounts included in the statement of financial position, income statement, statement of cash flows and the notes to the financial statements. The resulting accounting estimates could differ from the related actual results because of the uncertainty influencing the assumptions.

The underlying estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically by management (at least annually). Any changes in estimates are recognized prospectively from the period in which the estimate is revised.

The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are discussed below.

(a)     Deferred taxes

Deferred tax assets/liabilities are recognized on the basis of expectations of future earnings. The estimate of future earnings for purposes of the recognition of deferred taxes depends on factors that could vary over time and significantly affect the amount of deferred tax assets/liabilities.

(b)     Stock options

The valuation of stock option plans is based on valuation techniques that take into consideration the expected volatility of share prices and the dividend yield. Should different assumptions be applied, the valuation of the stock option plans and the related expenses could be different.

(c)     Impairment test for the evaluation of goodwill and participations

The impairment test provides for the use of valuation methods based on estimations and assumptions which could be subject to significant changes with subsequent impacts on the results of the evaluations done.

(d)     Fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination 

Pursuant to IFRS 3, the Group records the identifiable acquired assets and liabilities at fair value as of the date of acquisition of control. The residual amount is recorded as goodwill arising from the acquisition. These values are determined by estimating the identifiable assets and liabilities, based on reasonable and realistic assumptions using the information available at the date when control was acquired, which had an effect on the value of the recognized assets, liabilities and goodwill, as well as on the revenues and expenses for the period. 

 (e) Estimated liabilities for put/call options

Liabilities related to put/call options on remaining minority interests are estimated on the basis of the projected results of the respective subsidiaries, in line with the plans used for impairment testing purposes.

  1. New principles effective starting from the financial year ended December 31, 2025 not relevant to the Group

  1. The following standards, amendments and interpretations, applicable from January 1st, 2025, are not relevant or they did not involve effects for the Group:


Finally, with reference to the Pillar Two Global Anti-Base Erosion rules ("Pillar Two") and the related requirements provided by IAS 12 and IAS 11, we point out that as consolidated revenues are less than Euro 750 million, the Group does not fall within the scope of the Pillar Two Model Rules. Therefore, the mandatory recognition exception in IAS 12.4A does not apply to the Group.

Accounting standards, amendments and IFRS Accounting Standards interpretations endorsed by the European Union, not yet mandatory and not adopted early by the Group at December 31, 2025.

At the date of this document, the competent bodies of the European Union have completed the endorsement process required for the adoption of the amendments and standards described below. These standards are not yet mandatory and have not been adopted early by the Group at December 31, 2025: 

- On May, 30 2024 the IASB published a document called "Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments-Amendments to IFRS9 and IFRS 7". The document clarifies some issues identified during the post-implementation review of IFRS 9, including the accounting treatment of financial assets whose returns vary based on the achievement of ESG objectives (i.e., green bonds). In particular, the amendments aim to: 

      • clarify the classification of financial assets with variable returns and linked to ESG objectives, as well as the criteria to be used for assessing the SPPI test;

      • determine that the settlement date of liabilities through electronic payment systems is the date on which the liability is extinguished. Nevertheless, an entity may adopt an accounting policy that allows derecognition of a financial liability before transferring cash on the settlement date, subject to specific conditions. 

With these amendments, the IASB has also introduced additional disclosure requirements, particularly for investments in equity instruments designated at FVTOCI. 

The amendments will apply to financial statements for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026, with early application permitted. The directors do not expect these amendments to have a significant effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements. 

 - On December 18, 2024 the IASB published an amendment titled "Contracts Referencing Nature-dependent Electricity - Amendment to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7". The document aims to support entities in reporting the financial effects of electricity purchase contracts generated from renewable sources (often structured as Power Purchase Agreements). 

Under such contracts, the quantity of electricity generated and purchased may vary due to uncontrollable factors, such as weather conditions. The IASB has introduced targeted amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7. The amendments include: 

• a clarification regarding the application of the "own use" requirements to this type of contract.

 • criteria for accounting for such contracts as hedging instruments. 

• new disclosure requirements to enable financial statement users to understand the impact of these contracts on an entity's financial performance and cash flows. 

The amendment will apply from January 1, 2026, with early application permitted. The directors do not expect this amendment to have a significant effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements, as the related contracts involve physical delivery and consumptionbased billing. 

- On July 18, 2024 the IASB issued a document titled "Annual Improvements Volume 11". This document includes clarifications, simplifications, corrections and changes aimed at improving the consistency of several IFRS Accounting Standards. The document amends the following: 

• IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards; 

• IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and related implementation guidance of IFRS 7;

 • IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;

 • IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements; and 

• IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows.  The amendments will apply to financial statements for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026. 

The directors do not expect this amendment to have a significant effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements. 

- On April 9, 2024 the IASB published a new standard titled "IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements", which will replace "IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements". The new standard aims to improve the presentation of financial statements, with particular focus on the income statement layout. In particular, the new standard requires: 

• the classification of revenues and costs into three new categories (operating, investing, and financing), in addition to the existing categories for taxes and discontinued operations in the income statement layout.

 • the presentation of two new subtotals: operating profit and profit before interest and taxes (i.e., EBIT). 

In addition, the new standard: 

• requires more detailed information on management-defined performance measures; 

• introduces specific new criteria for aggregating and disaggregating information; 

• implements changes to the cash flow statement layout, including the requirement to use operating profit as the starting point for the cash flow statement prepared under the indirect method, and the removal of certain existing classification options (e.g., interest and dividends paid and interest and dividends received). 

The new standard will apply from January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The directors are currently assessing the possible effects of the introduction of this new standard on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

  1. Financial risk analysis

Risk management of the Group is based on the principle that operating risk or financial risk is managed by the person in charge of the business process involved.

The main risks are reported and discussed at Group top management level in order to create the conditions for their coverage, assurance and assessment of residual risk.

Exchange and interest rate risk

Currently the financial risk management policies of the companies of the Group provide a balanced split between fixed-rate and variable-rate loans, aimed at optimizing the cost of the loans over time. As of today, the risk of incurring greater interest costs as a result of unfavorable variations of market interest rates, as better analyzed in the following, is mitigated by the subscription of hedging derivatives (recognized using hedge accounting), which change the rate from floating to fixed, on a portion of the Group's debt.

The following table provides a summary of the exposure to changes in interest rates of the Group's financial debt:

 

 

(Euro thousand)

Principal outstanding

 

 

Interest rate exposure:

 

 

 

Fixed rate*

         280,684 

Variable rate (Euribor)

         221,482 

 

 


* Contractually fixed rate or variable rate covered by a swap to a fixed rate

  1. A possible unfavorable variation of the Euribor, equal to 1.0%, should produce an additional overall expense for the Group equal to Euro 2,215 thousand in 2026. 

For the remaining loans already described in paragraph 2.4.1, a fixed rate is applied instead.

As regards to the coverage of exchange rate risk, it is worth pointing out that, as of the reference date of this report, there are no significant assets or liabilities denominated in currencies different from the Euro, with the exception of the MONY Group Plc ("MONY") shares, amounting to Euro 109,530 thousand as of December 31, 2025, denominated in British pounds, and are measured at fair value with changes recognized in OCI. With regard to this investment, it should be noted that the management doesn't consider any additional risk elements (e.g. market risk) not already reflected in the related financial reports or in the market value of the stock, which could consequently lead to possible decreases in the value of the investment itself.

Therefore, this risk is considered limited for the Group.

Credit risk

The current assets of the Group, with the exception of cash and cash equivalents, consist mainly of trade receivables for an amount of Euro 186,322 thousand (Euro 137,167 thousand as of December 31, 2024), of which the overdue portion as of December 31, 2025 is equal to Euro 31,167 thousand (Euro 28,879 thousand as of December 31, 2024), of which Euro 6,973 thousand is overdue for over 90 days (Euro 5,445 thousand as of December 31, 2024).

Most of the gross overdue receivables were paid by the clients during the first months of 2026. As of the date of approval of this report, receivables not yet collected, overdue as of December 31, 2025, amount to Euro 7,058 thousand, of which Euro 5,161 thousand are receivables already overdue for over 90 days as of December 31, 2025.

Trade receivables are mainly from banks, financial intermediaries, insurance companies, leasing/rental companies, energy and telecommunications providers, and public sector entities, considered highly reliable but, facing receivables for which we consider a credit risk could arise, we allotted an allowance for doubtful receivables equal to Euro 10,535 thousand.

The Group monitors counterparty risk by analyzing the solvency and standing of customers before entering into business relations with them and trying to limit an excessively high concentration of receivables from a few counterparties.

For this purpose, it is worth mentioning that we do not notice any significant concentration of revenues on any client: in 2025 the revenues from the main client of the Group represent less than 5% of total consolidated revenues.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk represents the risk that a company is not able to procure financial resources to support short-term operations.

The total amount of liquidity as of December 31, 2025 is Euro 140,099 thousand; in addition, current financial assets (money market ETFs) amount to Euro 51,830 thousand, against short-term financial liabilities for Euro 92,700 thousand and trade payables for Euro 88,726 thousand.

The following table shows the breakdown of financial liabilities and trade payables by contractual maturity:

 

Years ended on December 31, 2025

(euro thousand)

Amount

< 1 year

 1-2 years 

 2-5 years 

> 5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank borrowings

              503,084 

                48,492 

                65,851 

              388,741 

                          - 

Liabilities for derivative instruments on loans

                     972 

                          - 

                     243 

                     729 

                          - 

Put/call options liabilities

                98,393 

                37,276 

                36,858 

                24,259 

                          - 

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

                30,238 

                  6,932 

                  6,932 

                16,374 

                          - 

Trade and other payables

                88,726 

                88,726 

                          - 

                          - 

                          - 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

              721,413 

              181,426 

              109,884 

              430,103 

                          - 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended on December 31, 2024

(euro thousand)

Amount

< 1 year

 1-2 years 

 2-5 years 

> 5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank borrowings

              324,323 

                89,611 

                90,520 

              144,035 

                     157 

Liabilities for derivative instruments on loans

                  1,172 

                          - 

                     293 

                     879 

                          - 

Put/call options liabilities

              118,717 

                73,577 

                28,386 

                16,754 

                          - 

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

                13,753 

                  5,015 

                  5,015 

                  3,723 

                          - 

Trade and other payables

                61,628 

                61,628 

                          - 

                          - 

                          - 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

              519,593 

              229,831 

              124,214 

              165,391 

                     157 


The management believes that liquidity risk for the group is limited. 

  1. Fair value of financial instruments

  2. All financial instruments are recorded in the Group's financial statements at fair value. The carrying value of the financial liabilities measured at amortized cost is deemed to approximate their fair value at the reporting date. The following table summarizes the Group's net financial position, comparing fair value and carrying value:

 

carryng value

fair value

(euro thousand)

As of  December 31,
2025

As of December 31, 2024

As of  December 31,
2025

As of December 31, 2024

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

                        140,099 

                    137,490 

                      140,099 

               137,490 

Trade receivables

                        186,392 

                    137,167 

                      186,392 

               137,167 

PIV receivables

                            1,041 

                        1,116 

                          1,041 

                   1,116 

Total financial asset at amortized cost

                        327,532 

                    275,773 

                      327,532 

               275,773 

 

 

 

 

 

Mony Group PLC shares

                        109,530 

                    101,937 

                      109,530 

               101,937 

Mark to market interest rate hedging instruments

                                  -   

                           416 

                                -   

                      416 

Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

                        109,530 

                    102,353 

                      109,530 

               102,353 

 

 

 

 

 

Monetary ETFs

                          51,830 

                                - 

                        51,830 

                           - 

Igloo notes

                            4,339 

                        7,080 

                          4,339 

                   7,080 

DPP receivables

                               984 

                           984 

                             984 

                      984 

Other securities

                                 51 

                           172 

                               51 

                      172 

Total financial assets at fair value through P&L

                          57,204 

                        9,352 

                          9,352 

                   9,352 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

                          88,726 

                      61,628 

                        88,726 

                 61,628 

Bank borrowings

                        503,084 

                    324,323 

                      503,084 

               324,323 

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

                          30,238 

                      13,753 

                        30,238 

                 13,753 

Total financial liabilities at amortized cost

                        622,048 

                    399,704 

                      622,048 

               399,704 

 

 

 

 

 

Put/call options liabilities

                          98,393 

                    118,717 

                        98,393 

               118,717 

Liabilities for derivative instruments on loans

                               972 

                        1,172 

                             972 

                   1,172 

Total financial liabilities at fair value

                          99,365 

                    119,889 

                        99,365 

               119,889 


It should be noted that MONY shares and ETFs are measured at fair value (Level 1), Igloo securities, DPP receivables, other securities, and the mark-to-market on interest rate hedging instruments are measured at fair value (Level 2) and financial liabilities related to put/call options are measured at fair value (Level 3), where the methodology used to determine the fair value of such liabilities is based on the discounting of future cash flows (income approach).

Current geopolitical situation and impact of trade tariffs 

With regards to the current geopolitical situation, it should be noted preliminary that the Group is not directly exposed to the Russian and Ukrainian economies. The consequences of the invasion of Ukraine by the Russian Federation are not currently such as to give rise to concern for the businesses of Group companies and are not expected to have any impact on their ability to continue operating as going concerns. 

Similarly, the Group doesn't appear to be directly exposed to Iranian, Israeli and United States economies.  However, the Mavriq Division is indirectly exposed to the current situation of hostility in the Middle East through trends in the energy market. In case of significant deterioration in national energy markets, such as to cause significant contractions in supply or demand, some companies within the Mavriq Division could suffer significant declines in results, which, however, are not expected to have any impact on the Group's going concern.

However, any significant fall in consumer confidence and/or disposable income could have a negative impact on the volumes of the various lines of business. 

Finally, with regard to the introduction of trade tariffs in the United States, it should be noted that the related impacts are not considered significant given the nature of the Group companies' businesses.

Operating risk and going concern

The technological component is an essential element for the operating activities of the Group; therefore, there is the risk that the possible malfunctioning of the technological infrastructure may cause an interruption of client services or loss of data. However, the companies of the Group have developed a series of plans, procedures and tools to guarantee business continuity and data security. 

Considering the economic and financial situation, in particular the level of available reserves, and taking into account the trend of the net working capital and of the economic and financial situation, the separated and consolidated financial reports have been prepared considering the assumption of going concern as fulfilled.

It should in fact be considered that the Group, as in previous years, achieved positive economic results, and, despite uncertain macroeconomic scenarios, that future economic forecasts are also positive. Finally, the Group has adequate financial resources to meet its future obligations over a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements, and it can, where necessary, activate additional levers to rapidly liquidate significant investments.

Risks related to technological change

The Group operates in a market characterized by deep and continuous technological changes that require the ability to adapt promptly and successfully to such developments and to the changing needs of its customers. Any inability of the Group to adapt to new technologies could negatively affect operating results.

Risks related to internationalization

The Group, as part of its internationalization strategy, may be exposed to typical risks arising from conducting business on an international basis, including those related to changes in the political, macroeconomic, tax and/or regulatory framework, as well as to fluctuations in exchange rates.

Risks related to the impairment of goodwill

The Group may experience negative effects on the value of its shareholders' equity in the event of any impairment of goodwill recorded in the financial statements as of December 31, 2025, which may become necessary if adequate cash flows are not generated compared to those expected and forecast in the multi-year plans used for impairment testing.

Cyber security risk

The Group is exposed to cyber security risk, related to potential unauthorized access to information systems, loss or unavailability of data, and operational disruptions resulting from cyberattacks.
To mitigate such risks, IT security measures are adopted, including network protection systems, access controls and continuous system updates. Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are also in place.

Risk linked to Climate Change

  1. For a more detailed analysis, please refer to the Consolidated Sustainability Statement, available within this Report. 

  1. Segment reporting

The primary segment reporting is by business segments; the board of directors of the Issuer identifies the business segments of the Group in Mavriq and BPO&Tech Division:

Detailed information relative to each division is provided below. For this purpose, it is worth highlighting that the allocation of the costs incurred by the Issuer and by PP&E S.r.l. for the benefit of each Division is based on the relevant headcount in Italy at the end of the period.

Revenues by Division


 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

December 31,
2025

December 31,
2024

 

 

 

Mavriq revenues

406,418

221,122

Moltiply BPO&Tech revenues

267,698

232,513

 

 

 

Total revenues

674,116

453,635


Operating income by Division

 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

December 31,
2025

December 31,
2024

 

 

 

Mavriq operating income

72,939

43,723

Moltiply BPO&Tech operating income

30,500

29,728

 

 

 

Total operating income

103,439

73,451

 

 

 

Financial income

                  9,270 

               8,803 

Financial expenses

               (26,163)

            (16,733)

Income/(losses) from participations

                  1,580 

                  677 

Income/(losses) from financial assets/liabilities

               (34,615)

              (6,824)

 

 

 

Net income before income tax expense

                53,511 

             59,374 


Assets by Division 

The allocation of property, plant and equipment shared by both Divisions is based on space occupied.


(euro thousand)

 As of
December 31, 2025 

 As of
December 31, 2024 

 

 

 

Mavriq Division assets

                655,765 

                388,599 

Moltiply BPO&Tech Division assets

                304,000 

                297,211 

Not allocated

                170,769 

                129,138 

Cash and cash equivalents

                140,099 

                137,490 

 

 

 

Total assets

             1,270,633 

                952,438 


The item "not allocated" mainly includes the value of the MONY shares and money-markets ETF shares, equal to Euro 144,509 thousand as of December 31, 2025, and the other assets attributable to the Issuer and to subsidiary PP&E S.r.l..

Liabilities by Division

(euro thousand)

 As of
December 31, 2025 

 As of
December 31, 2024 

 

 

 

Mavriq Division liabilities

                220,636 

                  90,579 

Moltiply BPO&Tech Division liabilities

                199,365 

                140,156 

Not allocated

                517,809 

                426,176 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

                937,810 

                656,911 


The item "not allocated" mainly includes the financial liabilities of the Issuer for Euro 500,503 thousand, and the other liabilities attributable to the Issuer and to subsidiary PP&E S.r.l., except for IFRS 16 liabilities related to PP&E S.r.l. offices, allocated to both Divisions based on occupancy.

Revenues and non-current assets by geographical area

In accordance with IFRS 8, revenues by geographical area are shown below, broken down between Italy and foreign countries based on the location of customers:

 

Years ended on

(euro thousand)

December 31, 2025

December 31, 2024

 

 

 

Italy

                444,123 

                380,985 

Other Countries

                229,993 

                  72,650 

of which Germany

               140,595 

                          -   

 

 

 

Total revenues 

                674,116 

                453,635 


The detail of non-current assets by geographical area is also provided, broken down between Italy and other countries according to the location of the operating units to which these assets relate:

 

Years ended on

(euro thousand)

December 31, 2025

December 31, 2024

 

 

 

Italy

                 338,545 

                 348,916 

Other Countries

                 385,786 

                 174,893 

 

 

 

Total non current asset*

                 724,331 

                 523,809 

*with the exception of those specified in IFRS 8

 

 


  1. Business combinations

Acquisition of Verivox 

On March 21, 2025, the Group, through its subsidiary Lucky Fox S.r.l., acquired from ProSiebenSat.1 Media SE, the entire share capital of Verivox, a leading player in the German online comparison and intermediation market (the "Transaction"). The total consideration agreed for the Transaction is equal to Euro 231.5 million in terms of equity value. At the acquisition date, Lucky Fox S.r.l. assumed debts towards Verivox - generated by a cash pool relationship with the previous shareholders - for Euro 53.9 million, and acquired a shareholders' loan towards Verivox for Euro 13.7 million, the countervalues of which were offset at the closing with the agreed consideration for the Transaction. The net amount was paid through the cash deriving from the loan agreement subscribed at the same time as the Transaction, and cash already available. The agreements for the Transaction also provide for an earn-out of up to Euro 60 million determined on the basis of Verivox's financial performance in 2025; the liability for this earn-out is currently estimated for an amount equal to Euro 5.3 million.

  1. Following the analysis aimed at determining the fair value of the assets, mainly represented by application platforms (software) and trademarks, liabilities and contingent liabilities of each acquired entity, the acquisition price has been allocated ("purchase price allocation"), as shown in the table below:

 

 

Cash and cash equivalent

11,800

Non current Assets

126,042

of which allocated software

51,325

of which allocated trademark

46,900

Trade receivables

26,288

Other current assets

44,497

Long-term debts and other financial liabilities

(12,694)

Deferred tax liabilities

(32,277)

of which tax effect on allocated software

(29,410)

Short-term debts and other financial liabilities

(2,461)

Trade and other payables

(9,581)

Tax payables

(7,249)

Other current liabilities

(12,731)

 

 

Fair value of net assets purchased

131,634

 

 

Acquisition price

238,012

 

 

Difference between price paid and fair value of net purchased assets

106,378

 

 

Goodwill

106,378

 

 

Price already paid (A)

191,353

Mill

Cash of the entity at the date of the acquisition (B)

11,800

 

 

Net cash flow absorbed by the acquisition (A-B)

179,553

  1.  

The total costs linked to the acquisition are equal to Euro 2,215 thousand and are recorded in the income statement among "Service costs".

Acquisition of further minority interests

It should be noted that:

Therefore, the total cash flows for acquisitions amount to Euro 241,553 thousand, as reported in the consolidated statement of cash flows.


NON-CURRENT ASSETS

  1. Intangible assets

The following table presents the situation and the variation of the item as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

(euro thousand)

 Proprietary software 

 Trademarks, licenses and
other rights 

 Goodwill 

 Other intangible assets 

 Total 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net value as of December 31, 2023

113,308

25,955

300,072

6,957

446,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increases

16,622

167

-

4

16,793

Increases through acquisitions

13,918

6,258

39,708

-

59,884

Amortization expense

(37,753)

(3,426)

-

(853)

(42,032)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net value as of December 31, 2024

106,095

28,954

339,780

6,108

480,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increases

25,279

73

-

(2)

25,350

Increases through acquisitions

62,520

47,538

106,783

-

216,841

Amortization expense

(56,108)

(7,190)

-

(857)

(64,155)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net value as of December 31, 2025

137,786

69,375

446,563

5,249

658,973


The item "Proprietary software" includes the higher value (net of accumulated amortization) of the software recognized following the consolidation of  Verivox (Euro 43,310 thousand), Rastreator (Euro 10,859 thousand), of  LeLynx SAS (Euro 6,940 thousand), of  Moltiply Tech S.r.l. (Euro 18,600 thousand), of  Pricewise B.V. (Euro 4,968 thousand), of Switcho S.r.l. (Euro 3,908 thousand), and personnel costs capitalized for the creation and development of the proprietary software platforms used by Group companies to perform their activities. The increases in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, are related to purchases and capitalizations for Euro 21,772 thousand, and to the recognition of the higher value following the completion of purchase price allocation of Verivox.

The item "Trademarks, licenses and other rights" includes the higher value (net of accumulated amortization) of the trademark recognized following the consolidation of Verivox (Euro 43,238  thousand), Rastreator (Euro 8,744 thousand), of LeLynx (Euro 4,822 thousand), the Lercari Group (Euro 2,500 thousand), of Pricewise B.V. (Euro 2,858 thousand), of Switcho S.r.l. (Euro 2,587 thousand) of  Segugio energia e telecomunicazioni S.r.l. (Euro 1,497 thousand) and the value of the licenses for the utilization of third-party software. The increases in the financial year ended December 31, 2025 mainly to the recognition of the higher value of software as a result of the completion of purchase price allocation of Verivox.

The item "Goodwill" includes the goodwill emerged from the allocation of the purchase prices of the investments acquired. The increase mainly refers to the recognition of the goodwill allocated following the acquisition of Verivox.

  1. Recoverability of intangible assets

The following table presents the detailed goodwill reported as of December 31, 2025 and subject to impairment test, which differs if compared to the previous year due to the recognition of the goodwill arising from the Verivox acquisition made during the fiscal year.

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Verivox CGU

                        106,378 

                              -   

Agenzia Italia CGU

                          92,787 

                      92,787 

Rastreator CGU

                          56,376 

                      56,376 

Lercari CGU

                          46,184 

                      46,184 

LeLynx SA

                          36,098 

                      36,098 

7Pixel S.r.l.

                          33,779 

                      33,374 

Switcho S.r.l.

                          16,412 

                      16,412 

Pricewise B.V.

                          16,006 

                      16,006 

Segugio.it energia e telecomunicazioni S.r.l.

                          13,147 

                      13,147 

Eagle&Wise Service S.r.l.

                            8,292 

                        8,292 

Quinservizi S.p.A.

                            6,583 

                        6,583 

Europa Centro Servizi S.r.l.

                            6,489 

                        6,489 

Mia Pensione S.r.l.

                            6,385 

                        6,385 

Feedaty S.r.l.

                               746 

                           746 

CESAM S.r.l.

                               595 

                           595 

Luna Service S.r.l.

                               176 

                           176 

EuroServizi per i Notai S.r.l.

                               130 

                           130 




Total goodwill

                        446,563 

                    339,780 

 

Each goodwill recorded in the financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and indicated above belongs to a specific CGU.

As regards the determination of the recoverable amount of the CGUs, based on the value-in-use method, the cash flows generated by the CGUs themselves have been estimated. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the related business plans of four years' duration, relating to the period 2026-2029, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer held on March 16, 2026.

The main assumptions regarding the value-in-use of the CGUs are the operating cash flows during the four-year forecast period, the discount rate and the growth rate used to determine the terminal value, equal to 2.0%.

The assumptions for the first year of the business plan correspond to those of a preliminary annual budget of the specific CGU, while the assumptions for the subsequent years subject to explicit estimation are developed starting from the economic trend of the previous years, with assumptions on the evolution of revenues and cost structure, deemed reasonable and consistent with the market perspectives and the operating plans of the CGU. Finally, the estimated cash flows include flows related to the evolution of working capital, capital expenditure, and any other relevant asset items.

The composition of future cash flows has been determined based on reasonable, prudent and consistent criteria regarding the attribution of future general expenditures, capital investment, financial balance and the main macroeconomic variables. Finally, it is worth pointing out that cash flow forecasts refer to ordinary activities and, therefore, they are not comprehensive of cash flows deriving from possible extraordinary activities.

The terminal value has been estimated with the discounted cash flow formula for perpetuities. 

The value-in-use of the CGUs has been determined by discounting the value of the estimated future cash flows (based on conservative growth rates), including the terminal value, which are supposed to be derived from ongoing activities, at a discount rate, net of taxes, adjusted for risk and reflecting the weighted average cost of capital.

In particular, the discount rate used is calculated starting from the Weighted Average Cost of Capital ("WACC") of the two Divisions of the Group, for the determination of which, reference was made to indicators and parameters observable on the reference market of the CGUs in question, at the current value of money. In particular, the determination of the WACC refers to the following parameters:

Based on the above, applying in particular the Capital Asset Pricing Model, the discount rate is 10.14% for the Mavriq Division and 8.59% for the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division. 

For the impairment of non-Italian entities, a WACC of 10.91% was applied to the Verivox CGU (as adjusted to take into account integration uncertainties and risks), while a WACC of 9.14% was applied to the Rastreator CGU, a WACC of 8.29% was applied to LeLynx SAS, and a WACC of 7.47% was applied to the Pricewise CGU.

Key assumptions used in the calculation of value in use

The financial forecasts underlying the impairment test are prepared based on the latest available market data, medium-term macroeconomic expectations, and anticipated trends in the markets in which the Group operates, with specific reference to the technologies used. These are supplemented by specific business assumptions developed by management, also considering the positioning and specific features of the products marketed.

The main assumptions used to project the future cash flows set out in the plan concern commercial margins, sales volumes, market shares, price trends, and operating expenses. In particular, production costs are expected to increase due to inflation dynamics, offset by efficiency improvement initiatives. Research and development costs are expected to remain in line with historical levels and to support existing technologies as well as the development of new applications.

Other assumptions used by management to estimate value in use include the discount rate (WACC) and the growth rate (g). The growth rates adopted are based on forecasts for the growth of the relevant industry sector. In particular, it should be noted that, for both divisions, conservative growth rates for revenues and margins have been used, which are in fact lower than historical trends.

The discount rate used to discount future cash flows represents the post-tax weighted average cost of capital (WACC), reflects current market assessments, and is determined using: risk-free rates at the CGU level, beta, the equity risk premium, and the cost of capital.

The Equity Risk Premium and Beta values are determined in accordance with best practices, taking into account, with regard to the Equity Risk Premium, specific market risks and macroeconomic conditions, and, with regard to Beta - which measures the systematic risk of a financial asset - the specific risks of the market in which the Group operates.

The cost of debt is determined in line with the Group's existing financing costs.

The recoverable amount also includes the terminal value of income flows (Terminal Value), calculated as the normalized average income expected to be generated in perpetuity. The Group prepares forecasts of operating cash flows based on the business plan prepared by the Parent Company's Directors.

Results

As of December 31, 2025, the in-use values of the evaluated CGUs, determined as described above, are higher if compared to the carrying amounts of the assets allocated to them, goodwill included.   

Keeping into consideration the actual situation of volatility of the markets and of uncertainty upon future economic perspectives, we developed a sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of goodwill. 

In particular, we developed a sensitivity analysis on the recoverable amount of the CGUs, assuming an increase of the discount rate, a decrease on the perpetual growth rate. 

The sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the CGUs for which we that did not notice any impairment shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on the analyses performed, the Directors of the Issuer considered recoverable the book value of the goodwill recorded in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025.

  1. Property, plant and equipment

The following table presents the situation and the variation of the item as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

(euro thousand)

 Land and
buildings 

 Plant and
machinery 

 Other tangible assets 

 Total 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost as of January 1, 2024

40,164

20,171

14,052

74,387

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS 16 - Additions of the period

4,707

-

1,039

5,746

Additions

1,724

1,330

1,243

4,297

Others

25

14

669

708

 

 

 

 

 

Cost as of December 31, 2024

46,620

21,515

17,003

85,138

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2024

18,121

15,252

9,762

43,134

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

3,853

1,718

1,758

7,329

of which IFRS 16 effect

3,604

-

598

4,202

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2024

21,974

16,970

11,520

50,463

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value as of December 31, 2024

24,646

4,545

5,483

34,675

 

 

 

 

 

Cost as of January 1, 2025

46,620

21,515

17,003

85,138

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS 16 - Additions of the period

5,443

-

1,276

6,719

Additions

4,290

3,688

1,569

9,547

Others

14,275

-

1,582

15,857

 

 

 

 

 

Cost as of December 31, 2025

70,628

25,203

21,430

117,261

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2025

21,974

16,970

11,520

50,463

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

5,454

1,786

2,584

9,824

of which IFRS 16 effect

4,923

-

758

5,681

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2025

27,428

18,756

14,104

60,287

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value as of December 31, 2025

43,200

6,447

7,326

56,974


As of December 31, 2025, the net value of property, plant and equipment is equal to Euro 56,974 thousand (Euro 34,675 thousand as of December 31, 2024). During the financial year ended December 31, 2025 we record increases for a total amount of Euro 16,266 thousand, of which Euro 6,719 thousand related to IFRS 16 assets (for which please refer to the table below).

The other movements include the property, plant and equipment acquired with the corporate acquisitions of the period. 

The net book value of "Land and buildings" as of December 31, 2025 mainly refers to the operating office of 7Pixel S.r.l., in Giussago (PV) for Euro 5,318 thousand, to the building and land located in Cagliari equal to Euro 2,146 thousand, to the building located in Monastir (CA) equal to Euro 2,295 thousand, to the building and land located in Matera respectively equal to Euro 1,203 thousand, to the building located in San Vendemiano (TV) for Euro 5,971 thousand and to the right of use deriving from the adoption of IFRS 16 standard for Euro 25,241 thousand, in relation to the rental contracts for operating offices not owned by the Group.

The item "Plant and machinery" includes investments in generic electronic office equipment, in the different operating offices of the Group, and for production hardware. 

The item "Other tangible assets" includes investments in furniture and fittings, specific equipment and vehicles. Increases for the period included purchases for Euro 1,569 thousand, mainly related to office machinery and furniture, and other movements for Euro 1,582 thousand, related to fixed assets of newly acquired companies.

  1. Changes in the values of the rights of use and the leasing liabilities during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 is shown below:


(euro thousand)

Buildings

Vehicles

Total ROU Assets

Lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2025

11,472

1,555

13,027

13,751

 

 

 

 

 

Increases / (decreases)

               5,443 

               1,276 

                         6,719 

                         2,599 

Increases through acquisitions

             13,249 

                       - 

                       13,249 

                       15,155 

Amortization

              (4,923)

                 (758)

                        (5,681)

                                 - 

Financial expenses

                       - 

                       - 

                                 - 

                        (1,266)

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2025

25,241

2,073

27,314

30,239

  1.   

The main increases refer to the right of use assets attributable to the companies acquired during 2025, and in particular refer to the building rental agreements subscribed by them.

  1. Participations measured with the equity method

The item includes the participation in the subsidiaries shown in the table below, which shows the changes in this item for financial year ended December 31, 2025:

  1.  

(Euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2024 

 Net income of the year attributable to the Group 

 Others 

 As of December 31, 2025 

 

 

 

 

 

CFN Generale Fiduciaria S.p.A.

                           932 

                                    49 

                               - 

                        981 

CFN Generale Trustee S.r.l.

                             28 

                                    (1)

                               - 

                          27 

Dotware

                                - 

                                      - 

                               - 

                             - 

Generale Servizi Amministrativi S.r.l. 

                           388 

                                      2 

                               - 

                        390 

Mopso S.r.l.

                           290 

                                (271)

                               - 

                          19 

EuroSTA S.r.l.

                           345 

                                  120 

                               - 

                        465 

Tax & Tech S.r.l.

                               3 

                                      - 

                               - 

                            3 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

                        1,986 

                                (101)

-

                     1,885 

  1.    

The item "Participations measured with the equity method" shows a decrease of Euro 101 thousand, attributable to the negative result of the period pertaining to the Group.

  1. Financial assets at fair value

The following table presents the variation of the item as of and for the financial year ended December 31, 2025:

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2024 

 Purchases/
Increases 

 Revaluations/
(Depreciations) 

 Reimbursements/
Sales 

 As of December 31, 2025 







Mony Group PLC

                        101,937 

                      17,319 

                 (9,726) 

                          -   

                    109,530 

Igloo notes

                            7,080 

                              -   

                 (2,741) 

                          -   

                        4,339 

Other securities

                               172 

                              -   

                         -   

                     (121) 

                             51 

PIV and DPP credits

                            2,100 

                              -   

                         -   

                       (75) 

                        2,025 

Mark to market interest rate hedging instruments

                               416 

                              -   

                    (416) 

                          -   

                             -   






 

Financial assets at fair value

                        111,705 

                      17,319 

                (12,883)

                      (196)

                    115,945 


Financial assets at fair value show a balance equal to Euro 115,945 thousand as of December 31, 2025 (Euro 111,705 thousand as of December 31, 2024) and include 52,000,000 MONY ordinary shares, listed on regulated markets, (equal to 9.92% of the share capital) for an amount equal to Euro 109,530 thousand.  The "Revaluations/(Depreciations)" item refers to the lower market value of the shares compared with the previous financial year for Euro 9,726 thousand (of which Euro 5,072 thousand arising from the negative effect of exchange rate). Such financial assets are evaluated at fair value through OCI. 

  1. The item also includes notes related to the "Igloo" securitization promoted by subsidiary Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A. for Euro 4,339 thousand, and other related receivables for Euro 984 thousand. These notes are recognized at fair value, with changes recognized in the profit and loss.

  2. Finally, this item includes receivables relating to lifetime mortgage loan transactions equal to Euro 1,041 thousand, valued at amortized cost.

  1. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The following tables present the situation and the variation of the item as of and for the financial year ended December 31, 2025:

Year ended December 31, 2025

(euro thousand)

As of January 1, 2025

Accrual

Other movements

Utilization

As of December 31, 2025

Expiring within 1 year

Expiring after 1 year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs with different tax deductibility

                  2,292 

              448 

              423 

             (683)

                  2,480 

              2,480 

                   -   

Differences between the tax bases of assets and their carrying amounts

                31,467 

              145 

                 -   

        (11,028)

                20,584 

            11,028 

              9,556 

Defined benefit program liability

                     504 

              176 

             (449)

               (74)

                     157 

                   -   

                 157 

Tax loss carry forwards

                     170 

                 -   

                 -   

             (158)

                       12 

                   -   

                   12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets - Italy

                34,433 

              769 

               (26)

        (11,943)

                23,233 

            13,508 

              9,725 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Differences between the tax bases of assets and their carrying amounts

               (16,487)

                 -   

        (29,410)

           6,032 

               (39,865)

            (5,052)

            (5,403)

Dividends deliberated not yet paid

                    (178)

                 -   

               (14)

             (238)

                    (430)

               (430)

                   -   

Others

                      (18)

                 -   

                 -   

                18 

                        -   

                   -   

                   -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities - Italy

               (16,683)

                 -   

        (29,424)

           5,812 

               (40,295)

            (5,482)

            (5,403)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets - Italy

                17,750 

              769 

        (29,450)

          (6,131)

               (17,062)

              8,026 

              4,322 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Differences between the tax bases of assets and their carrying amounts

               (12,864)

        (29,410)

          (3,948)

           6,531 

               (39,691)

            (7,511)

          (32,180)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities - Other Countries

               (12,864)

        (29,410)

          (3,948)

           6,531 

               (39,691)

            (7,511)

          (32,180)

 

Deferred tax assets, are shown net of deferred tax liabilities, based on the legal right of set-off and on a single jurisdiction basis. Deferred tax assets include for an amount equal to Euro 18,970 thousand tax effects related to the revaluation of trademarks and buildings owned by some entities of the Group, according to the measures introduced by the Art. 110 of the Law Decree n. 104/2020, converted in the Law n. 126/2020, enacting "Urgent measures to support and relaunch the economy". The amount of deferred tax assets used during the financial year is equal to Euro 10,794 thousand and includes the latest portion of deferred tax assets attributable to software platforms.

Among deferred tax liabilities referring to differences between the tax bases of assets and their carrying amounts, as of December 31, 2025, there is the amount related to the tax effect of the higher values recognized to the intangible assets as a result of the consolidation of the companies acquired by the Group. 

In line with the presentation on single jurisdiction basis, introduced starting from this report, with the consequent restatement of the opening balance, the total amount of deferred tax liabilities arising from acquisitions of Italian companies amounts to Euro 10,234 thousand, while those attributable to foreign jurisdictions amount to Euro 39,691 thousand. With reference to the provision of the year for an amount equal to Euro 29,410 thousand, please refer to the information provided previously regarding the acquisition of Verivox, while the utilizations amount to Euro 12,806 thousand and are attributable to the depreciation for the period.

Finally, it should be noted that the amounts related to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the previous financial year have been restated to provide the best financial representation.

As of December 31, 2025, it is also noted that (a) there are no tax loss carryforwards for which deferred tax assets have not been recognized; (b) deferred tax assets on temporary differences not recognized in the financial statements amount to Euro 26,906 thousand.

It should be noted that the Issue has established a National Tax Consolidation regime with most of the Italian companies of the Group.

  1. Other non-current assets

The item as of December 31, 2025, equal to Euro 6,499 thousand, includes a security deposit linked to a tax claim related to subsidiary Rastreator Comparador Correduria de Seguros SLU, equal to Euro 5,962 thousand. The outcome of this litigation is covered by a specific tax indemnity issued by the sellers as part of the purchase of the company. However, please refer to the section on potential liabilities.

The item also includes security deposits related to lease agreements for Euro 537 thousand.

CURRENT ASSETS

  1. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and bank deposits. The item includes cash in bank deposits with specific destinations for Euro 8,659 thousand, used for claims settlement activities on behalf of clients.

As of December 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents amount to Euro 140,099 thousand, compared to Euro 137,490 thousand as of December 31, 2024. The cash generation for the period is attributable to financing and operating activities, partially offset by investing activities, as well as the cash acquired from Verivox for Euro 11,800 thousand. For further details, please refer to the consolidated cash flow and paragraph 2.4.2.

  1. Current financial assets

As of December 31, 2025 current financial assets amount to Euro 51,830 thousand and are composed by money-market ETFs, measured at fair value, purchased during the financial year for an amount equal to Euro 51,128 thousand. 

  1. Trade receivables 

The following table presents the situation of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:


(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Trade receivables

                        196,927 

                    145,544 

(allowance for doubtful receivables)

                        (10,535) 

                      (8,377) 




Total trade receivables

                        186,392 

                    137,167 

 

Trade receivables refer to ordinary sales to client companies operating in the banking and financial sector.

It is specified that trade receivables include a portion related to the estimate of considerations accrued for services provided to banking and insurance counterparties but not yet invoiced as of December 31, 2025, partly subject to the occurrence of certain contractual events, which IFRS 15 standards defines as "contract assets." In particular, the considerations refers to: mortgage underwriting and closing services, for which in some cases the contractual remuneration is subject to the effective disbursement of the loan, for Euro 2,849 thousand, processing of insurance claims, for an amount equal to Euro 3,761 thousand, administrative activities aimed at credit collection on behalf of insurance companies, for which the fees are subject to the effective collection of the credits, for an amount eual  to Euro 3,814 thousand, and intermediation of financial products, for an amount equal to Euro 1,458 thousand.

The following tables present the variation of the allowance for doubtful receivables in the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Year ended December 31, 2024


(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2023 

 Change in the scope of consolidation 

 Accrual 

 Utilization 

 Releases 

 As of December 31, 2024 








Provision for bad debts

                       8,333 

                                    6 

               1,086 

                (803)

            (245)

                       8,377 








Total

                       8,333 

                                    6 

               1,086 

                (803)

            (245)

                       8,377 


Year ended December 31, 2025


(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2024 

 Change in the scope of consolidation 

 Accrual 

 Utilization 

 Releases 

 As of December 31, 2025 








Provision for bad debts

                       8,377 

                             2,622 

                  572 

             (1,036)

                -   

                     10,535 








Total

                       8,377 

                             2,622 

                  572 

             (1,036)

                -   

                     10,535 


For further details regarding overdue receivables, reference is made to the section on credit risk.


  1. Tax receivables

This item, equal to Euro 14,979 thousand as of December 31, 2025 (Euro 5,266 thousand as of December 31, 2024), refers to the credit for current taxes due to the payments of advances by the companies of the Group during 2025 higher than the amount of the tax due on the taxable income.  It should be noted that most of the Group's Italian companies participate in the tax consolidation regime headed by Moltiply Group S.p.A..

  1. Other current assets

The following table presents the situation of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 

 



Accruals and prepayments

                            8,967 

                        6,145 

Advances to suppliers

                               284 

                        1,220 

Others

                            1,598 

                        1,889 

VAT receivables

                            9,449 

                        6,667 

 



 



Total other current assets

                          20,298 

                      15,921 

 

The item "Accruals and prepayments" mainly includes the payments for software licenses, and various services already paid but pertaining to subsequent financial years as well as revenues already accrued on services not yet completed. 

The item "Advances to suppliers" mainly includes advance payments for consulting and services not yet performed. 

  1. Assets and liabilities held for sale

It should be noted that the Group reached an agreement to sell the entire share capital of Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A., finalized on January 26, 2026, for a consideration of Euro 3,462 thousand (in line with the carrying amount of the investment in the Issuer's financial statements). Therefore, in accordance with IFRS 5, the assets and liabilities of this subsidiary are classified as held for sale, as shown below:

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 


 

Intangible assets

                         18 

Property, plant and equipment

                           1 

Deferred tax Assets

                         49 

Cash and cash equivalents

                    3,614 

Trade receivables

                       185 

Tax receivables

                       244 

Other current assets

                       300 


 

Assets held for sale

                    4,411 

 

 

Provisions for risks and charges

                       126 

Defined benefit program liabilities

                       166 

Deferred tax liabilities

                         -   

Other non current liabilities

                           5 

Trade and other payables

                       134 

Other current liabilities

                    1,050 

 

 

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale

                    1,481 


NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

  1. Long-term debts and other financial liabilities  

The following table presents the situation of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Long-term bank borrowings

                        454,592 

                    234,711 

Term between 1 and 5 years

                       454,592 

                    234,554 

Term over 5 years

                                 -   

                           157 




Other non-current financial liabilities

                          85,395 

                      55,050 

Put/call option liability Agenzia Italia S.p.A.

                                 -   

                      26,913 

Put/call option liability Gruppo Lercari S.r.l.

                         21,921 

                              -   

Put/call option liability Feedaty S.r.l.

                                 -   

                        1,473 

Put/call option liability Switcho S.r.l.

                         28,074 

                        6,754 

Put/call option liability Pricewise B.V.

                           6,692 

                        6,785 

Put/call option liability Mia Pensione S.r.l.

                           4,430 

                        3,215 

Liabilities for derivative intruments on loans

                              972 

                        1,172 

Non-current lease liabilities

                         23,306 

                        8,738 




Totale long-term debts and other financial liabilities

                        539,987 

                    289,761 

 

Bank loans

  1. The increase, compared to December 31, 2024, is mainly due to the signing of a new loan contract with a pool of banks (composed of Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A., UniCredit S.p.A. and Banco BPM S.p.A.), which, net of early repayments of certain existing loans, led to an increase in financial liabilities for Euro 162,461 thousand, and to the signing of a loan agreement with Credito Emiliano S.p.A. ("Credem"), for an amount equal to Euro 12,500 thousand and with BPER Banca S.p.A. ("BPER") for an amount equal to Euro 15,000 thousand and other minor loans from Agenzia Italia S.p.A. for a total amount equal to Euro 15,000 thousand.

The repayment schedule is as follows:

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




- between one and two years

                          65,851 

                      90,519 

- between two and three years

                          71,321 

                      78,714 

- between three and four years

                        103,103 

                      63,737 

- between four and five years

                        214,317 

                        1,584 

- more than five

                                  -   

                           157 




Total

                        454,592 

                    234,711 


  1. Pooled financing

On March 21, 2025, the Issuer signed a loan agreement with a pool of banks (composed of Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A., UniCredit S.p.A. and Banco BPM S.p.A.) for a total amount equal to Euro 400,000 thousand, expiring on March, 21, 2030, with a variable rate equal to the 6-month Euribor rate increased by a spread actually equal to 1.95%, subject to change depending on the ratio between Net Financial Debt and EBITDA. In addition, on 66.67% of the financed amount, equal to Euro 266,667 thousand, an interest rate hedging derivative contract has been entered into, which is converted into a fixed rate at 2.489%, increased by the margin described above

With regard to this loan agreement, the Group is obliged to comply every six months with the following consolidated financial covenant for the last twelve months, calculated in accordance with the provisions of the loan agreement (which may differ from the Group's consolidated reports): ratio between Net Financial Debt and EBITDA not over 4.0 as of June, 30, 2025, 3.75 as of December, 31, 2025, 3.0 as of December, 31 2026, and 2.5 from December, 31 2027.

Loans from Crédit Agricole 

On March 30, 2020 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Crédit Agricole Italia S.p.A. ("Crédit Agricole"), for an amount equal to Euro 15,000 thousand, expiring on June 30, 2026, at a yearly fixed rate equal to 1.05%.

  1. On August 9, 2022 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Credit Agricole, disbursed in the fourth quarter for Euro 60,000 thousand, expiring on June 30, 2028, with a variable interest rate equal to 3-month Euribor, increased by a spread of 1.65%.

  2. With regard to such loans, the Issuer is obliged to comply every six months with the following consolidated financial covenant for the last twelve months: ratio between Net Financial Position and EBITDA not over 3.00. It is worth noting that for the calculation of this ratio, the value of MONY shares is also included in the Net Financial Position (with a positive value) as per the loan agreement.

Loans from Credem

On September 9, 2021 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Credem for an amount equal to Euro 20,000 thousand, expiring on September 9, 2026, with a fixed interest rate equal to 0.58%. We point out that such loan was mainly used for the early reimbursement of the previous loans of the same bank, which had a residual debt equal to Euro 16,798 thousand.

On November 2, 2022 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Credem, for an amount equal to Euro 10,000 thousand, expiring on November 2, 2026, with a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 1-month, increased by a spread of 0.90%.

On October 30, 2023 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Credem, for an amount equal to Euro 5,000 thousand, expiring on October 30, 2028, with a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3-month, increased by a spread of 0.90%.

On June 24, 2024 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Credem, for an amount equal to Euro 10,000 thousand, expiring on June 24, 2029, with a variable interest rate equal to 3-month Euribor, increased by a spread of 1.20%. 

On July 21, 2025, the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Credem, for an amount equal to Euro 12,500 thousand, expiring on July 21, 2030, with a variable interest rate equal to 3-month Euribor, increased by a spread of 1.43%.

As regard the loans obtained from Credem, the Group is obliged to comply with the following consolidated financial covenant, as resulting from the consolidated financial statements for each full and half year: ratio between Net Financial Position and EBITDA not over 3.0. It is worth noting that for the calculation of this ratio, the value of MONY shares is also included in the Net Financial Position (with a positive value) as per the loan agreement.

Loan from BPER Banca S.p.A.

On October 28, 2025, the Issuer signed a loan agreement with BPER Banca S.p.A. ("BPER"), for an amount equal to Euro 15,000 thousand, expiring on October 28, 2030, with a variable interest rate equal to 3-month Euribor, increased by a spread of 1.20%.

Covenant calculation

The Group has complied with the above covenants as of December 31, 2025. 

Changes in liabilities

We provide below the table required by IAS 7 about the changes of the liabilities related to financing activities:

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2024 

 Cash flows 

 Others 

 As of December 31, 2025 

 

 

 

 

 

Pool financing

                                  -   

                    384,087 

                                -   

               384,087 

Crédit Agricole Italia S.p.A.

                          36,596 

                              -   

                       (15,655)

                 20,941 

Credito Emiliano S.p.A.

                          17,261 

                      10,028 

                         (9,348)

                 17,941 

Intesa SanPaolo S.p.A.

                          90,423 

                     (90,423)

                                -   

                         -   

Banco BPM S.p.A.

                          43,669 

                     (34,486)

                         (2,977)

                   6,206 

Unicredit S.p.A.

                          44,734 

                     (44,875)

                             141 

                         -   

BPER Banca S:p.A.

                                  -   

                      11,689 

                                -   

                 11,689 

Other financial institutions

                            2,028 

                      12,182 

                            (482)

                 13,728 

 





Long-term borrowings

234,711

248,202

(28,321)

454,592

  

The "Cash flows" column includes the non-current portion of the new obtained loans as well as the non-current portion of early repaid loans. 

The "Others" column refers to the reclassification among current liabilities of the portions of the loans that will expire during the next twelve months.

Other non-current financial liabilities

Other non-current financial liabilities are composed of the estimated liability for the exercise of the put/call option on the residual 20% stake of Pricewise B.V., on the residual 12% of Gruppo Lercari S.r.l., on the residual 20% of Switcho S.r.l., on the residual 49% of Mia Pensione S.r.l., and the leasing liabilities deriving from the adoption of IFRS 16.

  1. Provisions for risks and charges

The following tables present the situation and the variation of the item as of and for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Year ended December 31, 2024

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2023 

 Change in the scope of consolidation 

 Accrual 

 Utilization 

 Releases 

 As of December 31, 2024 








Provision for early repayment of loans

126

(126)

-

-

-

-

Other provisions for risks

563

-

797

(35)

-

1,325








Total

689

(126)

797

(35)

-

1,325


Year ended December 31, 2025

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2024 

 Change in the scope of consolidation 

 Accrual 

 Utilization 

 Releases 

 As of December 31, 2025 








Provisions for risks and charges

1,325

95

1,353

(651)

(349)

1,773








Total

1,325

95

1,353

(651)

(349)

1,773


The "Other provisions for risks" include, for Euro 807 thousand provisions for liabilities deemed probable in relation to labor law disputes and for an amount equal to Euro 966 thousand, a provision related to liabilities deemed probable in respect of social security contributions.

  1. Defined benefit program liabilities 

The following table presents the situation of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:


(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




TFR

                          22,407 

                      22,508 

Termination indemnity

                               347 

                           237 

Long Term Incentive Plan liability

                            3,808 

                        2,095 




Total defined benefit program liabilities

                          26,562 

                      24,840 


The liability for Long Term Incentive Plan refers to the estimated liability due to the employees benefiting from long term incentive plans, the amount of which is estimated on the basis of allocations previously made and assumptions about the evolution in subsequent years of economic parameters whose values will determine the actual disbursements. The increase compared to the previous year is mainly attributable to new incentive allocations made during 2025.

The economic and demographic assumptions used for the actuarial determination of the defined benefit program liabilities are provided below for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:


 

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




ECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS



Inflation rate

2.00%

2.00%

Discount rate

3.95%

3.37%

Salary growth rate

3.00%

3.00%

TFR growth rate

3.00%

3.00%

 

 

 


DEMOGRAPHIC ASSUMPTIONS

 

Expected mortality rate

Expected mortality rate of Italian population, according with data from Ragioneria Generale dello Stato RG48.

Expected invalidity rate

Data slit by sex, driven by the INPS model and projected to 2010, have been considered. Expectation are constructed using  the age and gender distribution of the living pensioners as of January 1, 1987,beginning from 1984, 1985, and 1986, relating to personnel in the credit sector.

Expected termination rate

As regards, the expected termination, a rate of 12% p.a. has benn applied for all employees.

Expected retirements

It is expected that employess will reach the minimum requirement provided by Assicurazione Generale Obbligatoria.

Expected early repayment rate

A rate of 3% p.a. has been applied


Actuarial profits deriving from the liability as of December 31, 2025, equal to Euro 2,021 thousand, are recorded in equity, with the recognition in the comprehensive income statement.

The following table presents the variation of the employee termination benefit liability for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Value as of December 31, 2023

20,435

 

 

Current service cost

3,297

Interest cost

660

Change in the scope of consolidation

805

Benefits paid

(2,732)

Losses /(Gains) of the year

43

 

 

Value as of December 31, 2024

22,508

 

 

Current service cost

3,498

Interest cost

755

Change in the scope of consolidation

(52)

Benefits paid

(2,281)

Losses /(Gains) of the year

(2,021)

 

 

Value as of December 31, 2025

22,407

 

Expenses related to the defined benefit program liability that are recognized in the income statement 

are as follows:

 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

December 31, 2025

December 31, 2024

 

 

 

Current personnel cost

                       (3,498)

                       (3,297)

Implicit interest cost

                          (755)

                          (660)

 

 

 

Total expenses related to the defined benefit program

                       (4,253)

                       (3,957)


As regards the discount rate, the reference rate used for the valorization of this parameter is the Iboxx Eurozone Corporate AA 10+ index (maturity over 10 years) as of the valuation date. This term is in fact linked to the average residual permanence of the employees of the Group, weighed with the expected payments.

In accordance with IAS 19, a sensitivity analysis was prepared by changing the main actuarial assumptions. Starting from the base scenario, the average annual discount rate, the average inflation rate, and the turnover rate were adjusted. The results obtained can be summarized in the following table:


 

 Annual discount rate 

 Annual inflation rate 

 Turnover rate 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Change %

+0,50%

-0,50%

+0,25%

-0,25%

+2,00%

-2,00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change Euro/000

                          21,478 

                      23,199 

                        22,491 

                 22,130 

                  22,485 

                      22,144 


The directors' termination benefits for the companies of the Group are recognized pursuant to the resolutions of the relevant shareholders' meetings.

  1. Other non-current liabilities

The item, equal to Euro 7,552 thousand as of December 31, 2025, mainly includes the non-current portion of the consideration still to be paid for the purchase of Rastreator for Euro 6,197 thousand (which is subject to the collection of the security deposit owned by Rastreator Comparador Correduria de Seguros SLU), and Sovime S.r.l. for Euro 357 thousand. 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

  1. Short-term debts and other financial liabilities

The following table presents the situation of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:


(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 

 

 

 

Short-term bank debts

                               918 

                                - 

 



Current portion of long-term loans:

                          47,574 

                      89,611 

 

 

 

Pool financing

                            7,743 

                                - 

Crédit Agricole Italia S.p.A.

                          15,656 

                       14,115 

Credito Emiliano S.p.A.

                          11,890 

                       10,539 

Intesa SanPaolo S.p.A.

                                   - 

                       32,566 

Banco BPM S.p.A.

                            5,913 

                         8,925 

Unicredit S:p.A.

                                   - 

                       22,134 

BPER Banca S:p.A.

                            2,818 

                           969 

Other financial institutions

                            3,554 

                           363 

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities:

                          44,208 

                      78,593 

Current lease liabilities

                            6,932 

                         5,016 

Liability for exercise put/call Agenzia Italia S.p.A.

                          35,315 

                                - 

Liability for exercise put/call Feedaty S.r.l.

                            1,961 

                                - 

Liability for exercise put/call Gruppo Lercari s.r.l.

                                   - 

                       73,577 

 

 

 

Short-term debts and other financial liabilities

                          92,700 

                    168,204 

The item "Short-term debts and other financial liabilities" amounting to Euro 92,700 thousand as of December 31, 2025, includes the current portions of bank borrowings, the interest payable on the outstanding loans, the current portion of the lease liabilities (according to IFRS 16), and the estimated liability for the exercise of the put/call option on the residual stake of Agenzia Italia S.p.A. and Feedaty S.r.l..

We provide below the table required by IAS 7 about the changes of the liabilities related to financing activities:

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2024 

 Cash flows 

 Others 

 As of December 31, 2025 

 





Pool financing

                                  -   

                        7,743 

                                -   

                   7,743 

Intesa SanPaolo S.p.A.

                          32,566 

                     (32,566)

                                -   

                         -   

Credito Emiliano S.p.A.

                          10,539 

                       (7,978)

                          9,329 

                 11,890 

Crédit Agricole Italia S.p.A.

                          14,115 

                     (14,250)

                        15,791 

                 15,656 

Banco BPM S.p.A.

                            8,925 

                       (6,125)

                          3,113 

                   5,913 

Unicredit S.p.A.

                          22,134 

                     (22,000)

                            (134)

                         -   

BPER Banca S.p.A.

                               969 

                        1,388 

                             461 

                   2,818 

Other financial institutions

                               363 

                        2,773 

                             418 

                   3,554 






Short-term borrowings

89,611

(71,015)

28,978

47,574

 

The "Cash flows" column includes the current portion of the new obtained loans, net of the reimbursements of the period.

The "Others" column refers to the reclassification among current liabilities of the portions of the loans that will expire during the next twelve months.

  1. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables include the payables to suppliers for the purchase of goods and services, for Euro 88,726 thousand as of December 31, 2025, compared to Euro 61,628 thousand as of December 31, 2024.

  1. Tax payables  

Tax payables include payables for current taxes. As of December 31, 2025, the item includes the liabilities for accrued IRES and IRAP (net of advance payments) for Euro 20,382 thousand, and liabilities related to foreign income taxes for Euro 15,576 thousand.

  1. Other current liabilities

The following table presents the situation of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:


(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Liabilities to personnel

                          31,596 

                      27,540 

Social security liabilities

                          12,022 

                      10,256 

Social security liabilities on behalf of employees

                            5,908 

                        4,769 

Accruals

                          10,589 

                        7,079 

VAT liabilities

                            9,180 

                        3,634 

Advances from clients

                          10,939 

                      11,987 

Other liabilities

                          38,722 

                      17,570 




Total other current liabilities

                        118,956 

                      82,835 


Liabilities to personnel are mainly liabilities for salaries accrued in December, paid at the beginning of 2026, for accrued holidays and for deferred expenses as of December 31, 2025 that are still to be paid and bonus liabilities for the financial year 2025 not yet paid as of December 31, 2025. The increase compared to the previous year is mainly due to the increase in the average number of employees.

The item "Accruals" mainly includes deferred revenues linked to outsourcing activities performed by the Moltiply Lease and Moltiply Insurance business line.

The item "Advances from clients" mainly includes the liabilities of the Moltiply Insurance business line for advances received for claim settlements, for Euro 8,699 thousand.

The item "Other liabilities" mainly includes the current portion of the consideration still to be paid for the purchase of Moltiply Tech S.r.l. for Euro 10,254 thousand, for the purchase of Verivox for Euro 5,350 thousand, for the purchase of Euroservizi per i notai S.r.l. for Euro 7,000 thousand, for the purchase of Pricewise B.V. for Euro 1,291 thousand, for the purchase of Sovime S.r.l. for Euro 500 thousand, and provisions for cashback payments to Verivox end users for an amount equal to Euro 7,330 thousand.

  1. Shareholders' equity

The following table presents the situation of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:


(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Share capital

969

946

Legal reserve

202

202

Other reserves

5,287

(24,275)

Retaind earnings

326,208

314,865




Total Group shareholders' equity

332,666

291,738




Other reserves of minority interest

-

2,542

Retained income of minority interest

157

1,247




Total shareholders' equity

332,823

295,527

 

  1. For the changes in shareholders' equity, refer to the relevant table.

  2. On April 23, 2025, the shareholders' meeting resolved a dividend distribution of Euro 0.12 per share. This dividend was distributed with ex-dividend date July 7, 2025, record date July 8, 2025 and payment date July 9, 2025. 

  3. Following this resolution, the total amount paid for dividends is equal to Euro 4,487 thousand.

  4. The Company, as of December 31, 2025, has a share capital of Euro 1,012,354.01, formed by 40,000,000 ordinary shares without nominal value, unchanged if compared to December 31, 2024.

  5. As of December 31, 2025, the Issuer holds 1,705,552 own shares, equal to 4.264% of ordinary share capital, for a total cost of Euro 19,850 thousand. Being the shares without nominal value, the purchase cost is deducted from the share capital for an amount implicitly corresponding to the nominal value, equal to Euro 43 thousand as of December 31, 2025, and from available reserves for an amount equal to the remaining part of the purchase cost.

The following table presents the impact of the purchase and sale of own shares by the companies of the Group on the consolidated share capital and net equity of the shareholders of the Issuer as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:


(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Share capital underwritten and paid

                            1,012 

                        1,012 

Own shares' nominal value

                               (43) 

                           (66) 




Total share capital

                               969 

                           946 

 

 

 

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Other reserves gross of own shares

                        351,547 

                    332,444 

Surplus on own shares

                        (19,850) 

                    (41,652) 




Total other reserves

                        331,697 

                    290,792 

  

It should be noted that in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity, the item "other movements" includes, in the amount of Euro 11,515 thousand in the equity attributable to the shareholders of the Issuer, and in the amount of Euro 3,485 thousand in minority interests, the effect of the consolidation related to the acquisition of the remaining 40% stake in the share capital of Euroservizi per i Notai S.r.l..

It should also be noted that Moltiply Group's market capitalization as of December 31, 2025 amounted to Euro 1.4 billion, exceeding its book equity as at the same date.

Disclosure Regarding the Group's Non-Controlling Interests


The financial information related to the companies not wholly owned by the Group are provided below, as required by the new IFRS 12 standard. The values presented below are shown before consolidation adjustments (amounts in Euro/thousands):


Company

 % Ownership by Non-Controlling Interests 

 Currency 

 Totale Assets 

 Total Equity 

 Net Revenues 

 Net Income for the Period 

 Total Dividends Distributed 









Forensic Expert S.r.l.

49%

 EUR 

784

                      347 

                    1,157 

318

                                                                                         -   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



  1. Stock option plans

  1. The following table summarizes the variation of the stock options during the year: 


 

 

Stock options as of January 1, 2025

1,194,150

Stock options offered in 2025

64,600

Stock options cancelled due to resignations in 2025

(16,000)

Stock options exercised in 2025

(192,500)

Stock options as of December 31, 2025

1,050,250


 

of which vested as of December 31, 2026

413,000

  1.   

  2. The outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:


Date of shareholders' meeting resolution

Date of assignment

Vesting date

Expiry date

# options

Strike price

Value of the option








April 29, 2021

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2024

November 14, 2027

        143,000 

        44.379 

            8.77 

April 29, 2021

May 12, 2022

May 12, 2025

May 11, 2028

          65,000 

        30.316 

            7.33 

April 29, 2021

November 2, 2022

November 2, 2025

November 1, 2028

        165,000 

        21.868 

            6.19 

April 29, 2021

November 11, 2022

November 11, 2025

10 novembre 2028

          40,000 

        23.031 

            9.24 

April 29, 2021

February 5, 2023

February 5, 2026

February 6, 2029

          15,500 

        28.880 

            8.75 

April 29, 2021

May 2, 2023

May 2, 2026

May 1, 2029

            3,500 

        27.585 

            7.98 

April 29, 2021

September 7, 2023

September 7, 2026

September 6, 2029

        264,500 

        26.172 

            7.16 

April 29, 2021

February 1, 2024

February 1, 2027

January 31, 2030

          23,900 

        31.747 

            8.72 

April 29, 2024

May 15, 2024

May 15, 2027

May 14, 2030

        105,000 

        35.300 

          10.60 

April 29, 2024

May 22, 2024

May 22, 2027

May 21, 2030

            6,500 

        36.060 

          10.76 

April 29, 2024

June 20, 2024

June 20, 2027

June 19, 2030

            2,850 

        36.409 

            8.69 

April 29, 2024

November 29, 2024

November 29, 2027

November 28, 2030

        150,900 

        35.588 

          10.76 

April 29, 2024

January 13, 2025

January 13, 2028

January 12, 2031

          33,100 

        37.420 

            8.15 

April 29, 2024

May 9, 2025

May 9, 2028

May 8, 2031

          31,500 

        41.863 

          13.58 


 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Total options

     1,050,250 

 

 

  1.  

  2. The weighted average price of the shares for the year ended December 31, 2025 is equal to Euro 41.547.

Personnel costs for the year ended December 31, 2025 include Euro 2,373 thousand related to the Group's stock option plan (Euro 2,140 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024)















NOTES TO THE MAIN ITEMS OF THE CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

  1. Revenues 

  1. The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:


 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

December 31,
2025

December 31,
2024

 

 

 

Mavriq revenues

406,418

221,122

Moltiply BPO&Tech revenues

267,698

232,513

 

 

 

Total revenues

674,116

453,635


  1. For comments on the evolution of revenues, please refer to the management report.

  1. Other income

  1. The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:


 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Reimbursement of costs

                            8,309 

                        7,996 

Others

                            2,429 

                        2,201 

Grants

                               267 

                           173 




Total other income

                          11,005 

                      10,370 


  1. The item "Reimbursement of costs" includes incomes from the re-invoicing of expenses incurred on behalf of customers.

  1. Services costs

The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:


 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 

 

 

 

Marketing expenses

(172,836)

(91,531)

Notarial and appraisal services

(64,246)

(44,300)

Technical, legal and administrative advice

(25,467)

(20,133)

IT services and software licenses

(14,317)

(7,887)

Commission payout

(7,045)

(4,339)

Rental and lease expenses

(3,451)

(3,059)

Post and courier expenses

(4,765)

(3,670)

Utilities and cleaning costs

(3,592)

(2,056)

Telecommunications

(2,260)

(1,993)

Travel expenses

(2,633)

(1,881)

Other general expenses

(13,538)

(12,764)

 

 

 

Total services costs

(314,150)

(193,613)


"Marketing expenses" refer to activities aimed at increasing the awareness and reputation of the Group and of its brands and to acquire new perspective clients. The increase compared the previous year is mainly attributable to the enlargement of the consolidation area, following the acquisition of Verivox.

"Notary and appraisal services" mainly refer to services purchased by the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division. The increase compared the previous year is mainly due to the sharp increase in the volume of para-notarial activities, as well as the increase in the average cost of remortgages deeds. 

"Technical, legal and administrative advice" costs refer to expenses incurred for professional advice for legal, financial and fiscal matters, for audit activities, for administrative and operating support, as well as for IT and technology consulting. 

"IT services and software licenses" includes software, cloud and hosting costs. 

"Commission payout" is related in particular to the broking fees paid to the agents of the Money360 network.

"Rental and lease expenses" include mainly the fees paid by the companies of the Group for software use costs. The increase compared to the previous year is due to the higher software use costs and to the enlargement of the consolidation area. 

"Postage and delivery charges" refer mainly to expenses incurred for the shipping of documentation on behalf of the clients of the Moltiply BPO&Tech Division. 

The "Other general expenses" include costs of various services, such as administrative and document scanning services used by subsidiary Agenzia Italia S.p.A., maintenance and insurance costs. 

  1. Personnel costs

The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:


 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 

 

 

 

Wages and salaries

(137,709)

(94,628)

Social security contributions

(36,430)

(27,020)

Professional collaborators and project workers costs

(6,154)

(5,125)

Directors' compensation

(5,260)

(6,516)

Defined benefit program costs

(6,095)

(5,472)

Other costs

(1,739)

(1,626)

Stock options

(2,373)

(2,140)

 

 

 

Total personnel costs

(195,760)

(142,527)


The increase compared to the previous financial year is mainly due to the enlargement of the consolidation area with the acquisition of Verivox.

The average headcount is as follows:


 

Years ended

 

December 31, 2025

December 31, 2024

 

 

 

Employees

                    3,910 

                    3,173 

Collaborators 

                       397 

                       450 

 

 

 

Average headcount

                    4,307 

                    3,623 

 

 

 

Headcount in Italy

                    2,485 

                    2,508 

Headcount in Romania

                       738 

                       665 

Headcount in Germany

                       586 

                           5 

Headcount in Spain

                       184 

                       143 

Headcount in India

                       136 

                       138 

Headcount in Albania

                       100 

                         92 

Headcount in France

                         35 

                         35 

Headcount in Netherlands

                         31 

                         23 

Headcount in Mexico

                         13 

                         14 

 

 

 

 

  1. Other operating costs

Other operating costs as of December 31, 2025 amount to Euro 19,565 thousand (Euro 20,247 thousand as of December 31, 2024) and mainly include non-deductible VAT costs for Euro 10,619 thousand (Euro 10,181 thousand as of December 31, 2024), tax charges for Euro 5,382 thousand (Euro 5,866 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2024) and Euro 1,868 thousand related to provisions (Euro 1,177 thousand in the financial year ended December 31, 2024).

  1. Depreciation and amortization

The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:


 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Amortization of intangible assets

                         (64,155)

                     (42,032)

of which related to purchase price allocation

                        (46,280)

                    (32,654)




Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

                           (9,824)

                       (7,329)

of which IFRS 16 effect

                          (5,681)

                      (4,202)




Total depreciation and amortization

                         (73,979)

                     (49,361)

 

Depreciation and amortization costs in the financial year ended December 31, 2025, includes the amortization costs related to the higher values of assets recognized following the consolidation of acquired companies. 

  1. The increase of amortization of intangible assets is mainly attributable to the full contribution of the amortization of the higher values of assets recognized with reference to the acquisitions occurred in the second half of 2024, and the higher values recognized with reference to the acquisition of Verivox.  

  1. Net financial income

The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:


 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Financial income

                            9,270 

                        8,803 

Income/(losses) from participations

                            1,580 

                           677 

Interest expense - borrowings

                         (23,606)

                     (14,949)

Other financial expenses

                           (1,337)

                          (659)

Dividends paid to third-party shareholders

                              (465)

                          (465)

Implicit interest cost on defined benefit program liability

                              (755)

                          (660)

Income/(losses) from financial assets/liabilities

                         (34,615)

                       (6,824)




Net financial income/(loss)

                         (49,928)

                     (14,077)

 

Financial income mainly includes the dividends received from MONY for Euro 6,477 thousand and the interest income accrued in the period from the use of Group's available liquidity. 

Gains from participations are mainly related to the reduction of the estimated earn-out liability associated with the acquisition of Verivox for an amount equal to Euro 1,140 thousand and to the capital gain realized on the disposal of Preminen Mena Price Comparison WLL, for an amount equal to Euro 465 thousand.

The item "Interest expense - borrowings" mainly includes the interest expenses on bank loans. 

The item "Other financial expenses" includes Euro 1,336 thousand related to the accounting of the right of use in relation to rental buildings, according to IFRS 16.

Dividends paid to third-party shareholders refer to the dividend paid by Agenzia Italia S.p.A. to third-party shareholders for Euro 465 thousand.

The item "Income/(Losses) from financial assets/liabilities" mainly includes the losses deriving from the recalculation of estimated liabilities for the exercise of put/call options on the remaining minority shares.

  1. Income tax expense

The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:


 

Years ended

(euro thousand)

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Current income taxes

                         (25,278)

                     (14,939)

Income/(losses) from deferred tax assets

                            1,169 

                          (435)




Income tax expense

                         (24,109)

                     (15,374)

 

The "Income/(losses) from deferred tax assets" item mainly includes the utilization of the period of the deferred tax assets related to the higher value of assets revaluated during 2020 (in the financial statements of the subsidiaries prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP - OIC), where such revaluation has been reversed in the consolidated financial statements), for Euro 10,794 thousand, and the absorption of deferred tax liabilities related to higher values allocated as a result of purchase price allocations for Euro 12,806 thousand.

With reference to the Pillar Two Global Anti-Base Erosion rules ("Pillar Two") and the related requirements provided by IAS 12 and IAS 11, we point out that as consolidated revenues are less than Euro 750 million, the Group does not fall within the scope of the Pillar Two Model Rules. Therefore, the mandatory recognition exception in IAS 12.4A does not apply to the Group.

The reconciliation between the theoretical tax rate and the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is provided in the following table:


 

Years ended

 

 As of December 31, 2025 

 As of December 31, 2024 




Theoretical tax rate / Corporate income tax (IRES)

24.0%

24.0%

Non-deductible costs (e.g. financial expenses on put/call)

17.7%

3.5%

Differences of the tax rate on foreign company income

3.6%

-0.7%

Impact of the tax benefits (e.g. dividends)

-7.3%

-17.2%

Deferred tax assets DL 104/2020 art. 110

2.7%

12.3%

Others

-1.3%

0.0%

IRAP

5.7%

4.2%

 

 

 

Effective tax/effective income tax rate

45.1%

26.1%

 

 

 


 

  1. Discontinued operations

It should be noted that in March 2025, the Group reached an agreement to sell the entire share capital of Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A. (finalized on January 26, 2026) and 65Plus S.r.l. (finalized during 2025). Therefore, in accordance with IFRS 5, the economic results of these subsidiaries are classified among the "discontinued operations", because identified as CGUs. Given the limited significance of the two subsidiaries, the information is presented on an aggregated basis. Therefore, the results for the period of these subsidiaries are shown below:

 

 Years ended 

(euro thousand)

 December  31, 2025 

 December  31, 2024 

 

 

 

Revenues

                       393 

                       635 

Other income

                         10 

                         13 

Services costs

                     (427)

                      (624)

Personnel costs

                     (789)

                      (708)

Other operating costs

                       (11)

                        (13)

 

 

 

EBITDA

                     (824)

                      (697)

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

                       (75)

                        (66)

 

 

 

Operating income

                     (899)

                      (763)

 

 

 

Financial income

                         28 

                         36 

Financial expenses

                         -   

                          (3)

 

 

 

Net income before income tax expense

                     (871)

                      (730)

 

 

 

Income tax expense

                       233 

                          (3)

 

 

 

Net result of Discontinued Operations

                     (638)

                      (733)

 

  1. Guarantees, potential liabilities and assets

The Group has outstanding guarantees amounting to Euro 106 million. This item mainly includes bank and insurance guarantees issued by the parent company in favour of third-party companies for contractual obligations (Euro 80.1 million), direct commitments undertaken by the parent company in its own interest or on behalf of other Group companies and related parties (Euro 25 million), as well as bank and insurance guarantees issued by other Group companies and related parties (Euro 0.9 million).

In addition to what described in the previous notes, we do not recognize any further potential liability.

We specify, however, that with respect to Rastreator Comparador Correduria de Seguros SLU, there is an open tax claim inherent to potential irregularities related to value added tax, the outcome of which is covered by a specific tax indemnity issued by the sellers as part of the purchase of the company.

Finally, we point out that the subsidiary 7Pixel S.r.l., which operates the price comparison service Trovaprezzi.it, has recently notified several Google Group entities of a follow-on claim for damages for the abuse of dominance that favoured Google Shopping between 2010 and 2017, as finally determined by the European Court of Justice in September 2024. The amount of damages estimated by the experts commissioned by 7Pixel S.r.l., including the structural effects of the abuse and interest, is in proximity of Euro 3 billion.

  1. Related parties

Related party transactions, including intra-group transactions, are part of the ordinary business operations of the Group, and do not include any unusual or atypical transactions. For further details, please refer to paragraph 2.11.2.

Compensation paid to the members of the governing and controlling bodies, general managers and managers with strategic responsibilities 

The following table shows the compensation paid to the members of the governing and controlling bodies, general managers and managers with strategic responsibilities in the year ended December 31, 2025:

Name

Office

Holding period of the office

Term of the office

Compensation for the office

Non-
monetary benefits

Bonus and other incentives

Other

From

To

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marco Pescarmona

Chairman

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

400

31

500

385

Alessandro Fracassi

CEO

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

400

9

500

383

Giulia Bianchi Frangipane

Director

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

51

-

-

-

Fausto Boni

Director

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

40

-

-

-

Matteo De Brabant

Director

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

45

-

-

-

Klaus Gummerer

Director

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

48

-

-

-

Guido Crespi

Director

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

47

-

-

-

Maria Chiara Franceschetti

Director

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

42

-

-

-

Stefania Santarelli

Director

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

45

-

-

-

Camilla Cionini Visani

Director

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2025 fin. stat.

47

-

-

-

Cristian Novello

Chairman of the board of st. aud.

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2026 fin. stat.

30

-

-

-

Marcello Del Prete

Statutory auditor

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2026 fin. stat.

20

-

-

8

Roberta Incorvaia

Statutory auditor

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

Appr. of 2026 fin. stat.

20

-

-

-

Alessio Santarelli

Manager with strategic responsibilities

1/1/2025

12/31/2025

n/a

-

9

500

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


The column "other" includes the compensation for office in subsidiaries, wages received as employees, and the provisions for benefits upon termination.

Fees paid to the independent auditors

The following table provides the fees paid to the independent auditors by the Issuer and its subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2025, separating the fees paid for audit services from the fees paid for other attestation services:


 

Year ended

 

December 31, 2025

(euro thousand)

Moltiply Group S.p.A.

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

Audit

187

607

Sustainability report

90

-

Other services

50

-

 

 

 

Total fees paid to the independent auditor 

327

607


 

  1. Disclosure on public grants pursuant to article 1, comma 125, of Law 124/2017

In relation to the provisions of Article 1, comma 125, of Law 124/2017, subsequently reworded by Article 35 of Law Decree 34/2019, regarding the obligation to provide evidence in the notes of the financial statements of any public disbursements received during the financial year by way of grants, subsidies, advantages, contributions or aids, in cash or in kind, not of a general nature (therefore excluding tax benefits and contributions that may be granted to subjects which meet certain conditions), but attributable to bilateral relations with the subjects referred to in paragraph 125 of that article, the Group has not received public funds during 2025. For a complete disclosure, please refer to the National Register of State Aid.

  1. Subsequent events 

Stock option exercise

As part of the share buyback plan within the limits and for the purposes established by the shareholders' meeting of April 23, 2025, after December 31, 2025, the Group purchased 514,488 own shares, equal to 1.286% of the share capital.

As of the date of approval of this consolidated financial report the Group owns in total 2,220,040 own shares, equal to 5.550% of share capital, for a total cost equal to Euro 19,850 thousand.

  1. Earnings per share

Earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2025, equal to Euro 0,75 are calculated by dividing the net income attributable to the shareholders of the Issuer for the year (Euro 28,588 thousand) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 (38,001,721 shares).

For the financial year ended December 31, 2025 diluted earnings per share are equal to Euro 0,73 as the average number of equity instruments (stock options) that meet the requirements provided by IAS 33 to generate dilutive effects on the earnings per share is equal to 953,898.


Milan, March 16, 2026


For the Board of Directors

The Chairman

(Ing. Marco Pescarmona)


____________________________

 









































                                                         MOLTIPLY GROUP S.P.A.



ANNUAL REPORT 



AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025




Prepared according to IAS/IFRS

  1. ANNUAL REPORT AS OF AND FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

    1. Financial statements

      1. Statement of financial position


Picture 4

Picture 6   

 

Picture 7




Picture 3



Picture 4






  1. Basis of preparation of the financial statements

  1. This annual report, including the statement of financial position, comprehensive income statement, statement of cash flows and statement of changes in shareholders' equity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the relevant notes, has been prepared in accordance with IFRS issued by the International Accounting Standard Board ("IASB") and the related interpretations SIC/IFRIC, adopted by the European Commission. Besides it has been prepared in accordance with CONSOB resolutions No. 15519 and No. 15520 dated July 27, 2006, with ESMA orientation 32-382-1138 of March 4, 2021, with the guidance Consob n. 5/21 of April 29, 2021, and with art. 149-duodecies of the Issuer Regulations.

The financial statements are prepared at cost, with the exception of the items specifically described in the following notes, for which the measurement at fair value is adopted. The fair value is the price at which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability discharged, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm's length transaction as of the date of measurement.

IFRS 13 provides for a hierarchy of fair value which classifies on three levels the inputs for the assessment adopted to evaluate fair value. The hierarchy of fair value gives the highest priority to quoted prices (not adjusted) on active markets for the same assets and liabilities (data of Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (data of Level 3). 

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (not adjusted) for the same assets and liabilities on active markets, which the entity may access as of the assessment date.

Level 2 inputs are inputs different from the quoted prices included in Level 1 which can be observed directly or indirectly for the asset or the liability. 

Level inputs 3 are unobservable inputs for the asset or the liability.

Receivables are derecognized if the right to receive the cash flows has been transferred or when the entity no longer controls such financial assets.

Payables are derecognized only when they are settled or the specific obligation is met or canceled or expired.

In particular, the IFRS have been consistently applied to all the periods presented.

The financial statements are presented in units of Euro, while the tables in the notes to the financial statements are presented in thousands of Euro.

  1. Following the effectiveness of EU Regulation N 1606/1002 and the related national provisions of enactment, starting from year 2007, Moltiply Group S.p.A. adopts the International Financial Standard issued by the International Accounting Standard Board ("IASB") and the related interpretations, adopted by the European Commission ("IFRS"). IFRS should be understood as the International Financial Reporting Standards, the International Accounting Standards ("IAS"), the interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee ("IFRIC"), previously denominated Standing Interpretations Committee ("SIC").

  2. The financial statement schemes adopted are in accordance to the ones provided by IAS 1 ("Presentation of financial statements") and in particular:

In addition, in accordance with revised IAS 1 ("Presentation of financial statements"), in the income statement after the net income for the period we also present the comprehensive income components.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared according to the going concern assumption, due to the economic and financial results achieved.

The most significant provisions adopted for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are the following: 

  1. Intangible assets

Intangible assets are non-monetary assets that are distinctly identifiable and able to generate future economic benefits. These items are recognized at purchase cost and/or internal production cost, including all costs to bring the assets available for use, net of accumulated amortization and impairment, if any. 

Amortization commences when the asset is available for use and is systematically calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. 

(a)     Licenses and other rights

Licenses and other rights are amortized on a straight-line basis in order to allocate their acquisition cost over the shorter of useful life and duration of the relevant contracts, starting from the moment of acquisition of the rights and usually lasting for a period of 3 to 5 years.

  1. Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost of acquisition less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes charges directly incurred in preparing the assets for their use. 

All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred. Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be reliably measured. When assets are composed of different identifiable components whose useful life is significantly different, each component is depreciated separately applying the "component approach". 

Depreciation is charged to each component on a systematic basis over the estimated useful life from the date of initial recognition.

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated with useful lives as follows:

Picture 7

The assets' residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

  1. Leases

  1. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for recognition, measurement, presentation and the disclosure of leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single on-balance sheet model similar to the accounting for finance leases under IAS 17. At the commencement date of a lease, a lessee recognizes a liability to make lease payments (i.e. the lease liability) and an asset representing the right to use the underlying asset during the lease (i.e. the right of use asset). Lessees recognize the interest expenses on the lease liability and the depreciation expense on the right of use asset.

  2. Lessees will be also required to re-measure the lease liability on the occurrence of certain events (e.g. a change in the lease term, a change in the future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to establish those payments). The lessee will generally recognize the re-measurement amount of the lease liability as an adjustment to the right of use of the asset.

  3. The standard includes two recognition exemptions for lessees: 

  1. Investments in subsidiaries

An entity is defined subsidiary when the Issuer owns, directly or indirectly, the control. 

Control is connected with the ongoing existence of all the following conditions:

The existence of potential voting rights exercisable at the reporting date is also taken into consideration for the purposes of determining control.

  1. Investments in subsidiaries are measured at cost adjusted for any impairment loss recognized in the income statement. When the motives for such losses are no longer valid, the value of investments is increased up to the relevant cost of acquisition. This recovery is recognized in the income statement.

  2. Investments in joint ventures and associated companies 

A joint venture is an arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

An associated entity is a company, which is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture, on which the Issuer exercises a significant influence. Significant influence is presumed when the Issuer owns, directly or indirectly, more than 20% of the ordinary share capital of a company.

Joint ventures and investments in associated entities are measured at the equity method. 

  1. Impairment of assets

At each balance sheet date the Issuer assesses property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and financial assets in order to identify possible indicators of impairment, deriving from both internal and external sources of the Company. If such indicators are identified, an estimate of the recoverable value is made and any impairment of the relevant book value is recognized in the income statement. The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher amount between its fair value, less sales costs, and its value in use, equal to actualized value of the expected cash flows of such asset. In calculating the value in use, the expected cash flows are discounted using a discount rate reflecting the current market value of the investments and the specific risks associated with the asset. 

The value in use of an asset that does not generate independent cash flows is determined in relation to the cash generating unit to which this asset belongs. Impairment is recognized in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of the asset and of the related cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable value. Whenever the circumstances causing impairment cease to exist, the book value of the asset, except the goodwill, is restored with the recognition in the income statement, up to the net value that the asset would have had if it were not impaired and regularly depreciated.

  1. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, bank deposits and highly liquid short term investments (readily convertible to cash within 3 months), that are easily convertible to cash and not subject to risk of change in value. Overdrafts are included in short-term borrowings and are measured at the fair value.

  1. Financial assets at fair value through OCI

Upon initial recognition, the Group can elect to irrevocably classify its equity investments as equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income ("OCI") when they meet the definition of equity under IAS 32 "Financial Instruments: Presentation" and are not held for trading. The classification is determined on an instrument-by-instrument basis. Gains and losses on these financial assets are never recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognized in the profit and loss statement when the right of payment has been established, except when the Group benefits from such proceeds as a recovery of part of the cost of the financial asset, in which case, such gains are recorded in OCI. Equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI are not subject to impairment assessment.

  1. Finacial assets at fair value through profit and loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets held for trading, financial assets designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss, or financial assets mandatorily required to be measured at fair value. Financial assets are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term. Derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives, are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments. Financial assets with cash flows that are not solely payments of principal and interest are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss, irrespective of the business model. Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss are classified in the financial statements at fair value and the fair value changes are recorded in profit and loss. 

  1. Trade receivables and other credits

Trade receivables are valued initially at fair value and subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest rate basis. 

Any losses arising as a result of impairment reviews are recognized in the income statement. In particular, IFRS 9 requires the Issuer to record expected credit losses on all its debt securities, loans and trade receivables, either over a 12-month period or on a lifetime basis (e.g. lifetime expected loss). The Issuer opted for the simplified approach and therefore records the expected losses on all trade receivable based on their residual contractual duration. The Issuer however continues to analytically consider the specificity of the sector and of some clients in its assessments.

In the presence of impairment indicators, the values of the assets are reduced to the present value of expected future cash flows and the differences are recognized in the income statement, with a provision for bad debts as counterbalance, offsetting trade receivables. If in subsequent periods the reasons for such impairments are no longer valid, the values of the assets are reinstated up to the amortized cost as if the impairment had never occurred.

  1. Own shares

Own shares are booked as reduction of shareholders' equity. Being the shares without nominal value, the purchase cost is deducted from the share capital for an amount implicitly corresponding to the nominal value and from the distributable reserves for an amount equal to the remaining part of the purchase cost. 

  1. Trade payables and financial liabilities

Financial liabilities, trade payables and other debts are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently stated at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Amortization is determined based on the effective interest rate which equates, at the initial moment, the present value of cash flows connected with the liability and its initial recorded amount (amortized cost method).

Whenever expected future cash flows change, and these could be reliably estimated, the value of the liability is recalculated on the basis of the new cash flows and the initially determined effective internal rate of return.

  1. Defined benefit program liability

Employee termination benefits ("Trattamento Fine Rapporto", or "TFR"), which are compulsory for Italian companies in accordance with civil code, are considered by IFRS as a defined benefit program, based, among other things, on the period of employment and the remuneration of the employee during a predefined period. 

The TFR liability is determined by independent actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method to account for the time value of money. According to IAS 19 "revised" the adjustments deriving from the changes in actuarial assumptions are recorded in equity, by means of the recognition in the comprehensive income statements. The implicit interest cost for the adjustment of the present value of the TFR liability over time is recognized in the financial expenses in the income statement.

The legislative changes that became effective in 2007 had no significant impact on the evaluation method adopted by the Company because the percentage of employees adhering to the funds at the relevant date was low and besides the Company does not exceed the limits, provided by the new law and calculated on the average number of employees in the year in force, over which a company is obliged to contribute the accrued fund to the National Institute for Social Security ("INPS") when employees choose to keep their TFR in the company.

The Issuer also introduced a long-term incentive plan in favor of certain employees, linked to certain economic indicators achieved by the Group in the medium term. In accordance with IAS 19, the cost of this plan is recognized on a straight-line basis over the duration of the plan, in the income statement under personnel costs, together with interest and remeasurements of the related liability.

  1. Share based payments

The Company has a stock option plan for the benefit of directors, employees and other personnel. As per IFRS 2, stock option plans are valued at the fair value of the option at grant date, using methods that take into account the exercise price and vesting period of the option, the current stock price, the expected volatility and dividend payout of the shares, and the risk-free interest rate determined on the day of the option grant. 

As of the grant date the expense related to the stock option plan is recognized on a straight-line basis in personnel costs in the income statement over the vesting period of the option, and in a reserve in shareholders' equity.

With respect to the valuation of the stock options assigned to directors and employees of subsidiaries, if a mechanism to charge back the cost incurred to such subsidiaries is not present, the book value of the participations is increased by an amount equal to the cost incurred for the options, counter-balanced by the appropriate shareholders' equity reserve. 

  1. Revenue and cost recognition

Revenues and costs are recognized on an accrual basis. Services revenues are recognized when the services are performed.

IFRS 15 provides for the recognition of revenues for an amount which reflects the compensation at which the entity believes to be entitled in the economic transaction with the customer for the transfer of products and services.

Revenues and other income are recognized net of discounts, allowances and bonuses and the taxes directly related to the services.

Revenues are recognized in the income statement when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Company.

  1. Costs are recognized as the assets and services are consumed during the relevant period or when they are incurred, when it is not possible to determine future economic benefits.

  1. Dividends

Dividends received are recognized when the Company obtains the right to receive the payment. This right arises on the date of the resolution of the shareholders' meeting of the subsidiary that distributes the dividends.

In the income statement, dividends received are classified among the revenues.

  1. Financial income and expenses

Interest income and expenses are recognized in the accrual period on the net value of the relevant financial assets and liabilities using the effective interest rate method.

Financial income and expenses are recognized on an accrual basis and recorded in the income statement in the accrual period.

  1. Taxation

Current income taxes are accounted on the basis of estimated taxable income and the relevant applicable tax rates.

Deferred income tax is provided in full on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities (excluding goodwill) and their carrying amounts, and differences arising from undistributed reserves registered in the shareholders' equity of the subsidiaries when the timing of reversal of these differences is under the Group's control and they will probably reverse within a reliably foreseen period. Deferred income tax assets, including those on tax loss carry forwards, and not offset by deferred tax liabilities, are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income taxes are calculated using tax rates (and laws) that are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax assets are realised or the deferred income tax liabilities are settled. 

Current and deferred income taxes are recognized in the income statement with the exception of the items that are recognized directly in shareholders' equity in which case the tax effect is accounted for in the relevant equity reserve. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are netted only when the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts.

  1. Starting from the financial year ended December 31, 2006 the Company and its subsidiaries exercised, upon the occurrence of the conditions of law, the option for the tax consolidation regime as provided by Italian law, which allows to calculate the corporate income tax ("IRES") on a taxable income corresponding to the algebraic sum of the taxable incomes or losses of the Companies of the Group. The economic relationships, besides the mutual responsibilities and duties, among the holding and its subsidiaries that exercised the option, are regulated by contracts drawn up at the exercise of the option. Tax liabilities are counterbalanced by other current assets of the parent company versus its subsidiaries corresponding to the taxable income transferred within the tax consolidation regime.  

Other taxes, not related to income, are recognized as operating costs in the income statement.

  1. Financial instruments

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

IFRS 9 requires the initial recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities to be at fair value. Financial instruments arising from group transactions are initially recognized at their fair value. 

IFRS 9 Adoption

  1. IFRS 9 sets out the accounting of financial instruments with reference to the following areas: classification and measurement, impairment and hedge accounting. 

  2. The main areas of intervention on the discipline operated by the standard described below.

Classification and measurement of the financial assets and liabilities

  1. The Issuer does not own at present any financial liability measured at fair value through profit and loss due to the adoption of the so-called fair value option. Concerning financial assets, the new standard provides that the classification of the assets depends on the characteristics of the financial flows linked to such assets and to the business model used by the Issuer for their management. The Issuer at present does not own nor managed during the financial year any financial asset, such as debt securities, with sale purpose nor in absolute terms. In addition, the Issuer does not own participations as investments which could be included under IFRS 9 or derivatives, even embedded ones. Trade receivables are held to be cashed at the contractual maturities of the cash flows related to them in capital and interest, where applicable. The Issuer assessed the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of these instruments and concluded that they respect the criteria for the measurement at amortized cost according to IFRS 9. Therefore, it was not necessary to reclassify these financial instruments. We can arrive at the same conclusions for the items recorded as cash and cash equivalents.

Impairment

  1. IFRS 9 requires the Issuer to record expected credit losses on all its debt securities, loans and trade receivables, either over a 12-month period or on a lifetime basis (e.g. lifetime expected loss). The Issuer has opted the simplified approach and therefore will record the expected losses on every trade receivable based on their residual contractual duration. The Issuer however continues to analytically consider the specificity of the sector and of some clients in its assessments. 

Hedge accounting 

  1. Given that IFRS 9 does not modify the general principle according to which an entity accounts for the effective hedging instruments, the main changes compared to the previous regulation IAS 39 concern: (i) the hedge effectiveness test is only perspective and can also be based on qualitative aspects, replacing the previous 80-125% test and focusing on the economic relationship between hedge and hedged element (ii) the possibility to designate as subject to hedging only a component of risk also for non-financial elements (provided that the risk component can be separately identifiable and reliably estimated) (iii) introduction of the cost of hedging concept (iv) greater possibility to designate groups of elements as subject to hedging, including stratifications and some net positions. Without hedge accounting, the changes in the fair value of derivatives will continue to be recorded in the income statement. 

  1. Earnings per share

  1. Since the Company prepares both the consolidated and separate annual reports, the required information is presented only in the consolidated annual report.

  1. Accounting estimates and judgments

The preparation of the financial statements requires the application by the directors of principles and accounting methodologies that sometimes require the use of estimates and judgments based on historical experience and other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The application of these estimates and assumptions impacts on the amounts included in the statement of financial position, income statement, statement of cash flows and the notes to the financial statements. The resulting accounting estimates could differ from the related actual results because of the uncertainty influencing the assumptions.

For the Company, the estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are those regarding the accounting representation of the stock options. The valuation of stock option plans is based on valuation techniques which take into consideration the expected volatility of share prices and the dividend yield. Should different assumptions be applied, the valuation of the stock option plans and the related expenses could be different.

The impairment test provides for the use of valuation methods based on estimations and assumptions which could be subject to significant changes with subsequent impacts on the results of the evaluations done.  

  1. New principles effective starting from the financial year ended December 31, 2025 not relevant to the Issuer

  1. The following standards, amendments and interpretations, applicable from January 1st, 2025, are not relevant or they did not involve effects for the Group:


  1. Finally, with reference to the Pillar Two Global anti-Base Erosion rules ("Pillar Two") and the related requirements provided by IAS 12 and IAS 11, we point out that as the Group's consolidated revenues are less than Euro 750 million, doesn't fall within the scope of the Pillar Two Model Rules. Therefore, the mandatory recognition exception in IAS 12.4A does not apply to the Group. 

  2. Accounting standards, amendments and IFRS Accounting Standards interpretations endorsed by the European Union, not yet mandatory and not adopted early by the Group at December 31, 2025.


  3. At the date of this document, the competent bodies of the European Union have completed the endorsement process required for the adoption of the amendments and standards described below. These standards are not yet mandatory and have not been adopted early by the Group at December 31, 2025: 


  4. - On May, 30 2024 the IASB published a document called "Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments-Amendments to IFRS9 and IFRS 7". The document clarifies some issues identified during the post-implementation review of IFRS 9, including the accounting treatment of financial assets whose returns vary based on the achievement of ESG objectives (i.e., green bonds). In particular, the amendments aim to: 



  1. • clarify the classification of financial assets with variable returns and linked to ESG objectives, as well as the criteria to be used for assessing the SPPI test;


  2.  • determine that the settlement date of liabilities through electronic payment systems is the date on which the liability is extinguished. Nevertheless, an entity may adopt an accounting policy that allows derecognition of a financial liability before transferring cash on the settlement date, subject to specific conditions. 



  1. With these amendments, the IASB has also introduced additional disclosure requirements, particularly for investments in equity instruments designated at FVTOCI. 

  2. The amendments will apply to financial statements for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026, with early application permitted. The directors do not expect these amendments to have a significant effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements. 


  3. On December 18, 2024 the IASB published an amendment titled "Contracts Referencing Nature-dependent Electricity - Amendment to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7". The document aims to support entities in reporting the financial effects of electricity purchase contracts generated from renewable sources (often structured as Power Purchase Agreements). 


  4. Under such contracts, the quantity of electricity generated and purchased may vary due to uncontrollable factors, such as weather conditions. The IASB has introduced targeted amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7. The amendments include: 


  5. • a clarification regarding the application of the "own use" requirements to this type of contract.


  1. • criteria for accounting for such contracts as hedging instruments. 


  2. • new disclosure requirements to enable financial statement users to understand the impact of these contracts on an entity's financial performance and cash flows. 


  1. The amendment will apply from January 1, 2026, with early application permitted. The directors do not expect this amendment to have a significant effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements, as the related contracts involve physical delivery and consumptionbased billing. 


  2. On July 18, 2024 the IASB issued a document titled "Annual Improvements Volume 11". This document includes clarifications, simplifications, corrections and changes aimed at improving the consistency of several IFRS Accounting Standards. The document amends the following: 


• IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards; 


  1. • IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and related implementation guidance of IFRS 7;


  1. • IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;


  1. • IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements; and 


  1. • IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows. The amendments will apply to financial statements for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026. 


  1. The directors do not expect this amendment to have a significant effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements. 


  2. - On April 9, 2024 the IASB published a new standard titled "IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements", which will replace "IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements". The new standard aims to improve the presentation of financial statements, with particular focus on the income statement layout. In particular, the new standard requires: 


  3. • the classification of revenues and costs into three new categories (operating, investing, and financing), in addition to the existing categories for taxes and discontinued operations in the income statement layout.


  1. • the presentation of two new subtotals: operating profit and profit before interest and taxes (i.e., EBIT). 


  2. In addition, the new standard: 


  3. • requires more detailed information on management-defined performance measures; 


  4. • introduces specific new criteria for aggregating and disaggregating information; 


  1. • implements changes to the cash flow statement layout, including the requirement to use operating profit as the starting point for the cash flow statement prepared under the indirect method, and the removal of certain existing classification options (e.g., interest and dividends paid and interest and dividends received). 


  1. The new standard will apply from January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The directors are currently assessing the possible effects of the introduction of this new standard on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

  1. Risk analysis

Moltiply Group S.p.A. is a holding company and for this reason it is indirectly subject to the peculiar risks of its subsidiaries. In this respect, please refer to the notes to the consolidated financial statements and to the directors' report on operations of each subsidiary.

Instead the Company is autonomously subject to exchange and interest rate risk and liquidity risk.

Exchange and interest rate risk 

As of today, financial risk management is performed at Group level.

The Company presents a financial indebtedness equal to Euro 677,298 thousand, of which, however Euro 311,780 thousand are represented by short-term financial debts with subsidiaries within the Group's cash pooling services. In addition, current assets include cash and cash equivalents equal to Euro 14,376 thousand, current financial receivables from subsidiaries within the Group's cash pooling services for Euro 42,332 thousand, as well as ETF shares for an amount equal to Euro 51,830 thousand.

Currently the financial risk management policies of the companies of the Group provide a balanced split between fixed-rate and variable-rate loans, aimed at optimizing the cost of the loans over time. As of today, the risk of incurring in greater interest costs as a result of unfavorable variations of market interest rates, as better analyzed in the following, is mitigated by the subscription of hedging derivatives, which change the rate from floating to fixed, on a portion of the Group's debt.

The following table provides a summary of the exposure to changes in interest rates of the Group's financial debt:

 Picture 70

* Contractually fixed rate or variable rate covered by a swap to a fixed rate

  1. A possible unfavorable variation of the Euribor, equal to 1.0%, should produce an additional overall expense for the Group equal to Euro 1,917 thousand in 2026. 

For the remaining loans, a fixed rate is applied instead.

As regards to the coverage of exchange rate risk, it is worth pointing out that, as of the reference date of this report, there are no significant assets or liabilities denominated in currencies different from the Euro, with the exception of the MONY shares, amounting to Euro 92,679 thousand as of December 31, 2025, denominated in pounds, whose fluctuation can be considered limited. With regard to this investment, it should be noted that the management does not consider there to be any additional risk elements (e.g. market risk) not already reflected in the related financial reports or in the market value of the stock, which could consequently lead to possible decreases in the value of the investment itself.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is evident when a company is not able to procure financial resources to support short-term operations.

The Company holds cash and cash equivalent as of December 31, 2025 equal to Euro 14,376 thousand and current financial assets equal to Euro 94,162 thousand (of which Euro 43,024 thousand related to cash pooling receivables from subsidiaries), against current liabilities equal to Euro 350,115 thousand, of which, however, Euro 331,708 thousand consist in current financial debts and other current liabilities with subsidiaries. Therefore, the management believes that liquidity risk for the Group is limited.

Moreover, the risk arising from the potential default of bank counterparties of the Issuer is mitigated by the policy of diversifying the available deposits with different banking institutions. 

  1. Fair value of financial instruments

  2. All financial instruments are recorded in the Issuer's financial statements at fair value. The carrying value of the financial liabilities measured at amortized cost is deemed to approximate their fair value at the reporting date. The following table summarizes the Issuer's net financial position, comparing fair value and carrying value:

Picture 2

It should be noted that MONY shares and ETFs are measured at fair value (Level 1), Igloo securities, DPP receivables, other securities, and the mark-to-market on interest rate hedging instruments are measured at fair value (Level 2) and financial liabilities related to put/call options are measured at fair value (Level 3), where the methodology used to determine the fair value of such liabilities is based on the discounting of future cash flows (income approach).

Current geopolitical situation and impact of trade tariffs 

With regards to the current geopolitical situation, it should be noted preliminary that the Group is not directly exposed to the Russian and Ukrainian economies. The consequences of the invasion of Ukraine by the Russian Federation are not currently such as to give rise to concern for the businesses of Group companies and are not expected to have any impact on their ability to continue operating as going concerns. 

Similarly, the Group doesn't appear to be directly exposed to Iranian, Israeli and United States economies.  However, the Mavriq Division is indirectly exposed to the current situation of hostility in the Middle East through trends in the energy market. In case of significant deterioration in national energy markets, such as to cause significant contractions in supply or demand, some companies within the Mavriq Division could suffer significant declines in results, which, however, are not expected to have any impact on the Group's going concern.

However, any significant fall in consumer confidence and/or disposable income could have a negative impact on the volumes of the various lines of business. 

Finally, with regard to the introduction of trade tariffs in the United States, it should be noted that the related impacts are not considered significant given the nature of the Group companies' businesses.

Operating risk and going concern

Considering the economic and financial situation, in particular the available level of reserves, and taking into account the trend of the net working capital and of the economic and financial situation, the separated and consolidated financial reports have been prepared with on a going concern basis.

It should in fact be considered that the Issuer, as in previous years, achieved positive economic results, and, despite uncertain macroeconomic scenarios, that future economic forecasts are also positive. Furthermore, the Issuer, as indicated in the comment related to the "Liquidity risk", has adequate financial resources to meet its future obligations over a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements, and it can, where necessary, activate additional levers to collect highly liquid investments of significant amounts very quickly.

Risks related to technological change

The Group operates in a market characterized by deep and continuous technological changes that require the ability to adapt promptly and successfully to such developments and to the changing needs of its customers. Any inability of the Group to adapt to new technologies could negatively affect operating results.

Risks related to internationalization

The Group, as part of its internationalization strategy, may be exposed to typical risks arising from conducting business on an international basis, including those related to changes in the political, macroeconomic, tax and/or regulatory framework, as well as to fluctuations in exchange rates.

Risks related to the impairment of equity investments

The Issuer may experience negative effects on the value of its shareholders' equity in the event of any impairment of equity investments recorded in the financial statements as at December 31, 2025, which may become necessary if adequate cash flows are not generated compared to those expected and forecast in the multi-year plans used for impairment testing.

Cyber security risk

The Group is exposed to cyber security risk, related to potential unauthorized access to information systems, loss or unavailability of data, and operational disruptions resulting from cyberattacks.
To mitigate such risks, IT security measures are adopted, including network protection systems, access controls and continuous system updates. Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are also in place.


NON-CURRENT ASSETS

  1. Intangible assets 

The following table presents the details of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Picture 56 

The change of licenses and other rights are due to the purchase of software licenses for Euro 38 thousand and to the amortization of the period, for Euro 39 thousand.

  1. Plant and equipment 

The following table presents the details of plant and equipment as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Picture 76

  1. Changes in the values of the rights of use and the lease liabilities during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 is shown below:

  2. Picture 14

  1. Investments in subsidiaries

The following table provides the detail of investments in subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 Picture 3

The following table describes the list of the subsidiaries and the changes of the item during the financial year:

Picture 80

During the financial year ended December 31, 2025, the Company acquired the remaining 40% stake of the share capital of Euroservizi per i Notai S.r.l. for Euro 15,000 thousand and a further 37.9% stake of the share capital of Gruppo Lercari S.r.l. for Euro 54,000 thousand. 

Criteria used to determine the value in use of equity investments

The main assumptions regarding the value-in-use of the participations are the operating cash flows during the forecast period, of four years, the discount rate and the growth rate used to find out the terminal value, equal to 2.0%, and the discount rate used for discounting cash flows.

The valuation of future cash flows has been determined on reasonable and consistent basis regarding the charge of future general expenditures, capital investment, financial balance and the main macroeconomic variables. Finally, it is worth pointing out that cash flow forecasts are referring to ordinary activities and, therefore, they are not comprehensive of cash flows deriving from possible extraordinary activities.

The terminal value has been estimated as the present value of a perpetuity. 

The value-in-use of the participation has been determined discounting the value of the estimated future cash flows, including the terminal value, which are supposed to be derived from ongoing activities, at a discount rate, net of taxes, adjusted for risk and keeping into consideration the weighted average cost of capital. 

In particular, the discount rate used is calculated starting from the Weighted Average Cost of Capital ("WACC") of the two Divisions of the Group, for the determination of which, reference was made to indicators and parameters observable on the reference market of the CGUs in question, at the current value of money. In particular, the determination of the WACC refers to the following parameters:

On the basis of the above, applying the Capital Asset Pricing Model, the WACC is 10.14% for the companies of the Mavriq Division and 8.59% for the companies of the BPO&Tech Division.

Key assumptions used in calculating value in use

Please refer to what is reported in paragraph 9 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Results

The following tables provide a brief summary of the main data of the subsidiaries.

7Pixel S.r.l.

 Picture 22

7Pixel S.r.l. provides price comparison services of e-commerce stores through the websites www.trovaprezzi.it and www.drezzy.it .

Referring to 7Pixel S.r.l., the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity (net of revaluation reserve).

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the company, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 10.14%. 

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in 7Pixel S.r.l., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate and a decrease of the perpetual growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, as recoverable.

Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A.

Picture 23

Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A., listed in the Register of Financial Intermediaries ex Art. 106 TUB No. 161, provides loans to individuals and businesses with transfer of the loans provided to other intermediaries or securitization vehicles.

Centro Istruttorie S.p.A.

Picture 24

Centro Istruttorie S.p.A. provides business processing outsourcing services for mortgage and loan underwriting.

With reference to this shareholding, it is specified that the loss realized by the subsidiary is not considered an impairment loss, in consideration of the positive prospective economic results.

Cesam S.r.l.

Picture 26

Cesam S.r.l. provides outsourced back-office services to support financial advisor networks and asset management companies.

Eagle & Wise Service S.r.l.

Picture 27

Eagle & Wise Service S.r.l. provides appraisal and consulting services in estate field.

Europa Centro Servizi S.r.l.

Picture 17

Europa Centro Servizi S.r.l. provides hypo-cadastral services.

Referring to Europa Centro Servizi S.r.l., the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity.

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the company, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 8.59%.

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in Europa Centro Servizi S.r.l., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate and a decrease of the perpetual growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, as recoverable.

Euroservizi per i notai S.r.l.

Picture 4

EuroServizi per i Notai S.r.l. provides outsourcing services related to subrogation, quitclaims, mortgage cancellation, salary/pension guaranteed loans and paperless mortgages.

Referring to EuroServizi per i Notai S.r.l.,  the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity.

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the company, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 8.59%.

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in EuroServizi per i Notai S.r.l., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate and a decrease of the perpetual growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, as recoverable.

Finprom S.r.l.

Picture 30

Finprom S.r.l. provides Business Processing Outsourcing services for several companies in the Group's Moltiply BPO&Tech Division.

Gruppo Lercari S.r.l.

Picture 31

Gruppo Lercari S.r.l. is the parent company of the namesake group of companies that provide outsourcing services in the insurance field.

Referring to Gruppo Lercari S.r.l., the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity.

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the company, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 8.59%.

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in Gruppo Lercari S.r.l., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate and a decrease of the perpetual growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, as recoverable.

Innofin SIM S.p.A.

Picture 32

Innovazione Finanziaria SIM S.p.A, a registered SIM, distributes investment funds through its website www.fondionline.it and provides services for the promotion of credit products.

Lucky Fox S.r.l.

Picture 8

Lucky Fox S.r.l. holds 100% of the share capital of Verivox Holding GmbH, and indirectly, of its subsidiaries.

The carrying amount of the participation held as of December, 31, 2025 is higher than the shareholders' equity of the subsidiaries of the Verivox Group. 

Therefore, reference is made to the impairment tests performed on the recoverable value of goodwill related to the corresponding CGUs.

Luna Service S.r.l.

Picture 35

Luna Service S.r.l. develops software for managing hypo-cadastral services.

Referring to Luna Service S.r.l., the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity.

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the company, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 8.59%.

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in Luna Service S.r.l., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate and a decrease of the perpetual growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, as recoverable

Mavriq S.r.l.

Picture 36

Mavriq S.r.l. holds, also indirectly, 100% of the share capital of LeLynx SAS, Rastreator, Switcho S.r.l. and Pricewise B.V.. 

The carrying amount of the participation held directly or indirectly by Mavriq S.r.l. as of December 31, 2025 are higher than the shareholders' equity of the subsidiaries. 

Therefore, reference is made to the impairment tests performed on the recoverable value of goodwill related to the corresponding CGUs.

Mia Pensione S.r.l.

Picture 18

Referring to Mia Pensione S.r.l., the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity.

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the company, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 10.14%.

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in Mia Pensione S.r.l., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate and a decrease of the perpetual growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, as recoverable

MOL BPO S.r.l.

Picture 38

MOL BPO S.r.l. holds the 84.5% stake of Agenzia Italia S.p.A., which provides outsourcing services for leasing companies, long-term rental companies, and large car dealer.

In the financial statement of MOL BPO S.r.l. as of December 31, 2025, the participation in Agenzia Italia S.p.A., is accounted at a book value equal to Euro 49,300 thousand, higher than the pro quota shareholders' equity of the subsidiary, equal to Euro 58,882 thousand. The statutory profit of Agenzia Italia S.p.A. was positive for Euro 8,755 thousand.

Money360.it S.p.A.

Picture 39

Money360.it S.p.A. is a credit broker within OAM register, and operates through a physical network of third-party credit brokers.

Referring to Money360.it S.p.A., the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity.

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the company, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 10.14%. 

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in Money360.it S.p.A., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate and a decrease of the perpetual growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, as recoverable.

MutuiOnline S.p.A.

Picture 40

MutuiOnline S.p.A. is an OAM registered credit broker and operates online through the websites www.mutuionline.it and www.prestitionline.it.

PP&E S.r.l.

Picture 3

With reference to this shareholding, it is specified that the loss realized by the subsidiary is not considered an impairment loss, in consideration of the positive prospective economic results, and the positive EBITDA of Euro 146 thousand realized by the company in 2025.

Quinservizi S.p.A.

Picture 42

Quinservizi S.p.A. provides complex business processing outsourcing services for underwriting and after-sales management related to for salary/pension guaranteed loans, secured financing and personal loans.

Segugio.it S.r.l.

Picture 44 

Segugio.it S.r.l. provides advertising services, mainly to other companies of the Group, through the transfer of leads generated on the www.segugio.it website.

Referring to Segugio.it S.r.l., the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity. 

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the subsidiary, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 10.14%.

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in Segugio.it S.r.l., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate, a decrease of the perpetual growth rate and of the growth rate of revenues.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, recoverable.

Segugio.it energia e telecomunicazioni S.r.l.

Picture 47

Segugio.it energia e telecomunicazioni S.r.l. provides comparison and promotion of telecommunications and energy services and internet through the websites www.sostariffe.it and www.confrontaconti.it.

Referring to Segugio.it energia e telecomunicazioni S.r.l., the book value of the participation is higher than the value of its shareholders' equity. 

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to perform an impairment test, in order to determine the recoverable value of the participation. This assessment is based on the value-in-use method, which relies on forecasts of cash flows generated by the asset. Forecasts of operating cash flows derive from the 2026 budget and from the 2027-2029 strategic plan of the subsidiary, approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer on March 16, 2026.

Regarding the criteria used to determine the value in use of participations and the discount rate, this is equal to 10.14%.

As of December 31, 2025, the value-in-use of the participation in Segugio.it energia e telecomunicazioni S.r.l., determined as described above, is higher than the book value of the participation itself.

Considering also the present situation of market volatility and uncertainty about future economic perspectives, we developed sensitivity analysis on the recoverable value of the participation, in particular assuming an increase of the discount rate, a decrease of the perpetual growth rate and of the growth rate of revenues.

Sensitivity analysis, pursuant to paragraph 134 of IAS 36, of the results of impairment test for the participation shows the following margins of tolerance:

Based on these assessments, the management of the Issuer considers the book value of the participation in the annual report as of December 31, 2025, recoverable.

Segugio.it broker di assicurazioni S.r.l.

Picture 46 

Segugio.it broker di assicurazioni S.r.l., a RUI-registered insurance broker, operates online through the website www.cercassicurazioni.it .

  1. Participations in associated companies and joint ventures

This item refers to the participation in Generale Servizi Amministrativi S.r.l., a company of which the Issuer holds 35% of the share capital, to the participation in CFN Generale Fiduciaria S.p.A., a company of which the Issuer holds 35% stake of the share capital.

The following table presents the details of the item as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 Picture 15

The change from the previous year is mainly attributable to the economic result achieved by the associated companies.

  1. Non current financial assets

The following table presents the variations of the item during the financial year ended December 31, 2025:

Picture 16

Financial assets at fair value show a balance equal to Euro 99,043 thousand as of December 31, 2025 (Euro 110,416 thousand as of December 31, 2024), and include n. 44,000,000 MONY ordinary shares (equal to 8.21% of the share capital) for an amount equal to Euro 92,679 thousand. The "Revaluations/(Depreciations)" item refers to the lower market value of the shares compared with the previous year, for Euro 9,258 thousand (including Euro 5,072 thousand resulting from the different exchange rate). Such financial assets are evaluated at fair value through OCI.

The item also includes notes of the "Igloo" securitization promoted by the subsidiary Centro Finanziamenti S.p.A. for Euro 4,340 thousand and other related receivables for Euro 984 thousand. These notes are recognized at fair value, with changes in the income statement.

  1. Finally, this item includes receivables relating to lifetime mortgage loan transactions equal to Euro 1,040 thousand, valued at amortized cost.

  1. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The following table presents the variations of the item:

Picture 12 

As of December 31, 2025, deferred tax assets are booked for Euro 610 thousand, related to costs with different tax deductibility and to mark to market on derivative contracts. Finally, deferred tax liabilities are booked for Euro 360 thousand, related to dividends resolved but not yet paid.

  1. Other non-current assets

This item refers to the loan granted to subsidiary Mavriq S.r.l. for Euro 177,281 thousand and to the loan granted to subsidiary Lucky Fox S.r.l. for Euro 191,352 thousand, provided during 2025 to finance the acquisition of Verivox.

It should be noted that, in relation to these loans, granted to Mavriq S.r.l. to finance the acquisitions of Rastreator, LeLynx. Preminen Mexico, Switcho and Pricewise, and granted to Lucky Fox S.r.l. to finance the acquisition of Verivox, there are no critical issues with regard to recoverability, as the income outlook of the acquired companies for the next few years (as well as the results achieved during 2025) are positive, as indicated in the business plans prepared for the companies.

CURRENT ASSETS

  1. Cash and cash equivalent

The item includes cash in hand and bank deposits.

As of December 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents amount to Euro 14,376 thousand, compared to Euro 37,812 thousand as of December 31, 2024. For details on the change that occurred during the financial year, please refer to the cash flow statement.

  1. Current financial assets

As of December 31, 2025 current financial assets amount to Euro 94,162 thousand and consist of monetary ETFs for an amount equal to Euro 51,830 thousand, measured at fair value and finacial assets from subsidiaries for cash pooling for Euro 42,332 thousand. 

Moltiply Group S.p.A. manages a cash pooling service. Most of the Italian subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025 have joined this system. The cash pooling service aims to provide more efficient management of available liquidity and investments at group level.

  1. Other current assets

Other current assets can be summarized as follows: 

Picture 61 

Receivables for national tax consolidation regime include receivables deriving from the transfer of liabilities for IRES of the subsidiaries within the national tax consolidation regime of the Group.

Receivables for dividends from subsidiaries, reported in the table above, refer to the dividends resolved by the subsidiaries during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 and not yet paid. 

The item "Accruals and prepayments" mainly includes the portion of third-party software rentals already paid but relating to future years. The decrease with respect to the previous year is due to the different timing of invoicing.

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

  1. Share capital and reserves

For the statement of changes in shareholders' equity please refer to the relevant table.

  1. On April 23, 2025, the shareholders' meeting resolved a dividend distribution of Euro 0.12 per share. This dividend was distributed with ex-dividend date July 7, 2025, record date July 8, 2025 and payment date July 9, 2025. 

  2. Following this resolution, the total amount of dividends paid is equal to Euro 4,487 thousand.

  3. Furthermore, on June 25, 2025, the Issuer completed the sale of a total of 1,000,000 treasury shares held in portfolio, corresponding to 2.5% of the Issuer's share capital, placed at a price per share of Euro 44.0, for a total value of Euro 44,000 thousand.

  4. The transaction was carried out through an accelerated bookbuilding procedure reserved for professional investors in Italy and institutional investors abroad and is aimed at monetizing part of the treasury shares held by the Issuer, maintaining an adequate reserve of treasury shares to service the stock option plans in place for employees, directors and collaborators. The revenues from the transaction will be used by the Issuer to finance M&A transactions and for general corporate purposes. Please note that, pursuant to the syndicated loan agreement entered into as part of the acquisition of Verivox, the revenues from the transaction are not subject to debt repayment obligations and any acquisition financed thereunder will constitute a "Permitted Acquisition".

  5. The Company, as of December 31, 2025, has a share capital of Euro 1,012,354.01, formed by 40,000,000 ordinary shares without nominal value, unchanged if compared to December 31, 2024.

The Company has an ongoing buy-back program. The shareholders' meeting of April 29, 2024 has approved the current buy-back program, specifying limits and purposes.

As of December 31, 2025, the Issuer holds a total of 1,705,552 own shares, equal to 4.264% of ordinary share capital, for a total carrying value of Euro 30,557 thousand. Being the shares without nominal value, the purchase cost is deducted from the share capital for an amount implicitly corresponding to the nominal value, equal to Euro 43 thousand as of December 31, 2025, and from available reserves for an amount equal to the remaining part of the purchase cost.

The Company has an ongoing buy-back program. The shareholders' meeting of April 29, 2024 has approved the current buy-back program, specifying limits and purposes.

Picture 15

As of December 31, 2025, there are no shares of the Issuer held by other companies of the Group. 

The following table presents the origin and the availability of the items included in shareholders' equity: 

Picture 30

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

  1. Long-term borrowings

The following table presents the details of the item, including mainly bank borrowings:

Picture 8

  1. Non-current bank borrowings refer to the outstanding loan agreements with a pool of banks (composed of Intesa SanPaolo S.p.A., Unicredit S.p.A. and Banco BPM S.p.A.) for Euro 384,087  thousand, with Crédit Agricole Italia S.p.A., for an amount equal to Euro 20,941 thousand, with BPER Banca S.p.A. for Euro 11,688 thousand, with Credito Emiliano S.p.A. for an amount equal to Euro 17,941 thousand.

  2. The item includes, on a residual basis, the non-current portion of the liability arising from the application of IFRS 16, for Euro 115 thousand, and the negative mark-to-market value of loans for Euro 973 thousand.

  3. The carrying amount of financial liabilities is representative of fair value.

  4. Pooled financing

On March 21, 2025, the Issuer signed a loan agreement with a pool of banks (composed of Intesa SanPaolo S.p.A., Unicredit S.p.A. and Banco BPM S.p.A.) for a total amount equal to Euro 400,000 thousand, expiring on March 21, 2030, with a variable rate equal to the 6-month Euribor rate increased by a spread currently equal to 1.95%, subject to change depending on the ratio between Net Financial Debt and EBITDA. In addition, on 66.67% of the financed amount, equal to Euro 266,667 thousand, an interest rate hedging derivative contract has been entered into, which is converted into a fixed rate at 2.489%, increased by the margin described above

With regard to this loan agreement, the Group is obliged to comply every six months with the following consolidated financial covenant for the last twelve months, calculated in accordance with the provisions of the loan agreement (which may differ from the Group's consolidated reports): ratio between Net Financial Debt and EBITDA not over 3.75 as of December 31, 2025, 3.0 as of December 31, 2026, and 2.5 from December 31, 2027.

Loans from Crédit Agricole 

On March 30, 2020 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Crédit Agricole Italia S.p.A. ("Credit Agricole"), for an amount equal to Euro 15,000 thousand, expiring on June 30, 2026, at a yearly fixed rate equal to 1.05%.

  1. On August 9, 2022 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Credit Agricole, disbursed in the fourth quarter for Euro 60,000 thousand, expiring on June 30, 2028, with a variable interest rate equal to 3-month Euribor, increased by a spread of 1.65%.

  2. With regard to such loans, the Issuer is obliged to comply every six months with the following consolidated financial covenant for the last twelve months: ratio between Net Financial Position and EBITDA not over 3.00. It is worth noting that for the calculation of this ratio, the value of MONY shares is also included in the Net Financial Position (with a positive value) as per the loan agreement.

Loans from CREDEM

On September 9, 2021 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with Credito Emiliano S.p.A. ("CREDEM") for an amount equal to Euro 20,000 thousand, expiring September 9, 2026, with a fixed interest rate equal to 0.58%. 

On November 2, 2022 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with CREDEM, for an amount equal to Euro 10,000 thousand, expiring on November 2, 2026, with a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 1-month, increased by a spread of 0.90%.

On October 30, 2023 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with CREDEM, for an amount equal to Euro 5,000 thousand, expiring onOctober 30, 2028, with a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3-month, increased by a spread of 0.90%.

On June 24, 2024 the Issuer signed a loan agreement with CREDEM, for an amount equal to Euro 10,000 thousand, expiring on June 24, 2029, with a variable interest rate equal to 3-month Euribor, increased by a spread of 1.20%. 

On July 21, 2025, the Issuer signed a loan agreement with CREDEM, for an amount equal to Euro 12,500 thousand, expiring on July 21, 2030, with a variable interest rate equal to 3-month Euribor, increased by a spread of 1.43%.

As regard the loans obtained from CREDEM, the Group is obliged to comply with the following consolidated financial covenant, as resulting from the consolidated financial statements for each full and half year: ratio between Net Financial Position and EBITDA not over 3.0. It is worth noting that for the calculation of this ratio, the value of MONY shares is also included in the Net Financial Position (with a positive value) as per the loan agreement.

Loans from BPER Banca S.p.A.

On October 28, 2025, the Issuer signed a loan agreement with BPER Banca S.p.A., for an amount equal to Euro 15,000 thousand, expiring on October 28, 2030, with a variable interest rate equal to 3-month Euribor, increased by a spread of 1.20%.

Covenant calculation

It is specified that for the calculation of the above ratios, based on the current contractual agreements with the banks, the calculation of the Net Financial Position also includes the value of the MONY shares, the amount of which as of December 31, 2025 is equal to Euro 109,530 thousand.

The Issuer has complied with all these covenants as of December 31, 2025.

Repayment schedule

The repayment schedule as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:

Picture 29

Changes in liabilities

We provide below the table required by IAS 7 about the changes of the liabilities related to financing activities:

Picture 30

The column "Cash flows" includes the non-current portion of the new obtained loans.

The "Others" column refers to the reclassification among current liabilities of the portions of the loans that will expire during the next twelve months.

  1. Defined benefit program liabilities 

The following table presents the situation of the item:

Picture 31 

The economic and demographic assumptions used for the actuarial determination of the defined benefit program liabilities are provided below:

Picture 32  

Picture 7

The actuarial profits, deriving from the liability as of December 31, 2025, is recorded in equity, with the recognition in the comprehensive income statement. The following table presents the variation of the employee termination benefit liability for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Picture 33 

The following table presents the variation of the employee termination benefit liability for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Picture 29 

As regards the discount rate the reference rate used for the valorization of this parameter was the Iboxx Eur Corporate AA 10+ index as of the valuation date. This term (over 10 years) is in fact linked to the average residual permanence of the employees of the Group, weighed with the expected payments.

In accordance with IAS 19, a sensitivity analysis was prepared by changing the main actuarial assumptions. Starting from the base scenario, the average annual discount rate, the average inflation rate, and the turnover rate were adjusted. The results obtained can be summarized in the following table:

Picture 7

With reference to directors' termination benefits, they are provided only for the executive directors and they are calculated, referring to their annual compensations, according with the provisions of article 2120 of the civil code.

CURRENT LIABILITIES

  1. Short-term borrowings

  1. The following table presents the details of the item, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

  2. Picture 36  

  3. The "Short-term debts and other financial liabilities" item includes, besides the financial payables with subsidiaries deriving from the Group's cash pooling services managed by the Issuer, for which please refer to the subsequent note, the current portion of liability for outstanding bank loans for an amount equal to Euro 38,107 thousand, and the current portion of the liability deriving from the adoption of IFRS 16, for Euro 72 thousand negative current account balances for an amount equal to Euro 228 thousand.

  4. We provide below the table required by IAS 7 about the changes of the liabilities related to financing activities:

  5. Picture 35  

  6. The column "Cash flows" includes the current portion of the new obtained loans, net of the reimbursements of the period.

  7. The "Others" column refers to the reclassification among current liabilities of the portions of the loans that will expire during the next twelve months. 

  1. Trade and other payables

The amount of the item is equal to Euro 3,484 thousand (Euro 3,620 thousand as of December 31, 2024) and consists of payables to suppliers, including payables to subsidiaries for Euro 435 thousand.

  1. Other current liabilities

The following table presents the situation of the item:

 Picture 7

The "Liabilities to subsidiaries" item refers to the liabilities as of December 2025 accrued towards subsidiaries within the national tax consolidation regime. For further details please refer to note 25. 

The item "Other current liabilities" mainly includes the portion of the consideration still payable for the acquisition of the remaining minority stake in Euroservizi per i Notai S.r.l., for an amount equal to Euro 7,000 thousand, and payables to directors for an amount equal to Euro 1,000 thousand.

Accrual and prepayments include deferred income include deferred income for Euro 122 thousand related to invoices issued to subsidiaries, related to the next fiscal year.

  1. Stock option plan

  1. The following table presents the outstanding stock options for the benefit of the executive directors and certain employees of the Issuer as of December 31, 2025:

  2. Picture 9

  3. The weighted average market price of the shares for the year ended December 31, 2025 is equal to Euro 41.547.

  4. Personnel costs in the year ended December 31, 2025 include Euro 984 thousand (Euro 1,076 thousand in 2024) related to the Group's stock option plan for the benefit of the executive directors and certain employees of the Issuer. It is worth pointing out that among the other personnel costs we recorded the costs for stock options assigned to employees of subsidiaries and associated companies for an amount equal to Euro 1,389 thousand. Such costs were recharged to the respective companies.

NOTES TO THE MAIN ITEMS OF THE INCOME STATEMENT

  1. Revenues

  1. The revenues of the year are mainly accrued from subsidiaries and associated companies and are represented by the dividends resolved by the subsidiaries and associated companies for Euro 30,000  thousand, the fees for coordination and professional services by the Company in favor of its subsidiaries, for Euro 5,016 thousand, to the personnel costs recharged to subsidiaries, associated companies and joint ventures for Euro 1,389 thousand and revenues from third parties for Euro 642 thousand.

  2. The following table presents the revenues for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

  3. Picture 66    

  1. Services costs

  1. The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

  2. Picture 20

The increase of rental and lease expenses refers to higher costs paid by the Company for the use of third-party software licenses.

The item "Other general expenses" includes insurance, maintenance and telecommunications costs and bank costs.

  1. Personnel costs

  1. The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024: 

  2. Picture 10

  3. We point out that other personnel costs recharged to subsidiaries, associated companies and joint venture refer to stock option costs for Euro 1,389 thousand.

  4. The average headcount as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows:

  5. Picture 64

  6. The Company applies the collective labor agreement of the commerce sector.

  1. Financial income and expenses

  1. The following table presents the details of the item for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

  2. Picture 12

  3. Interest expenses include interest accrued in financial year on the ongoing bank loans.

  4. Financial income mainly include interest income accrued during the year in connection with the use of the Group's available liquidity.

  1. Income tax expense

  1. With respect to corporate income tax, in the financial year ended December 31, 2025 the Company recorded a taxable loss, due to the not taxability of 95% of the dividends received during the year, which, because of the adhesion to the tax consolidation regime, generates a tax benefit equal to Euro 7,923 thousand (Euro 4,865 thousand as of December 31, 2024), whose financial counterbalance offsets current taxes.

  2. Because of the deferred tax deductibility of some costs compared to their accrual, during the year ended December 31, 2025, the Issuer recorded deferred tax assets, net of the utilizations, for Euro 29 thousand and deferred tax liabilities, net of utilizations for Euro 164 thousand.

  3. No regional income taxes ("IRAP") are due, as the relative tax base is negative.

  1. Tax consolidation

  1. As mentioned above, the coordination activity is reflected in the participation of the Issuer, in its capacity of holding company, to the Italian tax consolidation regime, as provided by article 117 and following of presidential decree 917/1986. Most of the Italian subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025 participate, also indirectly, in the tax consolidation regime.

  2. The net consolidated tax asset amounts to Euro 5,731 thousand and is recorded among "Current tax assets" as reported in table:

  3. Picture 13 

  1.  Benefits to the managers with strategic responsibilities and compensation to members of the governing and controlling bodies and auditors 

  1. The total cost for the Company of compensations paid to executive directors is equal to Euro 3,017 thousand, of which Euro 768 thousand for stock option expenses.

  2. The compensation to the board of statutory auditors amounts to Euro 73 thousand.

  3. The fees paid to the independent auditors by the Company and its subsidiaries for their audit activities for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 are equal to Euro 277 thousand, of which Euro 187 thousand related to the audit activity, and Euro 90 thousand related to the audit of the sustainability report and Euro 50 thousand related to other services.

  4. The compensation to the general manager with strategic responsibilities amounts to Euro 988 thousand, of which Euro 188 thousand for stock option expenses.

  5. For more details see the Remuneration Report available on www.moltiplygroup.com. 

  1. Related party transactions

  1. Related party transactions, including intra-group transactions, are part of the ordinary business operations of the Group, and do not include any unusual or atypical transactions.

  2. The following tables details the transactions and balances with related parties.

  3. Balance sheet items

  4. Picture 9 

  5. Picture 10 

  6. Picture 11 

  7.  Picture 21

  8. The other current assets as of December 31, 2025, refer to receivables versus subsidiaries for the participation to the tax consolidation regime for Euro 13,024 thousand, to the receivables for dividends resolved during financial year ended December 31, 2025 and still to be paid, for a total amount equal to Euro 30,000 thousand.


  9. Picture 13 

  10. The other current liabilities as of December 31, 2025, refer to liabilities versus subsidiaries for the participation to the tax consolidation regime.

  11. Picture 22

  12. The treasury of the Italian companies of the Group is centrally managed by the Issuer. The financial operations displayed refer to debit and credit balances of the cash pooling accounts of the subsidiaries with the Issuer as of December 31, 2025.

  13. Income statement items

  14. Picture 26 

  15. Picture 16 

  16. The revenues for the year ended December 31, 2025 mainly refer to the dividends resolved by subsidiaries, and for the residual part, to fees for direction, coordination and professional services invoiced by the Issuer to its subsidiaries.

  17. Picture 17 

Services costs are mainly related to rental and office residence services provided by PP&E S.r.l.. 

  1. Commitments and guarantees 

The Company has outstanding guarantees amounting to Euro 105.1 million. This item mainly includes bank and insurance guarantees issued in favour of third-party companies for contractual obligations (Euro 80 million), as well as direct commitments undertaken in its own interest or on behalf of other Group companies and related parties (Euro 25 million).

  1. Disclosure on public grants pursuant to article 1, comma 125, of Law 124/2017

In relation to the provisions of Article 1, comma 125, of Law 124/2017, subsequently reworded by Article 35 of Law Decree 34/2019, regarding the obligation to provide evidence in the notes of the financial statements of any public disbursements received during the financial year by way of grants, subsidies, advantages, contributions or aids, in cash or in kind, not of a general nature (therefore excluding tax benefits and contributions that may be granted to subjects which meet certain conditions), but attributable to bilateral relations with the subjects referred to in paragraph 125 of that article, the Issuer has not received public funds during 2025. For a complete disclosure, please refer to the National Register of State Aid.

  1. Subsequent events 

Stock option exercise

As part of the share buy-back programme, within the limits and for the purposes established by the general meeting of April 23, 2025, the Issuer purchased 514,488 of its own shares after December 31, 2025, equal to 1.286% of the share capital.

As of the date of approval of this consolidated financial report the Issuer owns in total 2,220,040 own shares, equal to 5.550 % of share capital, for a total cost equal to Euro 30,557 thousand.

Purchase of MONY shares

In February 2026, the Issuer purchased n. 8,500,000 MONY shares for a total value of Euro 16,111 thousand, reaching a stake equal 10.02%.

Milan, March 16, 2026



For the Board of Directors

The Chairman

(Ing. Marco Pescarmona)


____________________________


















REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND OWNERSHIP STRUCTURE

pursuant to art. 123-bis of the Consolidated Law on Finance

(traditional model of administration and control)





Issuer: Moltiply Group S.p.A.

Website: www.moltiplygroup.com


Financial year of reference: 2025

Date of approval of the report: March 16, 2026

Date of publication of the report: March 31, 2026

















  1. REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND COMPANY STRUCTURE 


GLOSSARy

Articles of Association: articles of association and bylaws of the Issuer, published also on the website of the Issuer, in section "Governance", "Articles of association and company bylaws".

Board or Board of Directors: the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

Board of Statutory Auditors: statutory auditors of the Issuer.

Code of Corporate Governance: the Code of Corporate Governance for listed companies approved in January 2020 by the Corporate Governance Committee.

CONSOB: National Commission for Companies and Stock Exchange.

CONSOB Issuer Regulations: the regulations adopted by CONSOB with resolution no. 11971 in 1999 (and subsequent amendments) pertaining the discipline of issuers. 

CONSOB Market Regulations: the regulations adopted by CONSOB with resolution no. 20249 in 2017(and subsequent amendments) pertaining the discipline of markets.

CONSOB Regulations on Related Parties: the regulations adopted by CONSOB with resolution no. 17221 on March 12, 2010 (and subsequent amendments) pertaining the discipline of related parties.

Consolidated Law on Finance or TUF (Testo Unico della Finanza): legislative decree no. 58 of February 24, 1998 (and subsequent amendments). 

Financial year: the relevant financial year of the Report. 

Group: the companies belonging to the group of the Issuer.

Instructions accompanying Markets Rule: Instructions accompanying the Rules of the Markets organized and managed by the Italian Stock Exchange.

Issuer or Company: Moltiply Group S.p.A., with registered office at via F. Casati 1/A, Milan.

Italian Stock Exchange: Borsa Italiana S.p.A.

Market Regulations: the regulations of the markets organized and managed by the Italian Stock Exchange.

Report: the report on corporate governance and company structure that companies are required to prepare pursuant to article 123-bis of TUF. 


  1. PROFILE OF THE ISSUER

Moltiply Group S.p.A. (the "Company" or the "Issuer") is the holding company of a group of firms (the "Group") with a relevant position - through the entities of its "Broking Division" (also named "Mavriq") - in the market for the online comparison and intermediation of products from utility suppliers (energy and telecommunications), insurance products (motor, home, health, etc.), bank products (mortgages, loans, accounts) and e-commerce offers in Italy (main websites www.mutuionline.it, www.segugio.it, www.trovaprezzi.it), Germany (www.verivox.de), Spain (www.rastreator.com), France (www.lelynx.fr), the Netherlands (www.pricewise.nl) and Mexico (www.rastreator.mx) and - through the companies of its "BPO Division" (also named "Moltiply BPO&Tech") - in the Italian market for the provision of complex business process outsourcing services and IT platforms for the financial, insurance and leasing/rental sector.

The structure of the Group as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:


Mavriq Division (Broking)


Moltiply BPO&Tech Division (BPO)


The Issuer is organized according to the traditional model of administration and control as per articles 2380-bis and following of the civil code, which provides for the shareholders' meeting, the board of directors, and the board of statuary auditors. The Company adheres to the Code of Corporate Governance. 

The Company has arranged the Consolidated Sustainability Statement, included in the management report, within this document. 

Furthermore, we point out that the Issuer does not meet the definition of "SME" (i.e. Small and Medium Enterprises) listed entities as per article 1, comma 1, letter w-quarter, of TUF.


The Issuer meets the definition of "large company" provided for by the Code of Corporate Governance, according to which an entity is defined as such if its capitalization was higher than Euro one billion on the last trading day of each of the three previous calendar years, while does not meet the definition of "concentrated ownership company". 


  1. INFORMATION ON OWNERSHIP STRUCTURE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025

    1. Structure of share capital

The company has a fully paid up share capital of Euro 1,012,354.01 composed of 40,000,000 ordinary shares without nominal value.

  1. The shares are listed on the "STAR" segment of the Euronext Milan market ("EXM") organized and managed by Borsa Italiana. Please refer to Table 1 in the appendix for the structure of share capital.

  2. Except what follows, the Company has not issued other financial instruments that give the right to subscribe for new shares.

  3. On April 29, 2024, the shareholders' meeting approved a stock option plan for the benefit of certain directors, employees and other personnel of the Group, which is added to the stock option plan resolved on April 29, 2021. For more information on stock option plans outstanding as of December 31, 2025 please refer to the disclosure documents prepared pursuant to article 84-bis of the Issuer Regulations deposited at the Company's registered office and published on the website of the Company www.moltiplygroup.com in the section "Governance", "Stock options". Please refer also to the explanatory notes attached to the financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 and to the remuneration report prepared pursuant to article 123-ter of TUF and article 84-quater of the Issuers' Regulations.

There are no restrictions to the transfer of shares.

As of December 31, 2025, according to the communications received pursuant to article 120 of TUF, the list of shareholders who hold directly or indirectly at least five percent of the ordinary share capital, is presented in appendix in Table 1 concerning relevant shareholdings. 

It is worth pointing out that there are no controlling shareholders.

Furthermore, it is worth pointing out that Marco Pescarmona, Chairman of the Board of Directors, holds a 50% indirect shareholding in Alma Ventures S.A. (through Guderian S.p.A.) and Alessandro Fracassi, Chief Executive Officer, holds a 50% indirect shareholding in Alma Ventures S.A. (through Casper S.r.l.). Alma Ventures S.A., as of December 31, 2025, holds 13,448,847 shares of the issuer, equal to 33.622% of ordinary share capital.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company holds in total 1,705,552 own shares, equal to 4.264% of ordinary share capital. These shares, as provided by law, do not give voting rights at the shareholders' meeting. 

Pursuant to Article 127-quinquies(1) of the TUF, the company bylaws of listed companies may provide that increased voting rights, up to a maximum of two votes, are attributed to each share that has belonged to the same person for a continuous period of no less than twenty-four months commencing from the date of entry in a dedicated list. 

The Shareholders meeting of the Issuer held on April 24, 2018 resolved the introduction in the Company Bylaws of article 11-bis, pursuant to which two votes are attributed to each share held by the same person for a continuous 24-months period starting from the entry date in the Special List. 

On June 20, 2018 the board of directors of the Issuer, in force of the delegation received by the extraordinary shareholders meeting held on April 24, 2018, (i) adopted specific regulations, subsequently updated and approved by the Board of Directors on May 14, 2021, to regulate the entry, maintenance and update of the Special List, pursuant to applicable regulations, the Articles of Association and market practice, in order to ensure the timely exchange of information among shareholders, the Company and the Intermediaries; and (ii) appointed Francesco Masciandaro as the person in charge for the keeping of the Special List.

The regulations of increased voting rights are available on the Website, in the section "Investor Relations", "Increased Voting Rights". 

Except what described, the Company has not issued other shares that confer special controlling rights or special powers assigned to the securities.

There is no procedure for the exercise of voting rights for employees.

There are no restrictions to voting rights.

As of the date of approval of the present Report, the issuer is not aware of any shareholders' agreements.

The Issuer has signed some loan agreements that provide for the loss of the benefit of the term if a third party, other than the current relative majority shareholders, acquires direct or indirect control of the Company. 

The Articles of Association of the Issuer do not contain exceptions to the passivity rule as provided for by article 104, paragraphs 1 and 2, of TUF and do not require the application of the breakthrough rule as per article 104-bis, paragraphs 2 and 3, of TUF.

On April 27, 2023, the shareholders' meeting of the Company resolved to revoke the previous authorization to increase share capital excluding option rights, pursuant to articles 2443 and 2441, comma 4, second period of the Civil Code, conferred on the Board of Directors by the Shareholders' Meeting of May 28, 2020, and to delegate, pursuant to Article 2443 of the Civil Code to the Board of Directors - and so with appropriate amendment to the Articles of Association - the power to increase, against payment, once or several times, for a maximum of five years starting from the date of the shareholders' meeting that gave the authorization, the share capital excluding option rights, pursuant to Article 2441, paragraph 4, second period of the Civil Code, by issuing, also in several tranches, ordinary shares without nominal value, within the limit of 10% of the total amount of outstanding shares of the Issuer as of the date of the resolution, as well as of 10% of share capital as of the same date.

On the same date, the shareholders' meeting resolved to revoke the previous authorization to increase the share capital, pursuant to articles 2443 and 2441, comma 8 of the civil code, conferred on the Board of Directors by the Shareholders' Meeting of May 28, 2020, and to delegate, pursuant to Article 2443 of the Civil Code to the Board of Directors - and so with appropriate amendment to the Articles of Association - the power to increase the share capital, against payment, once or several times, for a maximum of five years starting from the date of the shareholders' meeting that gave the authorization, by issuing, also in several tranches, ordinary shares without nominal value, within the maximum limit of 4,000,000 shares of the Issuer and the maximum nominal value of 120,000.00 euro, to offer in subscription to employees of the Issuer or its subsidiaries. These are no bonus shares and should be paid in money.

On April 23, 2025, the shareholders' meeting revoked, for the unused portion, the previous authorization for the purchase and sale of own shares dated April 29, 2024 and authorized the Board of Directors to purchase and dispose own shares, also by means of subsidiaries of the Issuer, with the following purposes:

  1. for activities in support of market liquidity;

  2. for the possible use of shares as compensation in extraordinary transactions, including exchange of participations with other subjects, as part of transactions in the Company's interest;

  3. to allot own shares purchased to distribution programs, against payment or free of charge, of stock options or shares to employees, directors and other personnel of the Company or its subsidiaries, as well as for the service of programs for the free allocation of shares to shareholders;

  4. for the execution of the contract signed between the Issuer and "Equita SIM S.p.A.", for its role as specialist on the stock market, compliant with the requirements for the presence in the "Euronext STAR Milan" segment of MTA;

  5. for an efficient investment of the liquidity of the Group.

The authorization for the purchase of own shares approved on April 23, 2025 was granted for the maximum limit permitted by the currently applicable law, pursuant to articles 2357 and 2357-ter of the civil code, taking into account own shares already held by the Company and the shares of the Issuer held by its subsidiaries.

The authorization for the purchase of own shares was granted for a period of 18 (eighteen) months from the date of the shareholder's meeting, whereas the authorization for the disposal has an unlimited duration.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company holds a total of 1,705,552 own shares, while as of the date of approval of this Report it holds a total of 2,220,040 own shares.

The Company is not subject to management and coordination activities by any other company or entity pursuant to articles 2497 and the following of the civil code. 

With reference to the further information pursuant to article 123-bis of the TUF we specify that:

  1. for information on eventual agreements between the Company and the directors which provide for indemnities in case of resignation or dismissal without just cause or if their office is terminated due to a takeover bid (paragraph 1, letter i), please refer to the remuneration report published pursuant to article 123-ter of TUF and to article 84-quater of the Issuers' Regulations;

  2. for information on the rules applicable for the appointment and replacement of directors as well as statutory changes (paragraph 1, letter 1), please refer to the following paragraph 4.1.

  1. COMPLIANCE

The Company has adopted the Code of Corporate Governance, publicly available on the website of the Committee of Corporate Governance at the following page: https://www.borsaitaliana.it/comitato-corporate-governance/codice/2020.pdf.

Neither the Issuer nor any of its subsidiaries of a certain strategic relevance are subject to non- Italian laws that affect the corporate governance structure of the Issuer.  

  1. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

    1. Role of the Board of Directors

Pursuant to article 17 of the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors is invested with all powers for the management of the Company and to this purpose it may act or take any actions that will consider necessary or useful for the implementation of the business purpose, with the exception of the matters exclusively reserved to the shareholders' meeting by the law and by the Articles of Association.

Under the same statutory provisions, the Board is also empowered to take, pursuant to article 2436 of the civil code, decisions regarding:

  1. merger and demerger resolutions in the cases pursuant to articles 2505, 2505-bis and 2506-ter, last paragraph of the civil code;

  2. the constitution or suppression of secondary offices in Italy or abroad; 

  3. the reduction of capital upon termination of shareholders;

  4. adaptation of the Articles of Association to regulatory provisions;

  5. the transfer of the registered office in the national territory;

  6. the indication of the delegated directors; the appointment of one or more general managers and the assignment of powers;

  7. the other powers reserved to it by the law or by the Articles of Association.


The Board of Directors has the general power of direction and control over the Company's activities and on the management of the business, with the aim of creating value for shareholders and other stakeholders, pursuing its sustainable success. In particular, the Board:

  1. examines and approves the business plan of the Group, also on the basis of the analysis of the issues relevant to the generation of long-term value;

  2. assesses and approves the annual budget of the Group;

  3. periodically monitors the implementation of the business plan and assesses the general performance of operations, periodically comparing the results achieved with those planned;

  4. it defines the nature and level of risk compatible with the company's strategic objectives, including in its assessments all the elements that may be relevant for the sustainable success of the Group;

  5. defines the corporate governance system of the company and the structure of the Group it heads, entrusting the control and risk committee with the assessment of the adequacy of the organizational, administrative and accounting structure of the Company and its subsidiaries, with particular reference to the internal control and risk management system;

  6. it resolves on the transactions carried out by the Company and its subsidiaries having a significant impact on the Company's strategy, income statement, balance sheet or financial position; for this purpose, the Board decided to consider relevant, pursuant to recommendation n. 1, letter e) of the Code of Corporate Governance, the extraordinary transactions exceeding Euro 15 million, which is the maximum expenditure limit set out in the proxies, jointly signed by the executive directors Marco Pescarmona and Alessandro Fracassi;

  7. in order to ensure the correct management of corporate information, it adopts, on the proposal of the chairman in agreement with the chief executive officer, a procedure for the internal management and external communication of documents and information concerning the Company, with particular reference to inside information;

  8. assigns and revokes the powers of the directors and to the executive committee, if constituted, setting the limits, the exercise and the time interval, normally not exceeding three months, by which the delegated bodies must report to the Board about the activity done during the exercise of the powers delegated to them;

  9. determines the duties and the powers of the general managers, if appointed;

  10. determines, after examining the proposals of the relative committee and consulting the Board of Statutory Auditors, the remuneration of the CEO and of the directors who hold particular offices and, if the shareholders' meeting has not defined it, the breakdown of the total remuneration due to any members of the Board and committees;

  11. supervises the general business management, with particular attention to conflicts of interest, taking into account, in particular, the information received from the CEO, from the executive committee, if established, and from the Control and Risk Committee, and comparing periodically the results achieved with those planned;

  12. exercises all the other powers assigned to it by law and by the Articles of Association.

At each Board meeting, the executive directors shall inform the Board in detail on the main management events of strategic importance, on the business performance and on the evolution of the management for all companies of the Group, comparing the results achieved with the budgeted ones. 

Furthermore, the executive directors, holding positions of operational nature within the Group, have full visibility of accounting, administrative and organizational issues of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, updating the Board promptly at the first useful meeting about any critical situation emerged or any substantial changes occurred. In this way the Board can adequately assess the organizational, administrative and accounting structure of subsidiaries, which are all deemed significant from a strategic point of view, considering the variety and complementarity of the services offered. The Board deemed that the relatively low complexity of the organizational structure of the Group is coherent with the operational efficiency of the Group.

Periodically, the Control and Risk Committee shall inform, as provided by the Code of Corporate Governance, the Board on its activities and on the adequacy of internal control system, providing directors with documents that illustrate the work of the committee.

In addition, it is worth pointing out that the Articles of Association of the Issuer grant to the Board the responsibility for ordinary and extraordinary administration of the Company, except only the acts for which the law or the Articles of Association exclusively reserve to the shareholders' meeting. 

The Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee is composed of three non-executive and independent directors. The committee operates regularly with respect to its responsibilities, appears to be properly sized, and the professional skills and background of its members in financial matters are such to enable the committee to provide effective and valuable support to the Board. 

With regards to the Control and Risk Committee, it is composed of three independent directors The committee operates regularly with respect to its responsibilities, appears to be properly sized, and the professional skills and background of its members are such to enable the committee to provide effective and valuable support to the Board; we highlight that at least one of the members has a strong background and significant experience in accounting, finance and in risk. The committee shall report to the Board of Directors at least once every six months during the meetings for approval of the draft financial statements and half-year Report.

Within the Board is also present the Committee for Transactions with Related Parties formed by three independent directors. The committee was formed in accordance with the "Regulations concerning related party transactions" approved by CONSOB with Resolution n. 17221 of 12 March 2010. Within the procedures that assure transparency and procedural fairness of the transactions with related parties it requires that related party transactions be approved with the involvement of a committee formed by three independent directors. The committee results well-sized in its composition and the professional experience of its members is appropriate to give a valuable and efficient support to the Board.

The current board members have a variety of skills which allow the analysis of the different topics under discussion from different perspectives and, therefore, helps to develop the dialectic that is the distinctive assumption for a collegial, thoughtful and conscious resolution.

In addition, it is worth pointing out that the shareholders' meeting did not authorize, in a generic and precautionary way, any derogation to the competition ban pursuant to article 2390 of the civil code.

Finally, reference should be made to the following paragraphs concerning the composition, functioning, appointment and self-assessment of the Board of Directors.

The Company is led by a Board of Directors composed of a minimum of seven members to a maximum of twelve members. The ordinary shareholders' meeting decides, at the moment of appointment, the duration of the office, which cannot exceed three financial years; the mandate of the directors expires on the date of the shareholders' meeting called for the approval of the financial statement of the last financial year of their office. Directors are eligible for re-election. 

Acceptance of office as director is subject to the fulfillment of the requirements provided by the law, the Articles of Association and any other applicable provisions. 

Article 16, paragraph 14 of the Articles of Association provides that, if not otherwise authorized by the Board, an individual cannot be appointed director of the Company and, if appointed, will lose the office, if he/she: 

  1. is, when appointed, more than seventy years old; 

  2. has not obtained a total of at least three years' experience in the performance of accounting or controlling activities in corporations, professional activities or permanent university teaching in economic, financial, legal or technical/scientific subjects pertinent to the Company's business activities;

  3. exercises a competing activity on his/her own or for others, or is a director, general manager or executive in competitor companies or clients of the Company, or has been such in the previous biennium; or

  4. is director, general manager or executive in companies recorded in the Register of Banks, pursuant to article 13 of Law Decree 385/1993. 

It is also worth highlighting that, since the Issuer is admitted to trading on the MTA, STAR Segment, in order to maintain the status it must have in its Board of Directors an adequate number of independent directors and, therefore, comply with the criteria of Article IA.2.10.6 of the Instructions of the Stock Exchange Regulations which provide for: at least 2 independent directors for boards up to 8 members; at least 3 independent directors for boards with between 9 and 14 members; at least 4 independent directors for boards with more than 14 members. In addition, in the Code of Corporate Governance, the recommendation n. 5 provides that, in the non-large companies, the Board of Directors includes at least two independent directors, different from the chairman. 

In accordance with article 16, paragraph 5 of the Articles of Association, each slate must contain and expressly indicate independent director candidates, with reference both to the number of candidates to be elected and to the independence requirements established for the statutory auditors by article 148, paragraph 3 of Law Decree 58/1998, in addition to the independence requirements established by the Code of Corporate Governance. Furthermore, in accordance with the equilibrium among genders, provided by article 147-ter, comma 1-ter of TUF and recommendation n. 8 of the Code of Corporate Governance, each slate - if the slates does not present a number of candidates less than three - must assure the presence of both genders, so that the candidates of the gender less represented are at least 40% of the total; everything with a rounding, in case of fractional number, to the upper unit. The Issuer has considered it unnecessary to adopt a diversity policy to be applied in relation to the composition of the Board of Directors in term of age and background, as annually the Board performs a board evaluation regarding also the composition of the Board itself and its committees. We believe that the Board members, in compliance with diversity criteria of the Code of Corporate Governance , hold a variety of skills which allows analyzing different topics during the discussions from different perspectives and, therefore, helps to develop the dialectic that is the distinctive assumption for a collegial, thoughtful and conscious resolution. Finally, since the Articles of Association does not envisage the presentation of a list of candidates by the Board, the Company did not deem it necessary to define the diversity criteria, since the shareholders propose their lists in full autonomy.

Article 16, paragraphs 2 and 3 of the Articles of Associations also provides a voting system for the appointment of the governing body based on slates submitted by shareholders who, alone or together with others, hold a stake at least equal to that established by CONSOB Issuers' Regulation. It is worth pointing out that on January 27, 2026, CONSOB, with resolution n. 155, resolved the maximum shareholding thresholds required for the submission of the slates of candidates for the elections of the governing and controlling bodies of the Companies whose financial year ended on December 31, 2025; as the market capitalization is between Euro 1 billion and Euro 15 billion, the Issuer has identified a shareholding threshold of  1% of the shares with voting rights in the shareholders' meeting.


Any shareholder, as well as the shareholders adhering a shareholders' agreement pursuant to article 122 of TUF, and also the controlling entity, the subsidiary companies and those which are subject to common control pursuant to article 93 of TUF, may not submit or take part in the submission of, even though a third party or trust company, more than one slate, nor they can vote for different slates. Adherence to slates or votes expressed in violation of these prohibitions shall not be assigned to any slate. 


The slates submitted by the shareholders must be filed at the registered office at least twenty five days before the date set for the shareholders' meeting in first call, together with the documents required by the Articles of Association, among which a resume of the candidates included in the slate.


The election of the directors proceeds as follows:


  1. from the slate that has obtained the highest number of votes at the shareholders' meeting, all candidates except one, among which three independents or, if the directors to be elected are less than nine, two independents; within such numerical limit, the candidates are elected according to their progressive order in the slate; 


  1. from the slate that has obtained the second highest number of votes at the shareholders' meeting and is not connected to the first, the first candidate of such slate. 

If the composition of the board using the above procedure does not guarantee the equilibrium among genders, taking into account their order in the slate, the last elected of the majority slate belonging to the most represented gender delay in sufficient number to assure the respect of the requirement and they are substituted by the first candidates not elected in the same slate of the less represented gender. In the absence of candidates of the less represented gender inside the majority slate in sufficient number for the substitution, the general meeting integrates the board with the legal majority, assuring the satisfaction of the requirements.

If the two first slates obtain the same number of votes, the shareholder's meeting proceeds with a new election, by voting only for the first two slates meeting the requirements set out in article 147-ter, comma 1-ter of the TUF.

In the event of submission of a single slate, all the candidates in that slate will be elected.  In the case no slate is submitted, the shareholders' meeting will appoint the Board of Directors as provided by the law, in accordance, however, with the criterion of distribution provided by article 147-ter, comma 1-ter of the TUF. 

If during the financial year one or more directors cease to hold the office, for any reason, the Board of Directors will act pursuant to article 2386 of the civil code and pursuant to article 16 of the Articles of Association.

In particular, if the director or the directors that ceased to hold office were taken from a slate that contained also non-elected candidates, the Board of Directors will make the replacement appointing from the same slate of the directors who ceased to hold office, based on the progressive order, persons who are still eligible and willing to accept the office. The shareholders' meeting deliberates, with the majority required by law, in accordance, however, with the criterion of distribution provided by article 147-ter, comma 1-ter of the TUF.

If the person who ceases to hold office is an independent director, the replacement will occur, as far as possible, by appointing the first of the non-elected independent directors from the same slate in which the director that ceases to hold office was elected. The shareholders' meeting deliberates, with the majority required by law, in accordance with such principles.

If there is a lack of previously non-elected candidates from that slate, the Board of Directors shall replace the directors no longer in office, without compliance to such provisions, pursuant to article 2386 of the civil code, and will guarantee, when it is an independent director that ceases to hold office, the minimum number of independent directors required under the applicable law, in accordance, however, with the criterion of distribution provided by article 147-ter, comma 1-ter of the TUF. The shareholders' meeting decides, with the majority required by law, in accordance with such principles.

Article 16, paragraph 13 of the Articles of Association provides that if the majority of directors cease to hold office, the whole Board of Directors will be considered revoked and a shareholders' meeting should be called immediately for the appointment of new directors. 

The current Board of Directors was appointed by the shareholders' meeting of April 27, 2023, in which two slates of candidates were submitted: one by shareholder Alma Ventures S.A. (slate 1), which received a favorable vote by shareholders representing 28,516,020 shares, corresponding 68.82% of the voting capital as of April 27, 2023, and one by a minority shareholder which received a favorable vote by shareholders representing 12,159,689 shares, corresponding 29.35% of the voting capital as of April 27, 2023.

Therefore, the directors who have been appointed are: 


Currently, the Board of Directors consists of 10 members. The members in office as of December 31, 2025 are shown in Table 2, in appendix, concerning the structure of the Board and committees, as well as the attendance rate to the meetings.

As regards the personal and professional characteristics of each director, please refer to their curricula published on the Issuer's website www.gruppomol.it, in the "Governance" section, "Shareholders' meeting and Company governance", "2023".

The professional characteristics of the non-executive directors, the majority of whom are independent, are such as to ensure that they have a significant influence on the adoption of board resolutions.

As of the end of the financial year, the composition of the Board of Directors has not changed.

Maximum number of offices held in other companies

The Board did not define any general criteria about the maximum number of offices held as director or auditor in other companies, that could be considered compatible with an efficient performance as director of the Issuer; taking into account the duty of each director to assess the compatibility of any office held as director or statutory auditor in other companies listed in regulated markets, in financial, banking, insurance or other large companies, with a diligent performance of their tasks as director of the Issuer, the Board, yearly, makes an assessment based on the declarations of each director, keeping particular attention to assess the diligence of each director to follow with constancy and attention the different management tasks of the Issuer and of their participation to the meetings of the Board and the committees. 

As regards the offices held, during the financial year, by the directors of the Issuer in other listed companies, in financial, banking and insurance companies or in large companies, please refer to Table 2A in the appendix. The Board considered these offices compliant with the office held in the Issuer based on the criteria above mentioned.

Induction Program

During all the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Chairman and the CEO duly report about the performance of the economic sector of the Issuer, the operations, the dynamics of the company, the standards of proper risk management and the regulatory framework. In addition to formal meetings, all directors are constantly informed about the operations of the Issuer during informal meetings and/or conference calls. Furthermore, we point out that some directors participate to professional updating and training courses on regulatory, technical and professional issues related to the business activities of the Group. 


During the financial year, the current Board of Directors met 8 times for an average of about two hours and half for each meeting. All meetings were attended by at least two members of the Board of Statutory Auditors and by Francesco Masciandaro, Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer and manager in charge of preparing the accounting statements.


For financial year 2026 there are 4 scheduled meetings for the approval of the periodic financial reports. The first scheduled meeting of 2026 has been held, during which the Board approved the draft statutory financial statements for the financial year ended on December 31, 2025 together with this Report.

The members of the Board of Directors are provided, in proper and timely manner, with the documentation and information necessary for decision-making. The documentation is usually sent by e-mail, with in advance of at least two days, considered adequate and usually respected, to allow to act with full knowledge of the facts and take an active part to the Board decisions. Sometimes, remarkable issues are reported in advance by the executive directors during the above-mentioned informal meetings and/or conference calls. Besides, it is worth pointing out that during the meeting the Board examines in depth all the topics on the agenda considered more significant and strategic; the president and the CEO explain in detail the discussed topics and are at full disposal of the other members of the Board to reply to any clarification required.

The Board of Directors meets according to the notice letter also outside Italy, anywhere in the EU, or in Switzerland. The Board may be called into session at any time by the President on his own initiative. The President shall call the Board at any time upon the written request of at least two Directors and/or at least one Statutory Auditor. 

The notice should be given at least three days prior to the meeting by registered mail or by hand, or e-mail and should be sent to every Director and Statutory Auditor. Except in special circumstances when notice of a meeting shall be given as soon as possible, the members shall be notified at least one day in advance.

In absence of formal call, a meeting of the Board of Directors can be considered valid, whenever every member and every Statutory Auditor is attending it.

The majority of board members must be present for meetings to be duly convened; board meetings can be held via tele-conferencing or video-conferencing on the condition that all participants can be identified and can simultaneously follow and participate in the discussion of the topics on the agenda and view, receive and transmit documents. The board shall be considered to have met in the place where the chairman of the meeting is located and where the Secretary must also be located in order to permit writing and signing of the minutes of the meeting.

During the meeting of the Board, after ascertaining that all the documents concerning the agenda have already been circulated to every member of the board of directors and of the board of the statutory auditors, the executive directors expose and explain all the points of the agenda, answering exhaustively to the questions and information required.  Every issue will be discussed for the amount of time needed to allow constructive analysis and comparisons, which will bring to the Board decisions. Usually, for issues regarding the internal committees, the Chairman of the committee exposes the proposal and the committee activities. 

Resolutions shall be passed by majority vote among those attending the meeting; if the vote is split, the Chairman shall cast the deciding vote. Directors are not allowed to vote on behalf of another member.

The Board of Directors plays a central role within the corporate organization and has the task and responsibility of determining strategy and organization, as well as verifying the existence of the controls required for the monitoring of the operations of the Company and the of Group.

Each member of the Board of Directors is required to act with full knowledge of the facts and autonomously, with the purpose of creating value for shareholders, and is committed to devoting to the office covered in the Company the necessary time in order to ensure the diligent performance of his or her functions, regardless of the positions held outside of the Issuer, being aware of the responsibilities of the office held. 

Finally, it should be noted that, pursuant to recommendation n. 11 of the Code of Corporate Governance, the Issuer has adopted a regulation defining the rules for the functioning of the body and its committees. It should be noted that the main contents of these regulations are explained within this paragraph. 

According to the Article of Association, the chairman has: the power of presiding the Shareholders' meeting (article 13), the power to call Board meetings (article 18), the power of legal representation for the Company, and the power of signature (article 24). In addition, the Chairman care: 

Finally, the Chairman informs the Board about the development and the significant contents of the dialogue with the shareholders.

Secretary of the Board of Directors

On May 15, 2023, the Board of Directors, pursuant to recommendation no. 18 of the Code of Corporate Governance, resolved to appoint as Secretary of the Board, Marco Zampetti, who meets the professional requirements necessary to perform this function.

The Secretary assists the Board in preparing the Board's meetings, drafting the related resolutions and ensuring that information flows towards the Board are adequate, timely, complete and clear. The Secretary provides impartial and independent assistance to the Board with regard to any relevant aspect for the proper functioning of the corporate governance system concerning the functioning, powers and responsibilities of the Board and its Committees.

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to article 21 of the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors may delegate, pursuant to and within the limits of law and regulations, its own powers to one or more directors of the Board by defining the limit on the powers.

As of the date of approval of this report, the office of Chief Executive Officer is covered by Alessandro Fracassi.

The Board of Directors of the Company, during the meeting held on May 15, 2023 has delegated to director Alessandro Fracassi, with separate signature and for the entire duration of his office, full powers for the execution of any kind of transaction of ordinary and extraordinary administration up to a maximum of Euro 5,000,000 for each transaction (net of VAT). Within such limit is included the power to buy and sell participations, and to sign loans.  

It is worth pointing out that the CEO is one the main responsible figures of the general management of the Company, in particular with responsibility for the coordination of the companies of the BPO&Tech Division. 

The CEO is not part of the Board of Directors of any other issuer where a Director of the Issuer is CEO.

Chairman

The shareholders' meeting of April 27, 2023 has appointed director Marco Pescarmona (who already covered the same office in the previous Board) as chairman of the Board of Directors. 

According to the Article of Association, the chairman has: the power of presiding the Shareholders' meeting (article 13), the power to call Board meetings (article 18), the power of legal representation for the Company, and the power of signature (article 24).

The Board of Directors of the Company, during the meeting held on May 15, 2023 has delegated to director Marco Pescarmona, with separate signature and for the entire duration of his office, the full powers for the execution of any kind of transaction of ordinary and extraordinary administration up to a maximum of Euro 2,000,000 for each transaction (net of VAT). Within such limit is included the power to buy and sell participations, and to sign loans.

The chairman is, together with the CEO, one of the main managers of the Issuer, in particular with responsibility for the coordination of the companies of the Mavriq Division. 

The chairman is not part of the Board of Directors of any other issuer where a Director of the Issuer is CEO, as well.

According to the provisions of the format for the preparation of the Report on corporate governance and company structure set up by the Italian Stock Exchange, it is worth pointing out that the Chairman is not the controlling shareholder of the Issuer. 

Executive committee and joint powers as Chairman and CEO

Pursuant to Article 21 of the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors may establish an executive committee, composed of some of its members, determining the powers and the operating regulations pursuant and within the limits of law and regulations in force. Currently it is not formed.

The Board of Directors, during the meeting held on May 15, 2023 has delegated to directors Marco Pescarmona and Alessandro Fracassi, with joint signature, full powers for the execution of any kind of transaction of ordinary and extra-ordinary administration, up to a maximum of Euro 15,000,000 for each transaction (net of VAT). Within such limit is included, with joint signature, also the power to buy and sell participations and to sign loans. Finally, it is delegated to them, with joint signature, full powers for the stock option assignment to the employees of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, in compliance with the provisions of the current stock option plan and any guidelines established by the remuneration committee, it being understood that the assignment of stock options to directors Pescarmona and Fracassi will remain the exclusive competence of the Board of Directors.

Information to the Board

Pursuant to article 21 of the Articles of Association, the delegated bodies are required to report to the Board of Directors and to the Board of Statutory Auditors, at intervals of at least 180 days, on general management performance, on the business outlook, as well as on the most significant transactions, for their size or characteristics, performed by the Company and its subsidiaries, and on transactions with potential conflicts of interest.

The executive directors shall attend the meetings of the Board of Directors and, during the financial year ended December 31, 2025, both executive directors attended all such meetings. On such occasions, the executive directors duly report to the rest of the Board and to the Board of statutory auditors about the management performance and about the main executive decisions taken, always within the limits of the delegated powers, for all the companies of the Group, at the first available meeting and, in any case, at least quarterly.

Other Executive Directors

The Board of Directors has not appointed any other executive directors besides the directors Alessandro Fracassi and Marco Pescarmona. 

As of December 31, 2025, the executive directors Marco Pescarmona and Alessandro Fracassi held the roles in the subsidiaries and associated companies as detailed in Table 2B.

With the presence of at least one of the Issuer's executive directors on most of the boards of directors of the Italian subsidiaries and associated companies, the Issuer's Board is constantly updated and informed of the Group's situation and business dynamics.

Independent directors  

The independent directors are in number and authority such as to guarantee that their judgment has a significant weight in board decisions of the Company. The independent directors bring their specific experiences in the board discussions, contributing to the taking of decisions consistent with the interest of the company. 

The shareholders' meeting of April 27, 2023 appointed as independent directors Guido Crespi, Giulia Bianchi Frangipane, Camilla Cionini Visani, Maria Chiara Franceschetti, Stefania Santarelli e Klaus Gummerer, who declared to possess all the necessary independence requirements on March 24, 2023, when their candidacy was accepted.

At the earliest opportunity, on May 15, 2023, and then on May 15, 2024 and on May 14, 2025 the Board of Directors verified the presence of independence requirements for every independent director, pursuant to the recommendation n.7 of the Code of Corporate Governance and to Article 148, comma 3, of TUF. The aforementioned assessments used all the criteria provided by Code of Corporate Governance. The Issuer announced the results of these assessments in a press release, disclosed to the Market pursuant to article 144-novies, comma 1-bis of CONSOB Issuer Regulation and the recommendation n.6 of the Code of Corporate Governance. In particular, the independence of director Klaus Gummerer was also confirmed, despite the fact that he has held the position for more than nine of the last twelve financial years. In fact, it is considered that director Klaus Gummerer continues to participate in the board's activities with full and balanced autonomy of judgement, with a professional contribution devoid of any element of intellectual subordination, and freely makes his own contribution based on his professional experience, free of any conditioning deriving from the length of time he has been in office.

Pursuant to recommendation no. 7 of the Code of Corporate Governance, the Board of Directors established that, with reference to the quantitative and qualitative criteria for the assessment of independence of directors and auditors, the significance of the annual remuneration that an independent director or auditor can receive from the Issuer's subsidiaries shall not be higher than three times the amount received by the Issuer for the same type of office and not higher than the amount received by the Issuer for activities other than the office.

In the meeting of May 12, 2025, the Board of Statutory Auditors verified the correct application of the criteria and control procedures adopted by the Board to evaluate the independence of its own members. The result of these verifications has been positive.

The independent directors participate actively and assiduously in the Board meetings and are constantly informed on relevant aspects concerning their assignment. Before the Board meetings, the independent directors meet without the other directors to discuss the agenda of the meeting, to analyze the activity of the Board of Directors and to assess the effectiveness, clarity, completeness and timeliness of the flow of information between the executive directors and the other directors.

In 2025, the independent directors held a meeting on November 5, 2025, during which the functioning of the Board of Directors and the capacity of the independent directors to give an autonomous and not-conditioned judgments on the resolutions were assessed. At the end of the meeting they agreed that the executive directors give full information to the other directors about the management of the Company and the environment in which the Issuer and its subsidiaries operate, that dialectic and diffusion of information within the Board are complete and exhaustive, that discussion are open and that resolutions are taken with full knowledge, uniformity and autonomous judgment, without conflicts of interests. 

Lead independent director

There being the conditions, provided by recommendation n. 13 of Code of Corporate Governance, the Board of Directors, in the meeting of May 15, 2023, designated, among the independent directors, Maria Chiara Franceschetti as the Lead Independent Director pursuant to the Code of Corporate Governance, so that he could be the point of reference and coordination for the requests and contributions of the non-executive directors, and in particular of the independent ones. 

The Lead Independent Director may, among other things, call - on his/her own initiative or upon request of other directors - special meetings of only independent directors (i.e. independent directors' executive sessions) to discuss issues from time to time judged of interest related to the functioning of the Board of Directors and to the management of the Company, with also the possibility to invite members of the management for an exchange of information with the organization. 

The Lead Independent Director has collaborated with the Chairman of the Board to ensure that the directors receive complete and timely information flows. 

  1. MANAGEMENT OF CORPORATE INFORMATION

Management of confidential information and code of conduct for insider dealing 

The Company has adopted an internal regulation, which contains the provisions relating to the management of confidential information and to the management and external disclosure of privileged information as per article 181 TUF, regarding the Company and its subsidiaries. This regulation, besides providing a definition of privileged information, establishes the procedure for the public disclosure of such information which, by law, should occur without delay. 

The regulation should be respected by all the components of the governing bodies, employees and other personnel of the company and subsidiaries, who for any reason have access to the privileged or confidential information. 

In compliance with the regulation, the management of confidential information is followed by the Investor Relations function, under the responsibility of Marco Pescarmona.

In compliance with the regulation, the Issuer has also created a register of the persons that have access to the privileged information, governed by a special regulation. The responsibility for the correct keeping of this register has been entrusted to the administrative office, in person of the CFO Francesco Masciandaro. 

The regulations for the management and the disclosure of confidential and privileged information are available on the Issuer's website, in the section "Governance", "Internal Dealing".

Furthermore, the Company adopts a code of conduct which regulates the obligations of information disclosure and of behavior related to the financial transactions carried out by persons who, by virtue of the office held in the Company, have access to relevant information (with relevant information we mean the information related to facts able to determine significant changes in the capital, financial and economic perspectives of the Company or of the Group and able, if made public, to influence the price of the listed financial instruments). 

The financial manager is, in compliance with this regulation and with the delegation granted by the Board of Directors, the subject responsible for receiving, managing and circulating to CONSOB and to the market the communications sent to the Company by persons that have access to relevant information. 

The 4 communications received by the Company during the financial year have been regularly published and are available on the Internet site of the Company, in the section "Governance", "Internal dealing", "2025".

  1. INTERNAL COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

In compliance with the Code of Corporate Governance, the Board of Directors, under the authority conferred pursuant to article 22 of the Articles of Association, has set up the following internal committees with consulting, proactive or control tasks, and which are granted the right to access to relevant information. 

In particular, the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee, the Control and Risk Committee and the Committee for the Transactions with Related Parties were set up within the Board.

For the purposes of determining the composition of the committees, the Board of Directors has given priority to the expertise and experience of their members, avoiding an excessive concentration of tasks among the directors.

Finally, pursuant to Recommendation no. 11 of the Corporate Governance Code, a regulation defining the operating rules of the Board itself and its committees is currently being finalized.

  1. SELF-EVALUATION AND SUCCESSION OF DIRECTORS - NOMINATION COMMITTEE

    1. Self-evaluation and succession of directors

Yearly, the Board evaluates the functioning, organization, size and composition of its internal committees, without the aid of external consultants.  The latest evaluation process, the results of which were presented at the meeting of November 13, 2025 takes into account the recommendations made by the Corporate Governance Committee in order to identify possible developments in governance. 

The Issuer has not adopted any explicit succession plan considering the substantial short-term interchangeability of the executive directors Marco Pescarmona and Alessandro Fracassi. In fact, if any of the two were to cease to hold office, the remaining executive director would be able to ensure continuity for the management of both Divisions, relying on a solid first line of management, capable of supervising the ordinary activities during the necessary time for the research and the placement of one or more senior executives capable to contribute at a strategic level to the management of the Group. Of course, in the very unlikely case, in which both executive directors cease to hold office, the Board of Directors has the duty to identify an appropriate solution, without relying on pre-established plans.

At present and for an undefined period, the Board of Directors has decided not to set up an internal committee for the nomination of candidate directors, as the shareholding structure of the Company does not present such characteristics of diffusion to justify the adoption of such committee; however, the Board itself can carry out the related functions, also in compliance with the recommendations of the Code of Corporate Governance as long as at least half of the directors are independent.

  1. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS - REMUNERATION AND SHARE INCENTIVE COMMITTEE

    1. Remuneration of directors

For the general policy for the remuneration adopted by the Issuer, the share remuneration plans, the remuneration of executive directors, directors with strategic responsibilities (if any) and  non-executive directors, and for the indemnities of directors in case of resignation, dismissal or termination as a consequence of a takeover bid, please refer to the "Report on Remuneration" prepared pursuant to article 123-ter of TUF and pursuant to article 84-quater of the Issuers' Regulations, that will be deposited at the registered office and be available on the Website in the section "Governance", "Shareholders' meeting and Governance", "2025", at least twenty-one days before the shareholders' meeting called on April 29, 2026.

The Board of Directors, in compliance with article 2.2.3, paragraph 3, letter m) of the Stock Exchange Regulations, applicable to the issuers admitted to trading in the STAR segment and pursuant to the Code of Corporate Governance, in the meeting of May 15, 2023, has designated the independent and non-executive directors Guido Crespi and Stefania Santarelli, and the non-executive director Matteo De Brabant, as members of the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee. Director Anna Maria Artoni has been appointed chairman of this committee.

The committee has advisory functions in particular for the assessment and formulation of proposals to the Board of Directors (i) about the compensation policy proposed by the Company for the management, monitoring the application of the resolutions adopted by the Board itself, (ii) about the stock option plans and similar plans for the incentive and retaining of directors, employees and collaborators of the Group, (iii) about the compensation of the executive directors and the managers with strategic responsibilities, as well as, based on the indication of the chairman or of the CEO, the criteria for the remuneration of the top management of the Company. The committee has free access to the information and the company functions necessary to carry out its own activities. Finally, the committee periodically assesses the adequacy and overall consistency of the policy for the remuneration of directors and the manager with strategic responsibilities.

During the financial year, the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee met four times for an average of about one hour for each meeting, with the participation of all members of the committee. The meetings were attended, on one occasion, by the chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors.

For the composition and rates of attendance at meetings please refer to Table 3, in appendix, concerning the structure of the Board and committees. 

During the meetings, the committee members deliberated on:

The president of the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee provided information about the activity of the committee during the Board meeting of March 28, 2025. As already expressed in paragraph 4.3, the Board of Directors reported its satisfaction with the members of the committee, who, thanks to their appropriate professional experience and background for the committee's tasks, provide effective and valuable support to the Board. In addition, during the financial year the committee was never supported by external advisors.

The meetings of the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee have been properly recorded and the relative minutes were transcribed in the register available at the administrative office of the Company. 

There are no meetings of the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee already scheduled for 2026. As of the date of approval of this Report, two meetings of the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee were held on January 29, 2026 and on March 11, 2026. During those meetings, the committee resolved on the remuneration of the Issuer's executive directors and the general manager with strategic responsibilities for the year 2025 and on the remuneration model for executive directors and general manager with strategic responsibilities to be applied for the year 2026.

It is worth pointing out that, pursuant to recommendation n. 26 of the Code of Corporate Governance, the executive directors, whose compensations were discussed during the meeting of the committee held on March 12 and March 27, 2025, do not take part to the meetings of the committee in which the proposals about their remuneration are discussed and resolved. 

The Board of Directors in the meeting of May 15, 2023, resolved a total compensation, on an annual basis, for the members of the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee equal to Euro 17 thousand in total. 

No financial resources have been allocated to the committee, as the committee uses the Issuer's resources and facilities for the performance of its tasks.

For any other information on the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee, please refer to "Report on Remuneration" prepared pursuant to article 123-ter of TUF and pursuant to article 84-quater of the Issuers' Regulations, that will be deposited at the registered office and be available on the Internet site of the Company in the section "Governance", "Shareholders' meeting and Governance", "2025", at least twenty-one days before the shareholders' meeting called for April 29, 2026.

  1. INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - CONTROL AND RISK COMMITTEE 

The Board of Directors defines the guidelines of the internal control and risk management system, designed as a set of processes aimed at monitoring the efficiency of business and corporate management, the reliability of the financial information, the compliance with laws and regulations, the safeguard of corporate assets, and the prevention of fraud against the Company and financial markets.   

The internal control and risk management system is structured as a set of rules and procedures in order to enable, through a proper process of identification, measurement, management and monitoring of the main risks, sound and correct corporate management, in line with the set objectives. 

According to the Code of Corporate Governance, the Board of Directors, taking also into account that the Company is part of a group, defines the guidelines of the internal control and risk management system and verifies its correct functioning with respect to the management of corporate risks through the activity performed by the Control and Risk Committee. The Board of Directors defines the nature and level of risk, compatible with Issuer's strategic goals, including in its assessments all relevant risks with a perspective of medium-long term sustainability. The director in charge defines the instruments and procedures for the implementation of the internal control and risk management system, following the guidelines established by the Board of Directors, assures the overall adequacy of the system, its practical functionality, its adaption to changes of operating conditions and of legislative or regulatory frameworks. 

The internal control and risk management system defined by the Board of Directors satisfies the following general principles:

  1. the operational powers are assigned taking into account the nature, normal size and risks of individual types of transactions; operational areas are closely related to the delegated tasks;

  2. the organizational structures are articulated so as to reduce the overlapping of functions and the concentration on one person, without the proper authorization process, of activities that have a high degree of criticality or risk;

  3. an appropriate system of parameters and a related periodic flow of information to measure the efficiency and effectiveness is provided for each process; 

  4. a periodical analysis of the professional knowledge and skills available within the organization in terms of congruence with the objectives assigned;

  5. the operating processes are defined in accordance with an appropriate documentary support enabling them to be verified in terms of congruence, consistency and responsibility;

  6. the security mechanisms ensure an adequate safeguard of the corporate assets and access to the information required for the performance of the assigned tasks; 

  7. the risks related to achievement of the objectives are identified by observing an adequate periodic monitoring and updating; negative events that may threaten the corporate business continuity are subject to special assessments and adjustment of safeguards;

  8. the internal control and risk management system is subject to continuous supervision for periodic evaluations and constant adjustments.

For the purpose of verifying the correct functioning of the internal control and risk management system, the Board of Directors relies on the Control and Risk Committee, on the CFO and on an internal audit function, which have an appropriate level of independence and necessary means for the performance of their tasks; they report to the director in charge of internal control, to the Control and Risk Committee,  to the Board of Statutory Auditors and to the Supervisory Body. 

The executive director in charge implements the interventions on the internal control and risk management system deemed necessary as a result of the above control activities and may appoint one or more delegates for such purpose.

During 2025, the Board of Directors assessed the adequacy of the internal control and risk management system referring to the characteristics of the business and the risk profile assumed, as well as its efficiency, during the meetings held on March 14, 2025 and September 9, 2025, concurrently with the report presented by the Control and Risk Committee on the activities carried out and the adequacy of the internal control system. During the discussions, which were attended by all the directors, no particular warning or criticality emerged. 

The 2025 audit plan, prepared by the head of internal audit, elaborated and shared with the director in charge for the internal control and risk management system, was approved, following the clean opinion of the Control and Risk Committee, by the Board of Directors on May 15, 2025. It is worth pointing out that the audit plan was approved by the Board of Directors, following the opinion of the whole Board of Statutory Auditors

Introduction 

The risk management system should not be considered separately from the internal control system in relation to the financial reporting process; both are, in fact, elements of the same system. It is worth mentioning that this system is aimed at ensuring the trustworthiness, accuracy, reliability and timeliness of financial reporting.

All the companies of the Group adopt detailed procedures to manage the sales process, the purchasing process, the human resources process and the financial reporting process approved by the Board the Directors.

The basic principle for the management of these processes is that, because of the relatively simple structure of the Group, all the significant authorization processes are handled by executive directors, or other delegated senior management, vested with adequate powers.

Description of the main features of the existing internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial reporting process

The activities under the responsibility of the administration area of the Group are defined in the organizational structure of the Group and the above-mentioned procedures. Please find below, in an illustrative and not exhaustive way, the main activities carried out by the administration unit:

  1. ensure, through the planning process and management control, the unity of functional goals, the compliance of the actions with the plans and the achievement of economic targets;

  2. define and propose, within the policies and strategies agreed with the top management, the Group's financial policy;

  3. ensure the proper administrative management of the Group, and in particular define and propose the policy for the financial statements, ensure the preparation of the annual financial statements of the Company and of the Group and of its relevant annexes pursuant to the existing civil and fiscal laws as well as to the institutional provisions;

  4. ensure the systematic monitoring of the economic performance of the Group in order to afford a proper process of management control; 

  5. ensure the alignment of the management control system (Sistema di Controllo di Gestione or SCG) with the strategies and the business and market context.

The main risks pertaining to the financial reporting process are:

  1. the risk of recognition of revenues that are not related, not accrued or not due or the incomplete recognition of revenues;

  2. risks linked to the recognition of expenses that are not related, not accrued or not due, or incomplete recognition of them; 

  3. risks linked to the acquisition of companies for which it is necessary an administrative and accounting reorganization to align their financial statements to the standard required by the Issuer;

  4. risks linked to the presence in the consolidation area of companies and/or permanent establishments with registered offices abroad;

  5. risks linked to the presence of autonomous administrative structures in some subsidiaries;

  6. risks of loss or information or data during the automatic data extraction process from the general ledger.

Corrective actions adopted to reduce the impact of these risks, procedures and controls applied for the continuous monitoring of the identified risks are respectively summarized in the following list: 

  1. the billing process follows a detailed procedure on receivables which takes into account the different types of revenues of the companies of the Group: the billing from the administrative office takes place only after verifying the accuracy of the billing reports and their compliance to the contractual conditions. These controls are carried out by selecting random samples of sale invoices, verifying phases and documents required by the procedure for the issuance of the invoice itself and the collection of payment, and by checking that contractual rates are applied and respected properly;

  2. the process on liabilities also follows an internal procedure which takes into account the various types of purchases (mainly marketing, technology and general services expenses). The registration of an accounting document takes place only after the verification of the existence of a purchase order authorized by a representative of the company with appropriate credentials and upon verification of the correspondence with the purchase order itself. Also in this case, the verifications are carried out by selecting a random sample of purchase invoices, verifying that they are authorized by an order and that the amounts to be paid match with the ones specified in the order;

  3. normally the administrative and accounting management of the newly acquired companies is taken over by the administrative office of the Issuer, which at the beginning analyzes the "as is" situation with the aim to activate the reorganization activity required to align the operation of such companies to the guide lines of the Issuer, setting up centrally-defined procedures for the management of receivables, liabilities and personnel and adopting the same accounting principles for the proper consolidation of financial statements;

  4. definition of guidelines to which the accounting employees of foreign subsidiaries must comply, in accordance with the local regulations. The Issuer receives a monthly financial management report, and on quarterly basis a detailed financial statement of the Company;

  5. in order to verify the correct and complete collection of economic-financial consolidated data through an automated process, we perform cross-checks while balancing the general ledger data with the cost accounting at the EBITDA level, analyzing potential deviations and the accuracy of the automatic formulas. The process of data collection and extraction for the preparation of the periodic financial reports is regulated by a specific internal procedure.

The administrative area of the Group is under the direct responsibility of the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Francesco Masciandaro. Within the administrative area there are two distinct functions:


The process of financial reporting for the Group is headed by the CFO, who receives, at least once a month, the summary financial reports by all the companies of the Group and, quarterly, more detailed financial reports at the base of the periodic financial reporting.

Within this activity the CFO has the responsibility to manage the process to identify the main operative risks, identify the corrective actions or the instruments aimed to reduce and, if possible, cancel such risks, identify the system for the management of these instruments and, finally, verify its proper application.

At the end of this activity, the outcome is directly submitted for evaluation to the executive director in charge of the internal control and risk management system. The information flow is particularly direct, since there are no intermediate levels between the CFO, the head of internal audit and the executive director in charge of the internal control system. In addition, the CFO and the internal auditor meet periodically the Control and Risk Committee and the Supervisory Body for an appropriate update on the performance of controls.

The Board of Directors in the meetings of March 14, 2025 and of September 9, 2025 has positively assessed the effectiveness and the effective functioning of the internal control and risk management system. During this meeting, the members of the Control and Risk Committee illustrated to the attendees the job performed by the committee and briefed on the adequacy of the internal control and risk management system. The committee sends in advance the most significant elements by a brief memorandum circulated to all the directors and members of the Board of Statutory Auditors.

The Board of Directors, during the meeting of May 15, 2023, appointed the chairman of the Board of Directors Marco Pescarmona, as the executive director in charge of overseeing the internal control and risk management system.

During the financial year, the executive director in charge of supervising the functionality of the internal control and risk management system identified, in collaboration with the Control and Risk Committee, the CFO, the Board of Statutory Auditors and the Supervisory Body, the main risks related to the Issuer and its subsidiaries, by constantly verifying the adequacy of the system. In addition, in collaboration with the internal audit function, a constant monitoring on most relevant compliance issues was carried out, adjusting where necessary the business procedures to the regulations in force.

The director in charge of supervising the internal control system and risk management operations can ask to internal audit to check on specific operating areas and compliance with the rules and the internal procedures during business operations, informing the chairman of the Control and Risk Committee  and the chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors / Supervisory Body.

During the financial year, based on the controls performed, the director in charge of supervising the internal control system and risk management operations did not detect any business risks not managed within the corporate organization. 

The Board of Directors, pursuant to article 2.2.3, comma 3 letter m) of Market Regulations, applicable to the issuers pursuant to requirements for STAR segment and according to Code of Corporate Governance, during the meeting of May 15, 2023, appointed the independent and non-executive directors Giulia Bianchi Frangipane, Camilla Cionini Visani and Klaus Gummerer as members of the Control and Risk Committee. Giulia Bianchi Frangipane was appointed chairman of this committee. 

According to the Code of Corporate Governance, the internal Control and Risk Committee: 

  1. assess, having consulted the manager in charge of preparing the accounting documents, the statutory auditor and the supervisory body, the correct use of accounting standards and, in case of groups, their uniformity with regard to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements;

  2. assess the adequacy of periodic financial and non-financial information to correctly represent the company's business model, strategies, the impact of its activities and the performance achieved; 

  3. examine the content of periodic non-financial information that is relevant for the purposes of the internal control and risk management system; 

  4. express opinions on specific aspects concerning the identification of the main corporate risks and to support the assessments and decisions made by the Board of Directors concerning the management of risks arising from prejudicial facts of which the latter has become aware; 

  5. examine the periodic reports and those of particular relevance prepared by the internal audit function;

  6. monitor the autonomy, adequacy, effectiveness and efficiency of the internal audit function;

  7. the power to entrust the internal audit function with the carrying out of controls on specific operational areas, giving simultaneous notice to the chairman of the supervisory body; 

  8. report to the Board of Directors, at least at the approval of the annual and half-yearly financial reports, on the activity carried out and on the adequacy of the internal control and risk management system.

The Control and Risk Committee:

The Control and Risk Committee, as one of the main interlocutors to the head of internal audit, shall be consulted by the Board of Directors about decisions regarding the appointment, revocation, remuneration of and the provision of resources to the head of internal audit, analyzing and assessing his work.

We point out that the Control and Risk Committee, the Board of Statutory Auditors, the executive directors, the CFO and the head of internal audit (through informal meetings and e-mails) keep each other informed in order to be constantly updated on the internal control system of the Issuer. 

Therefore, during the financial year, the Control and Risk Committee met four times for an average of about two hours.

During the meetings on March 12, 2025 and September 4, 2025, the Control and Risk Committee members, as provided for in the Code of Corporate Governance, informed the Board of Directors on the activity of the committee and on the adequacy of the internal control and risk management system. 

There are no meetings of the Control and Risk Committee already scheduled for 2026.

As of the date of approval of this Report, one meeting was held on March 13, 2026. The mentioned meeting was attended by the members of the Control and Risk Committee, the representatives of the audit firm Deloitte & Touche S.p.A., the members of the Board of Statutory Auditors, the internal audit function and the Issuer's CFO Francesco Masciandaro. During the meeting, the following topics were dealt with: updates about the audit activity related to 2025 financial statements of the Issuer and of its subsidiaries and of the consolidated financial statement by the independent auditing firm; review of the activities carried out by the committee during the second half 2025, also in order to timely update the Board of Directors at the meeting on March 16, 2026.

For the composition and rates of attendance at meetings please refer to Table 3, in appendix, concerning the structure of the Board and committees.

All the meetings of the Control and Risk Committee have been properly recorded and the relative minutes were transcribed in the register held at the administrative office of the Company. 

During the meeting of May 15, 2023, the Board of Directors resolved an annual total compensation for the members Control and Risk Committee equal to Euro 24 thousand.

No financial resources have been allocated to the Control and Risk Committee, as the committee uses the Issuer's resources and facilities for the performance of its tasks.

The Issuer has instituted the internal audit function. The head of internal audit, Walter Baraggia, was appointed directly by the director responsible for the internal control and risk management system, with the favorable opinion of the Control and Risk Committee and the Board of Statutory Auditors. 

Some subsidiaries of the Issuer also have internal staff which carry out specific audit activities for the company in which they operate. The audit activities of these "dedicated" resources are coordinated by the Group's internal audit function.

The head of internal audit has an appropriate level of independence and suitable means to operate effectively. The head of internal audit has direct access to all the useful information to his office and reports about his own activity to the director in charge, to the Control and Risk Committee, to the Board of Statutory Auditors and to the Supervisory Body. He has no direct operational responsibility or authority and depends hierarchically from the Board of Directors.

The 2025 audit plan, prepared by the head of internal audit, elaborated and shared with the director in charge of the internal control and risk management system, was approved, following the clean opinion of the Control and Risk Committee, by the Board of Directors on May 15, 2025. It is worth pointing out that the audit plan was approved by the Board of Directors, following the opinion of the whole Board of Statutory Auditors. 

The head of internal audit brings directly to the attention of the director in charge of supervising the functionality of the internal control and risk management system and to the CFO, who are committed to periodically update the Board of Directors, all the controls performed and the analyses concerning compliance and regulatory updates, the legislative updates and the significant events (e.g. inspections and requests for information by Supervisory Authorities). The information flow is direct because there are no intermediate layers between the head of internal audit, the CFO and the executive director in charge of the internal control and risk management system. Furthermore, the head of internal audit and the CFO meet periodically the Control and Risk Committee, the Board of Statutory Auditors and the Supervisory Body for adequate updates on the activities performed.

The head of internal audit performs a monthly check of the effectiveness of the audit information systems by analyzing the actual data for all the Group's companies, comparing results with budget forecasts, and verifying the correct recording in the management accounts of revenues and costs as well as the proper accrual in time.

For 2025, a specific budget, equal to Euro 20 thousand, is assigned to the audit function of the Issuer, as resolved by the Board of Directors during the meeting held on May 15, 2025. At least once a year, the Board of Directors is updated, through the report of the Control and Risk Committee on the activities performed by the internal audit function and on the execution of the activity program set by the committee. Every year the executive committee sets remuneration, duties and resources for the head of internal audit, with the opinion of the Control and Risk Committee; the definition of the remuneration is established by the executive directors rather than the Board of Directors, as, taking into account the relative simplicity of the organizational structure of the internal audit function, it was preferred not to involve the whole Board in this decision.

The activities of the head of internal audit, planned and decided with the director in charge for internal control and risk management system, the Control and Risk Committee, the Board of Statutory Auditors, and the Supervisory Body, aim at the satisfaction of international standards, that the Issuer, which operates as a listed company in a highly regulated sector, must follow.

The main activities carried out by the internal audit function during the financial year were:

Internal audit activities, overall as well as for operating segments, were not assigned to external subjects.

On March 20, 2008, the Company adopted the model of organization pursuant to article 6 of Law Decree 231/2001, of which the last update was approved by the Board of Directors on November 14, 2022. The current monocratic Supervisory Body was appointed by the Board of Directors on May 15, 2024. The Board of Directors believes that such appointment would be effective for the Group. Furthermore, the member of the Supervisory Body has all the required professional, independence and integrity qualifications.

Moreover, despite the Supervisory Body is not made up of at least one non-executive director or of a member of the Board of Statutory Auditors, this appointment is compatible with the Code of Corporate Governance, since an adequate coordination with the subjects involved in the internal audit and risk management system is ensured by means of the support of corporate functions and the management of adequate information flows. In fact, at least on a quarterly basis, a meeting is held, which is attended by the Supervisory Body, the Board of Statutory Auditors of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, the CFO, the internal audit function and, in some cases, the Control and Risk Committee.

It was resolved that the duration of this office would continue until the date of approval of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2026. The Company provides an annual remuneration for the office of Supervisory Body, covering also the activities performed for the subsidiaries.

During 2025, the Supervisory Body met four times the Board of Statutory Auditors, the CFO Francesco Masciandaro, the internal audit function and the Control and Risks Committee. 

The organizational model adopted by the Group and its principles are applied to the corporate bodies of all the Italian companies of the Group (meaning the Board of Directors and the Board of Statutory Auditors of the companies and their relative members), to the employees, to the other personnel of the Group, to consultants, suppliers and more generally to all those that, for whatever reason, operate with "sensitive" activities on behalf or for the Group. The model is oriented mainly to prevent the following types of offences: 

The organizational model pursuant to the Legislative Decree 231/2001 is available on the Internet site of the Company in the section "Governance", "Ethical Code and Model 231".     

The auditing firm in charge of legally-required auditing of accounting activities is Deloitte &Touche S.p.A., with registered office in Milano, via Santa Sofia 28, appointed by the shareholders' meeting of May 21, 2024 and with expiration on the date of the shareholders' meeting for approval of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2033. 

During 2025, the Board of Statutory Auditors forwarded to the Board of Directors the Additional Report pursuant to Article 11 of EU Regulation 537/2014 without its own emphases or observations.

Article  23, paragraph 1 of the Articles of Association provides for the appointment by the Board of Directors, subject to the mandatory opinion of the Board of Statutory Auditors, of a manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports in compliance with the provisions of article 154-bis of TUF, who must be chosen among individuals with a  degree in economics, finance or disciplines related to business management and must have at least three years of experience (i) in the exercise of administrative or managerial functions or (ii) in the exercise of professional activities within an auditing firm or (iii) as a certified accountant, consultant to limited liability companies. Those who are not in possession of the integrity requirements of article 147-quinquies of TUF cannot be appointed to the office and, if already appointed, shall expire from the same.

The manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports exercises the powers and responsibilities attributed to him in accordance with article 154-bis of TUF.

The Board of Directors in the meeting of May 8, 2008, with the approval of the Board of Statutory Auditors, appointed as manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports Francesco Masciandaro, who within the Group holds the role of Chief Financial Officer and Head of Administration and Control.

The manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports is provided with adequate powers and means to perform the tasks assigned to him or her. In particular, the manager in charge has developed a set of procedures and information flows aimed at identifying all the processes and business events with an economic and financial relevance; in this way all the economic and financial events of relevance are reflected in the accounting data and periodic financial reports.

Finally, it is worth highlighting that the manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports was appointed director with delegated powers on administrative matters, including powers to represent the Company in dealings with the financial administration and powers to sign all the declarations required by applicable tax laws, in the most Italian subsidiaries of the Group.

The coordination and the information flow between people involved in the internal control and risk management system appears to be streamlined and effective.

In particular, the executive director in charge of supervising the functionality of the internal control and risk management system, Marco Pescarmona, Chairman of the Board of Directors as well, and the manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports, Francesco Masciandaro and the head of internal audit Walter Baraggia, work together to find out and manage risks which endanger and/or could endanger the Group's companies to achieve business objectives.

The executive director in charge of supervising the functionality of the internal control and risk management system, Marco Pescarmona, as Chairman of the Board of Directors, helps to identify the main risks for the Group, considering the business activities of the Issuer and of its subsidiaries, and is responsible for the set up and management of the internal control and risk management system, constantly verifying its adequacy and effectiveness. With the opinion of the Board, he asks the head of internal audit or the CFO to verify some specific operational areas considering the compliance to regulations and internal procedures in the execution of business operations and to analyze the regulations compared to the business activities. The CFO and the head of internal audit report the results to the executive director in charge of supervising the functionality of the internal control and risk system or directly to the Board of Directors.

The Board of Statutory Auditors, the Supervisory Body and the Control and Risk Committee monitor, value and give their opinion on the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control system by examining the results brought by the CFO and the head of internal audit, with the power to request further examinations on specific operational business areas. 

The above-mentioned bodies inform and update one another either through formal meetings (like meetings of the Board of Directors, of the Control and Risk Committee, of the Board of Statutory Auditors / Supervisory Body, or through constant information flows during informal meetings, conference calls and/or e-mails.

The Ethical Code, originally approved on March 20, 2008, and last updated on November 14, 2022, is an essential element and function of the organizational model that the Group has adopted pursuant to Law Decree n. 231/2001 and expresses the principles of business ethics and rules of conduct designed to prevent, under Italian law, the commission of offences and all those behaviors inconsistent with the values that the Issuer and its subsidiaries pursuant to article 2359 of the civil code seek to promote.

The Group recognizes the importance of business ethics and social responsibility in the management of corporate activities and affairs and is committed to take into account the legitimate interests of its stakeholders and of the community in which it operates. At the same time, the Group expects from all its employees the respect of business rules and principles established in the Ethical Code and to operate with the highest ethical standards and in compliance with all applicable laws.

The Ethical Code is distributed to all employees. In addition, the Group requires from all subsidiaries, associated companies and major suppliers a conduct in line with the general principles of the Ethical Code.

The Ethical Code is available on the Internet site of the Company in the section "Governance", "Ethical Code and Model 231".

  1. INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

The Board of Directors of the Company on May 14, 2021, having acknowledged the favorable opinion of the committee established for this purpose (consisting only of independent directors),  approved the new "Procedure for transactions with related parties" ("Related Parties Procedure") pursuant to the Regulation "Transactions with Related Parties", issued by CONSOB with the resolution no. 17221 of March 12, 2010 (subsequently amended by resolution no. 17389 of June 23, 2010), pursuant to article 2391-bis of the civil code and articles 113-ter, 114, 115, and 154-ter of TUF, and in accordance also with the recommendations of the Code of Corporate Governance. Such procedure was subsequently updated by the Board of Directors on November 14, 2023.

The Company applies the Related Parties Procedure taking into account also CONSOB Communication DEM/10078683, published on September 24, 2010, containing "Indications and guidelines of the Regulation on transactions with related parties adopted to comply with the resolution no. 17221 of March 12, 2010, and subsequent amendments".

The Related Parties Procedure regulates the identification, approval and the management of transactions with related parties performed by the Company, also through its subsidiaries pursuant to article 2359 of the civil code or in any case subject to direction and coordination.

After having verified, consulting the list of related parties of the Group that the counterparty to a transaction is a related party, the parties involved in the execution of the transaction must notify the internal audit function and the administrative and control direction, the intention to begin negotiations for performing the transaction. The internal audit function and the administrative and control direction promptly evaluate whether the transaction complies with the Regulation issued by CONSOB with resolution no. 17221 or if it is possible to apply one or more of the exemption cases for which it is not necessary to follow the approval process required by the procedure. If it is not an exemption, the committee for transactions with related parties expresses its non-binding opinion on the execution of the transaction. The approval for the execution of the transaction is given, depending on the case, by the Board of Directors or by the shareholders' meeting.

Pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Related Parties Procedure, the directors that have an interest in a transaction must promptly and exhaustively inform the Board of Directors on the existence of interest and on his/her circumstances considering, on a case by case basis, the opportunity to leave the Board meetings at the voting moment or to abstain from voting. If he/she is an executive director, he/she abstains from carrying out the transaction. In these cases, the resolutions of the Board of Directors motivate adequately the reasons and the benefits for the Company of the transaction.

For more information, please refer to the Related Parties Procedure and its annexes, available on the Company's Internet site under "Governance", "Policy and procedures".

The Committee for Transactions with Related Parties

The Board of Directors on November 11, 2010 also resolved to set up an internal "Committee for Transactions with Related Parties", composed of independent directors and invested with all the functions provided by the Related Parties Procedure, and to approve the regulation of this committee.

The Board of Directors on May 15, 2023 appointed as members of the Committee for Transactions with Related Parties the independent directors Maria Chiara Franceschetti (Chairman), Giulia Bianchi Frangipane e Klaus Gummerer, resolving a total remuneration, on a yearly basis, equal to Euro 4 thousand. 

The Committee for Transactions with Related Parties did not meet during the year as no transactions that required the committee's opinion were carried out.  

  1. APPOINTMENT OF STATUTORY AUDITORS 

The appointment of the Board of Statutory Auditors is made on the basis of slates submitted by shareholders. 

The Board of Statutory Auditors is appointed by the shareholders' meeting, with a composition of three standing Statutory Auditors and two substitutes. The objective is to allow minority shareholders to appoint one standing Statutory Auditor and one substitute and to respect the diversity criteria, also about gender, pursuant to article 148, comma 1-bis, of Consolidated Finance Law and to the Code of Corporate Governance; therefore, at least two fifth of the seats in the Board of Statutory Auditors must be held by the least represented gender. The Issuer has considered unnecessary the adoption of a diversity policy to be applied in relation of the composition of the Board of Statutory Auditors in term of age and background. Nevertheless, the current composition of the Board of Statutory Auditors ensures diversity in term of gender, age and background. 

Each shareholder, or the members of a shareholder agreement pursuant to article 122 of TUF, as well as the controlling entity, the subsidiary companies and those companies subject to common control pursuant to article 93 of TUF, may not submit or take part in the submission of, neither through a third party or a trust company, more than one slate, nor can vote for different slates. 

Shareholders are entitled to submit slates if, by themselves or together with other shareholders, are holders of the minimum stake established by CONSOB Regulations for the submission of slates for the appointment of the board of directors. The slates submitted by the shareholders must be filed at the registered office at least twenty-five days before the date set for the shareholders' meeting in first call, along with the required documents prescribed by the Articles of Association together with a resume of the candidates included in the slate. 

It is worth highlighting, that as already mentioned in paragraph 4.1, on January 27, 2026, CONSOB with resolution n. 155, identified a shareholding threshold of 1.0% of the shares with voting rights in the shareholders' meeting.

If upon the deadline for the submission of the slates only one slate has been filed, or only slates submitted by members linked together pursuant to applicable provisions, other slates may be submitted within three days of the deadline. In this case, the previous threshold is reduced by half.

The election system required by the Articles of Association provides that: 

  1. the first two candidates (effective section) from the slate with the highest number of votes and the first candidate from the slate that ranks second for number of votes, who will be the chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors, will be elected as active statutory auditors;

  2. the first candidate (alternates section) from the slate with the highest number of votes and the first candidate from the slate that will result second for number of votes will be elected substitute statutory auditors. 

Moreover, if the candidates elected with the manner above described do not comply with the laws currently in force on gender balance, the candidate of the gender more represented elected as the latest in consecutive order from the slate that received the highest number of votes shall be replaced by the first candidate of the gender less represented in consecutive order not elected taken by the same slate. This replacing procedure will be applied until the composition of the Board of Directors complies with the laws currently in force on gender balance. If this replacing procedure does not assure the gender balance, the replacing will be carried out by shareholders' meeting resolving with majority required pursuant to law, upon submission of candidates belonging to the gender less represented.

If the two first slates obtain the same number of votes, the shareholder's meeting proceeds with a new election, by voting only for the first two slates, complying with the equal right of appointment in managing and supervisory boards of listed companies.

If only a single slate has been submitted, the candidates of this slate will be elected active statutory auditors and substitute statutory auditors complying with the equal right of appointment in managing and supervisory boards of listed companies. If no slate is submitted, the shareholders' meeting will elect the Board of Statutory Auditors according to the law, always complying with gender equilibrium requirements.

In case of replacement of an active statutory auditor, the substitute auditor belonging to the same slate of the ceased statutory auditor will take over always complying with the abovementioned laws on gender equilibrium. If the Board of Statutory Auditors is not complete with the entry of the substitute auditors, a shareholders' meeting must be called to provide for the integration of the Board of Auditors pursuant to the law.

  1. COMPOSITION AND OPERATION OF THE BOARD OF STATUTORY AUDITORS

The Board of Statutory Auditors of the Company in office was appointed by the shareholders' meeting of April 29, 2024 and will remain in office until the approval of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2026. 

For the appointment of the Board of Statutory Auditors two slates of candidates were presented: a slate by the shareholder Alma Ventures S.A. (so called Slate 1), which obtained the consent of present shareholders representing 23,703,509 shares, which correspond to 44.869% of share capital with voting right at the date of April 29, 2024, and a slate by minority shareholders (so called Slate 2), which obtained the consent of present shareholders representing  11,670,732 shares, which correspond to 27.921% of share capital with voting right at the date of April 29, 2024. 

Pursuant to article 26 of the Articles of Association, have been appointed:

For the composition of the Board of Statutory Auditors and other information please refer to Table 3, in the appendix, concerning the structure of the Board of Statutory Auditors. As regards the personal and professional characteristics of each member of the Board of Statutory Auditors, please refer to their curricula published on the Issuer's Internet site under "Governance", "Shareholders' meetings and Company governance" "2024".

The statutory auditors, in accepting their office, have declared that they possess the necessary requirements of professionalism, integrity and independence. On May 14, 2025, the Board of Directors then checked the existence of these requirements, by correctly applying the assessment procedures and criteria. The result of this control was positive.

During the financial year, the Board of Statutory Auditors met 6 times with an average meeting duration of two hours. The Board of Statutory Auditors also participated in all the meetings of the Board of Directors and has been regularly updated on business performance and the main events of the year.  


The persistence, after appointment, of the independence requirements of the members of the Board of Statutory Auditors, pursuant to article 148, comma 3, of TUF and recommendation n. 7 and 9 of the Code of Corporate Governance was assessed by the Board of Directors on May 14, 2024 and on May 14, 2025. The assessment was conducted acquiring the declaration for the satisfaction of the requirements of professionalism and independence as of the date of their application signed by each member of the Board of Statutory Auditors. Besides, the lists of the direction and control offices of each statutory auditor, as well as the lists of the companies, partnership or corporation, held by them, were obtained. As the outcome of this assessment, the Board of Directors verified, with positive results, the persistence of the independence requirements of each member of the Board of Statutory Auditors. With reference to what provided by the Code of Corporate Governance, the Board of Directors performed its assessment based on the principle of prevalence of substance over form and using additional parameters for the assessment on top of those provided by the Code. 


The above-mentioned assessments were conducted by the Board of Directors during the meetings attended by the whole Board of Statutory Auditors. Therefore, it was decided not to proceed with a specific assessment by the Board of Statutory Auditors itself, as these assessments were made by the Board of Directors.


Pursuant to recommendation no. 7 of the Code of Corporate Governance, the Board of Directors established that, with reference to the quantitative and qualitative criteria for the assessment of independence of directors and auditors, the significance of the annual remuneration that an independent director or auditor can receive from the Issuer's subsidiaries shall not be higher than three times the amount received by the Issuer for the same type of office and not higher than the amount received by the Issuer for activities other than the office.


The remuneration of the statutory auditors for the year has been determined by the shareholders' meeting at the time of their appointment. The remuneration amounts to Euro 30 thousand per annum for the chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors and to Euro 20 thousand per annum for each active statutory auditor. The compensation is coherent with the commitment required, with the importance of the role and with the dimensional and sectoral characteristics and of the Company.

The Procedure for Transactions with Related Parties approved by the Board of Directors on May 14, 2021 (see paragraph 6) provides that a Statutory Auditor who has, for himself/herself or on behalf of third parties, an interest on a transaction of the Issuer, must promptly inform the other statutory auditors on the nature, terms and extent of his/her interest.

Over the year 2025 the Board of Statutory Auditors has met the independent auditing firm two times in order to obtain an update on the results of accounting and legally required auditing and on the schedule of the activities for the audit. These meetings were always attended by the CFO of the Issuer, Francesco Masciandaro, who informed the Board of Statutory Auditors on the ordinary control activities, paying particular attention to certain companies of the Group. 

During the financial year, the Board of Statutory Auditors was regularly updated by the Control and Risk Committee, by the CFO and by the head of internal audit on their activity during the financial year, through various formal meetings with the relevant parties as well as with informal meetings between individual members of the Board of Statutory Auditors and the other subjects involved in the internal control and risk management system.

During the meetings of the Board of Directors and the meetings of the Board of Statutory Auditors as well, the Chairman, the CEO and the CFO duly report to the Board of Statutory Auditors about the business performance of the Issuer, the general management performance, the company trends and the regulatory framework. In addition to formal meetings, all directors are constantly informed of the business performance of the Issuer, usually during informal meetings and/or conference calls. 

We also highlight that one of the active Statutory Auditors is substantially the same also for the other companies of the Group that have a board of statutory auditors in their structure, except Centro Istruttorie S.p.A..

For information regarding any management or control offices covered by the members of the Board of Statutory Auditors, please refer to the data published by CONSOB pursuant to article 144-quinquiesdecies of Issuers Regulations, on the website under "Corporate boards", "Disclosure".

Please note that Legislative Decree no. 39/2010 ("Implementation of Directive 2006/43/EC relating to audits of annual financial statements, which amends directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC, and which repeals directive 84/253/EEC") has endowed the Board of Statutory Auditors with the committee functions for internal control and auditing and, specifically, the functions of supervising: (i) the financial information process; (ii) the efficiency of the internal control, internal audit, if applicable, and risk systems; (iii) legally-required auditing of the annual and consolidated financial statements; (iv) independence of the independent auditor or the independent auditing firm, especially with respect to the provision of non-auditing services to the company that is subject to audit.

For more information on the activities carried out by the Board of the Statutory Auditors during the financial year, please refer to the "Report of the Board of Statutory Auditors" prepared pursuant to article 153 of TUF and article 2429, paragraph 2 of the civil code, and published together with the annual financial Report.

  1. RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS

The Company considers it coherent with its own specific interest - as well as an obligation towards the market - to establish a constant dialogue, based on mutual understanding of roles, with its shareholders in general and with institutional investors in particular; a relation intended to be conducted anyway in accordance with the "Internal regulation for the management and disclosure of confidential and privileged information".

In this respect, it was deemed that the creation of a dedicated structure within the Company, with its own staff and appropriate organizational means, could facilitate the relations with the shareholders in general, as well as with the institutional investors.

In accordance with article 2.2.3, paragraph 3, letter i) of Market Regulations, the Board of Directors of the Company, on February 9, 2007, resolved to institute, effective from June 6, 2007, the Investor Relations functions responsible for the relations with the shareholders in general and with institutional investors in particular and possibly perform specific tasks as the management of price sensitive information and relations with CONSOB and the Italian Stock Exchange.

The Board of Directors has appointed ad interim the executive director Marco Pescarmona, to the function of Investor Relator of the Issuer.

Although it has not adopted a specific policy for managing relations with shareholders, the Company provides adequate information for investor relations also by publishing in a timely and continuous manner the most relevant corporate documents on its Internet site (www.gruppomol.it), in two special sections: "Governance" and "Investor Relations".

  1. SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS

Pursuant to article 9 of the Articles of Association, the shareholders' meeting, regularly constituted, represents the whole body of shareholders and its resolutions are binding for all the shareholders, with or without the right to vote, as well as for those that do not participate or dissent. The shareholders' meeting, both ordinary and extraordinary, is validly constituted and resolves with the majorities prescribed by law.

Pursuant to article 10 of the Article of Association, shareholders' meetings are called with the publication of a notice as prescribed by the law on the website of the Company and also according to the mandatory procedure prescribed by the law and regulations including the publication on one of the following newspapers: Il Sole 24 Ore, Corriere della Sera, La Repubblica, La Stampa, Il Messaggero, MF/Milano Finanza, Finanza e Mercati or Italia Oggi. The shareholders' meeting should be called by the Board of Directors for the approval of annual financial statements at least once a year within 120 days after the end of the financial year, or within 180 days, since the Company is required to prepare the consolidated financial statements. There are no other limits of constitution or resolution quorum than those provided by law.

The main powers of the shareholders' meeting shall be those provided by the legislative provisions and alternative applicable regulations; in particular, the Articles of Association do not require the authorization of the shareholders' meeting for specific acts of the directors.

As allowed by Article 127-quinquies(1) of the TUF, the Shareholders meeting of the Issuer held on April 24, 2018 resolved the introduction in the Company Bylaws of article 11-bis, pursuant to which two votes are attributed to each share held by the same person for a continuous 24-months period starting from the entry date in the Special List. In order to obtain the above-mentioned increased voting rights, after such period has elapsed, pursuant to the regulations in force, the intermediary, upon request of the holder, must issue a second communication, which confirms the holding of the qualifying property right.

On June 20, 2018 the board of directors of the Issuer, in force of the delegation received by the extraordinary shareholders meeting held on April 24, 2018, (i) adopted specific regulations, to regulate the entry, maintenance and update of the Special List, pursuant to applicable regulations, the Articles of Association and market practice, in order to ensure the timely exchange of information among Shareholders, the Company and the intermediaries; and (ii) appointed Francesco Masciandaro as the person in charge for the keeping of the Special List.

The regulation for the increased voting right is available on the Website, in the section "Investor Relations", "Increased Voting Right".

Pursuant to article 11 of the Articles of Association, the right to participate in the shareholders' meeting and the exercise of voting rights is certified by a statement to the Company made by the intermediary in charge of holding the accounting pursuant to the law, based on the evidence at the end of the seventh accounting and trading day before the date fixed for the shareholders' meeting on first call, and received by the Company in accordance with the law. The right to participate in the shareholders' meeting is certified by a statement to the Company made by the intermediary in charge of keeping the counting pursuant to the law, based on the evidence at the end of the seventh accounting and trading day before the date fixed for the shareholders' meeting on first call, and received by the Company in accordance with the law. There are no limitations to the availability of the shares prior to the meeting. 

The shareholders' meeting is ordinary or extraordinary according to the law and takes place at the registered office or in other places indicated in the notice, within the national territory, or any other country of the European Community or Switzerland. To facilitate the participation of the shareholders at the meeting, article 11.2 of the Articles of Association provides also that the shareholders' meeting could take place with participants located in several places, near or far, in video conference or conference call, provided that they comply with the collegial method, good faith principles and equal treatment of members. The vote may also be expressed by mail, as expressly provided in the notice, in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Pursuant to article 12 of the Articles of the Association, shareholders who have the right to vote may be represented by law, by written proxy, or by e-mail, in accordance with the provisions of article 2372 of the civil code and other applicable regulatory requirements. The electronic notification of the proxy may be done, following the procedures indicated in the notice, through a message to the certified e-mail address given in the same notice or through the use of the special section on the Company's Internet site. The Company may designate, for each shareholders' meeting, an intermediary to which the shareholders may confer, according to modalities provided by law and regulations, within the end of the second trading day prior to the date scheduled for the shareholders' meeting on single or first call, a delegation with voting instructions on all or only on some of the proposals on the agenda. The delegation has no effect with regards to proposals for which no voting instructions have been given.

With exception of the provisions of the Articles of the Association, all the other operating rules, regulations and discipline of the shareholders' meetings have been determined, upon the proposal of the Board of Directors, by the shareholders' meeting of December 18, 2007 with the approval of a Shareholders' Meeting Regulation, available on the Company's Internet site in the section "Governance", "Shareholders' meeting and Governance", "2007".

As indicated in the Shareholders' Meeting Regulation, the shareholders and the other holders of voting rights pursuant to the law and the Articles of Association can intervene in the Shareholders' Meeting. They are entitled to discuss on the items on the agenda, making observations and asking for information and may also set forth voting proposals and statements. The order of the interventions is decided by the chairman. The maximum length of each intervention should not usually exceed five minutes and each shareholder may intervene only once on each item on the agenda. 

For the meeting held in 2025, the directors released a specific proposal for all the point at issue, with suitable advance.

The Board of Directors, represented in the meeting by Chairman Marco Pescarmona, CEO Alessandro Fracassi, and secretary Marco Zampetti, reported in the shareholders' meeting on its past and future activities and has done its best to provide the shareholders with adequate information with all the elements needed, by publishing on the web site the necessary documentation within the time limits provided by law, so that they could take their decisions during the shareholders' meeting with full knowledge.

Neither the chairman nor any other member of the remuneration committee have not directly reported to the shareholders regarding the exercise of the committee duties. Nevertheless, on April 23, 2025, the report on remuneration pursuant to Legislative Decree 123-ter of the TUF was discussed. Such report describes the remuneration policy implemented by Moltiply Group S.p.A., describing, among other things, the duties, activities and procedures for the implementation of such policy by the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee. The majority of the shareholders present at the meeting of April 23, 2025, representing 95.743% of votes represented at the meeting, expressed a favorable vote on the approval of this report. 

With regards to other shareholders' rights not illustrated in this Report, please refer to the applicable laws and regulations.

During 2025, the market capitalization of the Company's shares ranged from Euro 1 billion to Euro 15 billion. Therefore, in accordance with Determination n. 155, for the purpose of submitting lists of candidates for the election of management and control bodies, 1.0% of the shares with voting rights in the ordinary shareholders' meeting was set as the shareholding percentage.

  1. OTHER PROCEDURES OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The Issuer does not adopt corporate governance procedures other than those already mentioned in the preceding paragraphs.

  1. CHANGES SINCE THE END OF THE REFERENCE YEAR 

As of the end of the financial year, there have been no changes in the corporate governance structure other than those reported in the relevant sections.

  1. CONSIDERATIONS ABOUT THE LETTER OF DECEMBER 18, 2025 OF THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE 

With reference to the recommendations contained in the Letter from the Chairman of the Italian Corporate Governance Committee dated December 18, 2025 (the "2025 Letter"), the Company considers that its corporate governance structure and the practices generally followed - as described in detail in this Report - are capable of ensuring substantial compliance with the recommendations in question, also in light of the requirements set out in the Governance Code.

In particular, with regard to point 4 of the 2025 Letter and the related recommendations for 2026, it should be noted that:



For the Board of Directors

The Chairman

Ing. Marco Pescarmona


_______________________________

APPENDIX

TABLE 1 -INFORMAtion on OWNERSHIP STRUCTURE 

Picture 18


Picture 19



TABLE 2 - structure of the Board of Directors AT THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR

Picture 20 


● This symbol indicates the Executive Director in charge of overseeing the Internal Control System.

◊ This symbol indicates the main managers of the Issuer.

○ This symbol indicates the Lead Indipendent Director.

(*) The date of first appointment of each director means the date on which the director was appointed for the first time (ever) to the Issuer's Board. 

(**) This column indicates whether the list from which each director was drawn was submitted by shareholders (specifying "Shareholders") or by the BoD (specifying "BoD").

(***) This column shows whether the list from which each director was drawn is a "majority list" (indicating "M"), or a "minority list" (indicating "m").

(****) This column shows the number of offices as director or auditor held by the person concerned in other listed companies or companies of significant size. In the Corporate Governance Report the offices are indicated in full. 

(*****) This column shows the attendance of Directors at meetings of the Board of Directors.




TABLE 2A - OTHER OFFICES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025



Picture 22



tabLE 2B - OFFICES OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS IN THE OTHER COMPANIES OF THE GROUP AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025


Picture 24

TABLE 3 - structure of the Board COMMITTEES AT THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR

 Picture 26

(*) This column shows the attendance of Directors at committee meetings.

(**) This column indicates the qualification of the director within the committee: "P": chairman; "M": member.E.C.: executive committee

R.C.: Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee

C.R.C.: Control and Risk Committee

C.T.R.P.: committee for transactions with related parties











 


TABLE 4 - Structure of the Board of Statutory Auditors 

Picture 3 


(*) The date of first appointment of each auditor means the date on which the auditor was appointed for the first time (ever) to the Issuer's Board of Statutory Auditors.

(**) This column indicates whether the list from which each auditor was taken is "majority" (by specifying "M"), or "minority" (by specifying "m").

(***) This column shows the attendance of Auditors at the meetings of the Board of Statutory Auditors.

(****) This column shows the number of offices of director or auditor held by the person concerned pursuant to art. 148-bis of the Consolidated Law on Finance and the related implementing provisions contained in the Consob Issuers' Regulations. The complete list of offices is published by Consob on its website pursuant to art. 144-quinquiesdecies of the Consob Issuers' Regulation. 


  1. REPORT OF THE BOARD OF STATUTORY AUDITORS 


Moltiply Group S.p.A.

Registered office: Via F. Casati 1/A - 20124 Milan

Administrative office: Via Desenzano 2 - 20146 Milan

Share capital: Euro 1.012.354,01 fully paid-up

Company registry - Milan office, N. 05072190969

*   *   *

REPORT OF THE BOARD OF STATUTORY AUDITORS

ON FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

TO THE ANNUAL SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING

(Art. 153 of Law Decree 24/2/1998 n. 58 and Art. 2429, par. 2, civil code)


Kind shareholders,

this report refers to the execution of the functions and activities attributed to this Board of Statutory Auditors in compliance with art. 149 and following of Law Decree N. 58/1998 and Law Decree N. 39/2010; it follows the base scheme suggested by CONSOB with communication n. 1025564 of April 6, 2001, and subsequent amendments.

The supervision pursuant to Article 2403 of the Civil Code has been regularly performed, observing both the principles of conduct of the board of statutory auditors in listed companies issued by the National Council of Accounting Experts, and the recommendations and communications of CONSOB.

The Board of Statutory Auditors in charge was appointed by the shareholders' meeting of April 29, 2024 and will finish its first office with the approval of the Annual Report as of December 31, 2026.

The appointed independent auditor is Deloitte & Touche S.p.A., as resolved by the shareholders' meeting of April 29, 2024.

*  *  *

  1. Reflections on the most significant economic and financial operations and facts carried out by the Company and their compliance with the law and the articles of association

Moltiply Group S.p.A. is the holding company of a group of firms with a relevant position - through the entities of its "Broking Division" (also named "Mavriq") - in the market for the online comparison and intermediation of utility providers' products (energy and telecommunications), insurance products, bank products (mortgages, loans, accounts) and e-commerce operators in Italy, Germany, Spain, France, the Netherlands and Mexico and - through the companies of its "BPO Division" (also named "Moltiply BPO&Tech") - in the Italian market for the provision of complex business process outsourcing services and IT platforms for the financial, insurance and leasing/rental sector.

The Company, during the financial year ended December 31, 2025, has correctly carried out its activity of direction and coordination of the operating subsidiaries.

In the initial part of the Director's Report on Operations for 2025, the directors, pursuant to Article 150, comma 1, TUF, provide detailed and complete information on the transactions having a significant economic and financial impact for the company and its subsidiaries included within the scope of consolidation, as well as the type of activities carried out by the controlled companies, organized by business specialization, and on the corporate structure of the Group, as well as on the organizational changes that have taken place in 2025.

Besides those described by the Directors in their "Report on Operations", in the financial year ended December 31, 2025 there are no other operations of specific relevance that require to be mentioned or commented here, nor we have to highlight manifestly imprudent or risky operations, in potential conflict of interest, against with the resolutions of the shareholders' meeting or such to endanger the integrity of the shareholders' equity. 

Just for recollection, as the directors have already commented in this respect in their report, we remind that: 

With respect to all the points mentioned and, more generally, to the overall operations, the board of statutory auditors recognizes that during the financial year it has always received in a timely manner the information needed to be aware of and understand the development of the Company's operations which are illustrated in the Reports prepared by the board of directors.

The Board of Statutory Auditors considers that the above-mentioned corporate transactions are pursuant to the Law and to the Articles of Association, are compliant to the corporate interest, are not imprudent and risky, are not in contrast with the resolutions of the shareholders' meeting nor such to compromise the financial integrity of the company.

Overall, the Board of Statutory Auditors believe that at the date of approval of the financial report, there are no elements that could put into question the going concern assumption according to which the financial statements have been prepared.

  1. Unusual or atypical operations

Not occurred. 

Not occurred. 

The Company, in accordance with the "Code of Corporate Governance", approved the adoption of the principles of conduct concerning the transactions with related parties. The board of directors, on May 14, 2021, considering the favorable opinion of the Committee specifically set up for this purpose (which is exclusively composed of Independent Directors), approved the new "Related Party Procedure" (the "Related Party Procedure") adopted pursuant to the Regulation on "Transactions with Related Parties", issued by CONSOB with Resolution no. 17221 of March 12, 2010 (amended by subsequent Resolution no. 17389 of June 23, 2010), in implementation of Article 2391-bis of the Italian Civil Code and Articles 113-ter, 114, 115 and 154 of the TUF, as well as in compliance with the recommendations of the Corporate Governance Code. The Company applies the Related Parties Procedure also taking into account CONSOB Communication no. DEM/10078683, published on September 24, 2010, containing "Indications and guidelines for the application of the Regulation on transactions with Related Parties" adopted with Resolution no. 17221 of March 12, 2010 as subsequently amended.

In the financial report, in the separated and consolidated financial reports the Directors have provided timely disclosure regarding ordinary intra-group or related party operations. 

Such transactions are part of the ordinary course of business of Group companies. The main items are:

The board of statutory auditors has periodically verified during the financial year that intra-group transactions or related party transactions are executed in compliance with the above-mentioned procedure, and, in any case, based on regular contracts prepared according to normal market standards and at arm's length conditions. The intra-group operations examined by the board of statutory auditors have been found satisfactory, in the best interest of the Company and the group controlled by the Company, as well as correctly justified and documented.

The board of statutory auditors has nothing to add to such disclosures which appear adequate.

  1.  Evaluation of the adequacy of the information provided by the Directors on atypical or unusual operations

No atypical or unusual operations have occurred.

  1. Auditors' reports

The independent auditing firm issued on March 31, 2026 its opinions related to the audit of the Issuer's financial statement and of the consolidated financial statement. According to the independent auditing firm, both financial statements, separated and consolidated, provide "a truthful and correct representation of the financial situation of the Group (and of the Issuer) as of December 31, 2025, of the economic result and of cash flows for the financial year ended in such date, according to International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by European Union, and to regulations issued in execution to art. 9 of the Legislative Decree n. 38/2005". Deloitte & Touche S.p.A. issued an opinion on the consistency of the Directors' Report on operations, accompanying the annual and consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and certain specific information contained in the 'Report on Corporate Governance and Ownership Structures', indicated in Article 123-bis, paragraph 4, of the Consolidated Law on Finance with the financial statements.

The independent auditing firm also issued, in the same date, the following Reports:

The auditing firm Deloitte & Touche S.p.A., has also issued, also on today's date, the Declaration of Independence, as required by Article 6 of Regulation (EU) 537/2014 and pursuant to paragraph 17 of the ISA Italia, from which no situations that may compromise its independence emerge. Finally, the Board of Statutory Auditors took note of the Transparency Report for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 prepared by the auditing firm Deloitte & Touche S.p.A. and published on its website in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 of Regulation (EU) 537/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 and Legislative Decree no. 39 of 27 January 2010.

  1. Denunciations pursuant to article 2408 of the civil code

During 2025, and up to the date of this Report, the Board has not received any complaints pursuant to Article 2408 of the Italian Civil Code. Furthermore, in the course of the activities carried out and on the basis of the information obtained, no omissions, reprehensible facts, irregularities or in any case circumstances such as to require reporting to the Supervisory Authority or mention in this Report have been detected.

  1. Complaints presented

During 2025, and up to the date of this Report, no complaints have been received by the Board of Auditors. 

  1. Assignments granted to other parties related to the Auditors

The auditing firm Deloitte & Touche S.p.A. and the companies belonging to its network, in addition to the tasks required by the regulations for listed companies, did not receive any further assignments for services other than the legal audit. The Board of Statutory Auditors has monitored the independence of the auditing firm and having taken note of the aforementioned declaration of independence, the transparency report and the assignments conferred, considers that there are no critical aspects concerning the independence of Deloitte & Touche S.p.A.. 

  1. Opinions issued in compliance with law requirements

During financial year 2025 the board of statutory auditors issued the following opinions:

  1. Frequency of the meetings of the board of directors and of the board of statutory auditors

As stated in the "Report on Corporate Governance and Ownership Structure for the Financial Year 2025", during the financial year, the Company's Board of Directors held 8 meetings; the Audit and Risk Committee held 4 meetings; the Remuneration Committee held 4 meetings. During the year 2025, the Board of Statutory Auditors met 6 times and attended the Shareholders' Meeting of April 23, 2025 and all meetings of the Board of Directors. During the year, the Board of Statutory Auditors met 4 times with the Supervisory Board for a mutual exchange of information. The Supervisory Board reported on its activities during the financial year and did not inform the Board of Auditors of any significant facts.

  1. Remarks on compliance with the principles of fair administration

The Board of Statutory auditors has informed itself and supervised on the respect of the principles of fair administration. This has occurred through the participation to the meetings of the Board of Directors and to the meetings, also informal, of the Control and Risk Committee, one-on-one meetings with the Directors and with the internal audit function, direct observation and inquiries, collection of information from the managers in charge of business functions, meetings with the Auditing Firm and Board of Statutory auditors of the subsidiaries, also aimed at reciprocal exchange of relevant data and information according to article 150, paragraph 3, of the Consolidated Law on Finance.

The activity of the Board of Statutory Auditors has been aimed at controlling the legitimacy of the management choices of the Directors and their compliance, in the formation process, with criteria of economic and financial logic, according to the best practice advices. Furthermore, this activity was performed without any control on the appropriateness and profitability of the same choices. 

The Board of Statutory Auditors has verified that typical and usual operations, as well as the most significant ones, were not extraneous to the company's objectives, in contrast with the Articles of Association or in conflict of interest, even if only potential, and also that they could not compromise the integrity of the Company's capital or, anyway, be patently imprudent or risky. The Board of Statutory Auditors has also verified that they were not executed in contrast with the resolutions of the governing bodies or harmful to the rights of individual shareholders or minorities.

The Board of Statutory Auditors  has also made sure that the decisions of the Board of Directors on the most significant operations were assisted by the usual inquiries, in-depth analyses, control, possible acquisition of opinion and valuation of independent advisors, suggested by the best practice regarding economic and financial correctness and their coherence with the interest of the Company.

No remarks have occurred regarding the respect of the principles of fair administration.

  1. Remarks on the adequacy of the organizational structure 

The Board of Statutory auditors has acquired information and supervised on the adequacy of the organizational structure of the Company through direct observations, interviews, collection of information from the business functions of the company, and meetings with the subjects in charge of internal and external auditing.

During the financial year, the Board of Statutory auditors has supervised, together with the independent auditor and the Control and Risk Committee, on the possibility of organizational/managerial problems that could derive from defects of organization; no instances worth mentioning in this report have arisen. 

The organizational structure is periodically updated for the requirements from time to time expressed; the statutory auditors are periodically informed about the changes in the most important positions. 

The assessment of the organizational structure has confirmed, overall, its reliability also considering the acquisitions of foreign companies occurred during this financial year.

The system of powers in force is based on a split by nature of the different kinds of acts and operations as well as by means of maximum amounts for the implementation of the various types of acts of management. 

Overall, it is based on rational criteria and is adequate to the operating situation of the company.

  1. Remarks on the adequacy of the internal control system

The Board of Statutory auditors has supervised on the adequacy of the internal control system, directly by means of meetings with the Group's CFO as well as the manager in charge of the internal control system, and with the head of the Internal Audit function, of the participation to the meetings, also informal, of the Control and Risk Committee and of periodic meetings with the independent auditing firm, concluding that the system has not displayed any significant problems or other facts worth highlighting in this report. 

Regular meetings of the Board of Statutory Auditors with the CFO and with the Control and Risk Committee have allowed the Board to effectively follow the evolution of this business function and the results of the activities performed. These meetings also allowed the statutory auditors to coordinate with the Control and Risk Committee itself the execution of their own functions of "Committee for Internal Control and Audit" also according to article 19 of the legislative decree n. 39/2010 and, specifically, (i) monitor the financial information process and (ii) control the effectiveness of the internal control, risk management and internal audit systems. 

From the analyses and the controls performed, relative to the areas and the business functions interested by the activity, we have not identified any relevant weaknesses, even in its process of continuous evolution and improvement the system, the substantial correctness and reliability of the internal control system is verified, also taking into account the acquisitions of foreign companies during this financial year.

A specific paragraph of the report on operations shows the main risk factors that affect the Company. In addition, the report on corporate governance gives full disclosure on the activities performed to manage the risks related to the financial reports, particularly referring to the provisions of the Law 262/05. 

  1. Remarks on the adequacy of the accounting management system

The Issuer, during the financial year 2025, performed for most of the Italian companies of the Group accounting and administrative services. The assessment of the system is positive. In particular, we believe that the accounting system, though liable to improvement and sophistication, is able to correctly represent business activity.

The accounting management system, as a whole, has proven reliable: in particular, we consider the accounting management system capable to correctly represent the results of operations. 

The Board of Statutory Auditors is regularly kept up to date on the functioning of the existing system by the manager in charge of the accounting department.

  1. Remarks on the adequacy of instructions to controlled companies (art. 114 and 151 TUF)

The board of statutory auditors has been informed of the instructions given to controlled companies pursuant to article 114, paragraph 2, Unified Code of Finance and has found them satisfactory for the purpose of the fulfillment of legal obligations.

Pursuant to art. 151, first and second paragraph, of TUF, the Board of Statutory Auditors exchanged information with the corporate bodies of the subsidiaries regarding the administration and control systems and the general performance of the company's business and considered them to be reliable and adequate.

The deliberate continuity in the names of the components of the boards of directors and partially, of the boards of statutory auditors of the Group companies facilitates, in fact, those control functions by providing timely information and coordination of the instructions given by the controlling company. 

  1. Relevant facts emerged during the meetings with the independent auditing firm (art. 150 TUF and art. 19 D. Lgs. 39/2010)

During the financial year under review, we have had regular interactions with the independent auditing firm, with whom a fruitful relationship of data and information exchange has taken place also, and above all, considering the function of the statutory auditors, according to article 19 of legislative decree n. 39/2010, as "Committee for Internal Control and Audit". 

The relationship with the independent auditing firm has taken place through formal meetings also with the participation of the Company, during which we dwelled particularly upon the legal audit activities on the annual and consolidated accounts. With respect to the preparatory activities for the separate annual report and the consolidated financial statements, no facts have been found worth mentioning in this report; in particular, the auditing firm has not informed the Board of Statutory Auditors of any critical issues or weaknesses relevant enough to affect the reliability of the process leading to the preparation of the financial statements. 

Finally, the statutory auditors acknowledge that the independent auditing firm presented to the Control and Risk Committee the opinion pursuant to article 11 of EU regulation 537/2014 on March 31, 2026 and, the Board of Statutory Auditors forwarded it to the Board of Directors without any own observations on March 31, 2026.

During the independent auditing activities, no events or circumstances have occurred, such to raise significant doubts about the ability of the Issuer to continue to operate as a functioning entity (so called going concern), or significant deficiencies of the internal control system, regarding the disclosure process.  

  1. Adhesion to the Code of Corporate Governance

The information of this paragraph is provided also pursuant to art. 149 comma 1 letter c-bis) of the Consolidated Law on Finance.

The Company has adhered to the principles established by Code of Corporate Governance sponsored by Borsa Italiana S.p.A. and the Board of Directors on March 14, 2025 has approved the annual report on corporate governance and on ownership structure.

Just as a reminder, we point out that (i) within the Board of Directors operate, with advisory responsibilities, the Control and Risk Committee, the Remuneration and Share Incentive Committee and the Committee for Transactions with Related Parties; regarding role, tasks and functioning we refer to the specific paragraph of the Report of the Board of Directors on Corporate Governance; (ii) the Board of Directors has identified in the Chairman of the Board the director in charge of overseeing the functionality of the internal control system; (iii) the Board of Directors identified, with resolution of May 15, 2023, Maria Chiara Franceschetti as lead independent director; (iv) on May 15, 2023, the Board of Directors, pursuant to recommendation no. 18 of the Corporate Governance Code, resolved to appoint Marco Zampetti as Secretary of the Board, since he complies with the professional requirements necessary to carry out this function; (v) the Company has set up specific procedures relating to:

  1. Final remarks on supervisory activity

The Board of Statutory Auditors has verified the existence, in general, of an appropriate an adequate organizational structure of the Company, such as to ensure the respect of regulations and the exact and timely execution of any related duties.

Such verification has been conducted through:

In this way, we have been able to verify the presence of the organizational and technical pre-requisites for the respect, in practice, of the articles of association, laws and regulations that control the functioning of the bodies and business activities of the Company.

  1. Possible proposals to be presented to the Shareholders' meeting (art. 153 TUF)

The Board of Statutory auditors confirms that it has overseen the application of the laws and regulations regarding the preparation of the 2025 annual report of the Company as well as of the consolidated annual report and regarding their filing and on the respect of the duties of the Directors and the independent auditing firm on this subject.

The annual report submitted to your examination and the consolidated financial report reflect the operations of the Company in 2025 and contain an exhaustive analysis of the situation and of the operating result, as well as a description of the main risks and uncertainties to which the Company and the Group are exposed, with a unified description of the financial and economic situation, illustrated in detail by the Board of Directors in the "Report on Operations" and in the "Illustrative Notes"; the "Report on Operations" is consistent with the consolidated annual report.

*   *   *

Based on the controls directly performed and the information exchanged with the independent auditing firm, also taking into account its Report which provides an unqualified opinion, taking into account that the Directors have not taken advantage of the exemption from article 2423, paragraph 4, of the civil code, we have neither remarks nor proposals concerning the Financial Statements, the Report on Operations and the proposed allocation of the income of the year which, as a consequence and for what concerns us, are subject to your approval.

Milan, March 31, 2026

Cristian Novello     Chairman


Roberta Incorvaia

Marcello Del Prete























  1. DECLARATION PURSUANT TO ART. 154-BIS PAR. 5 OF LEGISLATIVE DECREE 58/1998

The undersigned Marco Pescarmona and Francesco Masciandaro, respectively chairman of the Board of Directors and manager in charge of preparing the financial reports of Moltiply Group S.p.A., hereby certify, taking into account the provision of art. 154-bis, paragraph 3 and 4, of Law Decree n. 58 dated February 24, 1998:

In this respect no relevant issues have arisen, such as anomalies or problems that could alter the information presented in this document or such modify the judgment of its readers.

Besides, we certify that:

  1. the annual report and the consolidated annual report:

    1. correspond to the results of the accounting books and book entries;

    2. are prepared in accordance with IFRS, understood as the International Financial Reporting Standards, the International Accounting Standards ("IAS"), the interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee ("IFRIC"), previously denominated Standing Interpretations Committee ("SIC"), as adopted by the European Commission as of December 31, 2025 and published in the EU regulations as of this date;

    3. are appropriate to give a true and fair representation of the financial and economic situation of the Issuer and of all the companies included in the scope of consolidation.

  2. The directors' report on operations contains a reliable analysis about the state and the results of the operations, as well as a situation of the Issuer and of the group of companies included in the scope of consolidation, together with a description of the main risks and uncertainties to which they are exposed.

  3. The sustainability report included in the management report has been prepared: 

    1. in accordance with the reporting standards applied pursuant to Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 26, 2013 and Legislative Decree No. 125 of September 6, 2024;

    2. with the specifications adopted pursuant to Article 8, paragraph 4 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 18, 2020.

Milan, March 16, 2026

For the Board of Directors

The Chairman

(Ing. Marco Pescarmona)




The Manager in charge of preparing the financial reports

(Dr. Francesco Masciandaro)